<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://boseperformer.com/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Jdnell</id>
	<title>Bose Portable PA Knowledge - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://boseperformer.com/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Jdnell"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://boseperformer.com/Special:Contributions/Jdnell"/>
	<updated>2026-04-05T22:19:20Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.45.1</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=Zoom_H4_and_T1%C2%AE_Usage&amp;diff=8707</id>
		<title>Zoom H4 and T1® Usage</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=Zoom_H4_and_T1%C2%AE_Usage&amp;diff=8707"/>
		<updated>2008-10-11T04:20:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jdnell: Changed the YouTube link to in-line with code from YouTube&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Using a Zoom H4 Recorder via Two {{T1}}s to Record your Gig&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a “how to” narrative on using a Zoom H4 Handy Recorder and two {{T1}}s to record your gig, while performing through an {{Model II}} System.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Products ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== [http://www.samsontech.com/products/productpage.cfm?prodID=1901    Zoom H4 Handy Recorder] ===&lt;br /&gt;
MSRP: $499.99  Street Price: $299.99&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:ZoomH4.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Features ===&lt;br /&gt;
Mobile Field Recording&lt;br /&gt;
* Fits in the palm of your hand&lt;br /&gt;
* Ideal for infinite variety of mobile recording applications&lt;br /&gt;
* Records 24-bit/96 kHz digital audio as well as MP3 format with bitrates up to 320kbps&lt;br /&gt;
* Two studio-quality X/Y pattern condenser microphones for true stereo recording&lt;br /&gt;
* Two combination XLR-1/4-inch input jacks with phantom power&lt;br /&gt;
* On-board studio effects compression, limiting and mic modeling&lt;br /&gt;
* 1/8-inch headphone jack provided for monitoring&lt;br /&gt;
* 512MB Secure Digital (SD) card included&lt;br /&gt;
* Using a 16GB SD memory card provides 24 hours of stereo WAV file recording in 44.1kHz/16-bit mode with CD Quality sound&lt;br /&gt;
* Up to 280 hours recording in MP3 stereo mode&lt;br /&gt;
* USB mass-storage interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Four hours of continuous recording operation from 2 AA batteries&lt;br /&gt;
* Back-lit, 128×64 pixel LCD provides the visual interface&lt;br /&gt;
* AC adapter, windshield cover, USB Cable and tripod adapter included &lt;br /&gt;
4-Track Recording&lt;br /&gt;
* 4-track audio in CD quality 16-bit PCM, 44.1 kHz sampling&lt;br /&gt;
* Combination high-impedance phone inputs for vocals, guitars, bass or keyboards.&lt;br /&gt;
* Built in guitar amp modeling equivalent to the Zoom G2 &lt;br /&gt;
Audio Interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Records directly to your computer as a USB audio interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Bundled with Cubase LE, 48-Track Digital Audio Workstation software&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== [http://www.bose.com/controller?url=/shop_online/speakers/portable_amplification_systems/accessories/l1_tonematch_acc.jsp  Bose T1 ToneMatch Audio Engine] ===&lt;br /&gt;
MSRP: $499.99  Street Price: $499.99&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:005 Bose T1.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Features ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Digital multichannel mixer designed for use with Bose® L1® sound systems &lt;br /&gt;
* Features over 100 proprietary ToneMatch presets for instruments and microphones &lt;br /&gt;
* Includes Bose zEQ, storable scenes and a suite of studio-class effects &lt;br /&gt;
* Presets and firmware updates available free online&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Basics for Recording ==&lt;br /&gt;
I record our gigs with the Zoom H4 Recorder while using two {{T1}}s.  Using two T1s enables me to record separate channels (left and right) into the Zoom H4 Recorder.  With two guitar cables, I run one T1&#039;s AUX OUT to the Left Channel of the H4 Recorder and the second T1&#039;s AUX OUT to the Right Channel of the H4.  Thus, I end up with 8 T1 channels running into my Zoom H4 Recorder with the ability to record all 8 channels, or a mix of them.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(&#039;&#039;If you are using a single T1 to record from, you may need to split your single T1&#039;s AUX OUT signal into two signals as Left and Right inputs into your H4.  There may be others options available here.  I haven&#039;t given any thought on how to accomplish recording left and right channels into the H4 using a single T1 AUX OUT connection.)&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Step by Step Instructions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Enabling the T1 AUX output (per channel) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn your T1 Master selector knob to “AUX”.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the CH Edit button of the channel you wish to route to the AUX connector.  (Remember, you must do this for each channel you wish to record from the T1.)&lt;br /&gt;
# Check the T1 display.  If Level says &amp;quot;Mute&amp;quot;, the channel is currently muted going to the AUX connector.  If muted, simply press the knob button underneath the display to un-mute the channel.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the knob button to adjust the percentage of the signal you want at the AUX connector.  This range can be between 0% (no signal) to 100% (the entire signal) routed to the AUX connector.  Think of it as a volume knob to control the channel&#039;s volume.  Use this method to control each individual channel for your “recording” mix routed to the T1’s AUX connector.&lt;br /&gt;
# Refer to your T1 ToneMatch Audio Engine manual for information regarding the “TAP” button options.  Tap settings can be: pre-fader, post-EQ and effects, or post-fader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Video ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here&#039;s a quick video on enabling the AUX out capability of each channel on the {{T1}}. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;html&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;object width=&amp;quot;425&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;344&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;param name=&amp;quot;movie&amp;quot; value=&amp;quot;http://www.youtube.com/v/ao6_V1Uvog8&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;fs=1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/param&amp;gt;&amp;lt;param name=&amp;quot;allowFullScreen&amp;quot; value=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/param&amp;gt;&amp;lt;embed src=&amp;quot;http://www.youtube.com/v/ao6_V1Uvog8&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;fs=1&amp;quot; type=&amp;quot;application/x-shockwave-flash&amp;quot; allowfullscreen=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;425&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;344&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/embed&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/object&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/html&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* With the Zoom H4 connected and used as a recorder in this configuration you can expect to get exactly what you would hear from the T1 AUX OUT connector.  Provided you have enabled the AUX output on each T1 channel, you’ll hear what is plugged into the input of each channel, whether it’s a microphone, iPod, guitar, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Setting the &amp;quot;recording mix&amp;quot; of all you T1 channels requires you to listen to the AUX output by some method, or to leave each channels Level mix at its default setting of 50%.  The easy approach is to leave everything at 50%.  This insures nothing ends up too hot in the mix.  (It appears you can taylor your recording mix by adjusting the Level percentage of each channel, but I haven&#039;t taken the time to experiment with this capability, as of yet.) NOTE: Changing this Level setting does not change any MAIN output levels from your T1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Enabling the Zoom H4 inputs ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Be sure to change your inputs on the Zoom H4 from the default &amp;quot;internal mics&amp;quot; to Input Connectors 1 &amp;amp; 2. Refer to the Zoom H4 Users Manual for details on selecting inputs, if needed.  This enables you to plug in the cables from your {{T1}}s to the H4 for recording, otherwise, you&#039;ll still be recording with the internal mics of the H4!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== L1 Configurations ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Lodge Brothers use the following combination of Bose equipment for our engagements.  Our equipment consists of:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Model II&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - B1 Bass Modules&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - T1 ToneMatch® Audio Engines&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A unique thing about our band is that we are a dynamic band!  Sometimes, we add a second L1® system to our configuration when there are more than three of us playing.  We generally book gigs with just three of us playing.  But sometimes, there are as many as five “Lodge Brothers” playing a gig!  So, due to our personnel configurations, the job, or the request of the person hiring us, our band configuration can change.  Generally, when the fourth and fifth persons get added, we add another Bose system.  When that happens, our configuration is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Classic &lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Model II&lt;br /&gt;
*  4 - B1 Bass Modules&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - T1 ToneMatch® Audio Engines&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(I haven’t used the Zoom H4 Recorder when we have used two L1® Systems yet.)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The general flow diagram would look something like this when we are using just a single L1® System:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Microphone / instrument -&amp;gt; T1 -&amp;gt;  T1 AUX out -&amp;gt; Zoom H4 Recorder (L or R input)&lt;br /&gt;
*              T1 MAIN out -&amp;gt; L1 System&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Recording Comments ==&lt;br /&gt;
I have only accomplished two recordings of our band using this method of recording.  The things I have noticed so far, are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Be careful with your channel mixes on the T1.  Ensure they are correct for your overall &amp;quot;live sound&amp;quot; mix on the L1 system.  Also, be aware you can change the &amp;quot;recording&amp;quot; mix by utilizing the AUX OUT level settings in the T1.  You can have between 0% and 100% of a channel going to your Zoom H4 recorder for recording.  This will affect your &amp;quot;recording&amp;quot; mix, but not your &amp;quot;live&amp;quot; mix.&lt;br /&gt;
# You’ll record whatever is picked up by your microphones.  This will be dependent on the types of microphones you use, their polar patterns, etc.  Just be aware, you’ll “record” what the microphone hears!&lt;br /&gt;
# After the gig, use the playback feature of your H4 Recorder plugged into your L1 System.  You’ll be amazed that you’ll be hearing what your audience heard at the gig!  It’s a real eye opener, if you&#039;ve never listened to yourself through the {{Model II}} system!!!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What I like about the products ==&lt;br /&gt;
* On the Zoom H4 Recorder I particularly like the fact it has two XLR/Phono plug inputs for Left and Right channels.  This allows you to use a guitar-type cable from the T1 AUX OUT connectors to the H4.  Nothing complicated.  Just simple cables.  The recording quality I have gotten from this unit meets or exceeds my standard for something of this nature.  It’s not a multiple-thousand dollar recorder, but for the price I think it does a respectable job.  And, in combination with the T1, provides the musician with a very portable and quality recording device for good recordings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* I like the fact the {{T1}} offers the ability to output each of its channels to a single connector on the back of the T1.  Having this ability has allowed me to accomplish this procedure and for it to work I as I thought it should.  In addition, you can route just a single channel from the T1 to the H4, if you so choose.  This offers the gigging musician multiple solutions for getting output from the T1.  It’s a very flexible and intuitive product offering many alternatives to shaping and recording your sound! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What I do not like about the products ==&lt;br /&gt;
* The Zoom H4 Recorder has a VERY small menu screen.  At times, it is hard to read, depending on the lighting in the room, glare, etc.  In addition, the User Interface (method to select options, change values, etc.) takes some “hands on” time before you can become comfortable with it.  The thing I have found is if you don’t use the H4 for some amount of time, you have to go through a small re-learning curve on how to negotiate the menus.  This is a quirk in the design of the product.  In my opinion, it could be more user friendly!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Bose {{T1}} -  It takes a while to become familiar with all the features and functions of this product.  It can be overwhelming for the first-time user.  But, once familiar with its operation and options, you should have no problems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Review Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a Bose {{Model II}} and {{T1}}, then recording your music can be as easy as purchasing one of these new digital recorders (with external input capability), hooking it up and playing some music!  A recording of your gig has the potential to let your hear where you need a little extra practice on a song or two!  Who knows, you might also be able to use this to record your first “live CD”, with very little effort on your part!  Good luck and if you have questions about this procedure, hook-up, or anything related, please let me know.  I’ll be glad to answer your questions via the message board or email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Review Date ==&lt;br /&gt;
Last Revised: 10/10/08&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:T1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Recording]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jdnell</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=Zoom_H4_and_T1%C2%AE_Usage&amp;diff=8706</id>
		<title>Zoom H4 and T1® Usage</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=Zoom_H4_and_T1%C2%AE_Usage&amp;diff=8706"/>
		<updated>2008-10-11T03:09:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jdnell: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Using a Zoom H4 Recorder via Two {{T1}}s to Record your Gig&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a “how to” narrative on using a Zoom H4 Handy Recorder and two {{T1}}s to record your gig, while performing through an {{Model II}} System.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Products ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== [http://www.samsontech.com/products/productpage.cfm?prodID=1901    Zoom H4 Handy Recorder] ===&lt;br /&gt;
MSRP: $499.99  Street Price: $299.99&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:ZoomH4.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Features ===&lt;br /&gt;
Mobile Field Recording&lt;br /&gt;
* Fits in the palm of your hand&lt;br /&gt;
* Ideal for infinite variety of mobile recording applications&lt;br /&gt;
* Records 24-bit/96 kHz digital audio as well as MP3 format with bitrates up to 320kbps&lt;br /&gt;
* Two studio-quality X/Y pattern condenser microphones for true stereo recording&lt;br /&gt;
* Two combination XLR-1/4-inch input jacks with phantom power&lt;br /&gt;
* On-board studio effects compression, limiting and mic modeling&lt;br /&gt;
* 1/8-inch headphone jack provided for monitoring&lt;br /&gt;
* 512MB Secure Digital (SD) card included&lt;br /&gt;
* Using a 16GB SD memory card provides 24 hours of stereo WAV file recording in 44.1kHz/16-bit mode with CD Quality sound&lt;br /&gt;
* Up to 280 hours recording in MP3 stereo mode&lt;br /&gt;
* USB mass-storage interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Four hours of continuous recording operation from 2 AA batteries&lt;br /&gt;
* Back-lit, 128×64 pixel LCD provides the visual interface&lt;br /&gt;
* AC adapter, windshield cover, USB Cable and tripod adapter included &lt;br /&gt;
4-Track Recording&lt;br /&gt;
* 4-track audio in CD quality 16-bit PCM, 44.1 kHz sampling&lt;br /&gt;
* Combination high-impedance phone inputs for vocals, guitars, bass or keyboards.&lt;br /&gt;
* Built in guitar amp modeling equivalent to the Zoom G2 &lt;br /&gt;
Audio Interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Records directly to your computer as a USB audio interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Bundled with Cubase LE, 48-Track Digital Audio Workstation software&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== [http://www.bose.com/controller?url=/shop_online/speakers/portable_amplification_systems/accessories/l1_tonematch_acc.jsp  Bose T1 ToneMatch Audio Engine] ===&lt;br /&gt;
MSRP: $499.99  Street Price: $499.99&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:005 Bose T1.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Features ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Digital multichannel mixer designed for use with Bose® L1® sound systems &lt;br /&gt;
* Features over 100 proprietary ToneMatch presets for instruments and microphones &lt;br /&gt;
* Includes Bose zEQ, storable scenes and a suite of studio-class effects &lt;br /&gt;
* Presets and firmware updates available free online&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Basics for Recording ==&lt;br /&gt;
I record our gigs with the Zoom H4 Recorder while using two {{T1}}s.  Using two T1s enables me to record separate channels (left and right) into the Zoom H4 Recorder.  With two guitar cables, I run one T1&#039;s AUX OUT to the Left Channel of the H4 Recorder and the second T1&#039;s AUX OUT to the Right Channel of the H4.  Thus, I end up with 8 T1 channels running into my Zoom H4 Recorder with the ability to record all 8 channels, or a mix of them.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(&#039;&#039;If you are using a single T1 to record from, you may need to split your single T1&#039;s AUX OUT signal into two signals as Left and Right inputs into your H4.  There may be others options available here.  I haven&#039;t given any thought on how to accomplish recording left and right channels into the H4 using a single T1 AUX OUT connection.)&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Step by Step Instructions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Enabling the T1 AUX output (per channel) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn your T1 Master selector knob to “AUX”.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the CH Edit button of the channel you wish to route to the AUX connector.  (Remember, you must do this for each channel you wish to record from the T1.)&lt;br /&gt;
# Check the T1 display.  If Level says &amp;quot;Mute&amp;quot;, the channel is currently muted going to the AUX connector.  If muted, simply press the knob button underneath the display to un-mute the channel.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the knob button to adjust the percentage of the signal you want at the AUX connector.  This range can be between 0% (no signal) to 100% (the entire signal) routed to the AUX connector.  Think of it as a volume knob to control the channel&#039;s volume.  Use this method to control each individual channel for your “recording” mix routed to the T1’s AUX connector.&lt;br /&gt;
# Refer to your T1 ToneMatch Audio Engine manual for information regarding the “TAP” button options.  Tap settings can be: pre-fader, post-EQ and effects, or post-fader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here&#039;s a quick video on enabling the AUX out capability of each channel on the {{T1}}. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ao6_V1Uvog8 Click here to view the YouTube video.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* With the Zoom H4 connected and used as a recorder in this configuration you can expect to get exactly what you would hear from the T1 AUX OUT connector.  Provided you have enabled the AUX output on each T1 channel, you’ll hear what is plugged into the input of each channel, whether it’s a microphone, iPod, guitar, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Setting the &amp;quot;recording mix&amp;quot; of all you T1 channels requires you to listen to the AUX output by some method, or to leave each channels Level mix at its default setting of 50%.  The easy approach is to leave everything at 50%.  This insures nothing ends up too hot in the mix.  (It appears you can taylor your recording mix by adjusting the Level percentage of each channel, but I haven&#039;t taken the time to experiment with this capability, as of yet.) NOTE: Changing this Level setting does not change any MAIN output levels from your T1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Enabling the Zoom H4 inputs ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Be sure to change your inputs on the Zoom H4 from the default &amp;quot;internal mics&amp;quot; to Input Connectors 1 &amp;amp; 2. Refer to the Zoom H4 Users Manual for details on selecting inputs, if needed.  This enables you to plug in the cables from your {{T1}}s to the H4 for recording, otherwise, you&#039;ll still be recording with the internal mics of the H4!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== L1 Configurations ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Lodge Brothers use the following combination of Bose equipment for our engagements.  Our equipment consists of:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Model II&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - B1 Bass Modules&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - T1 ToneMatch® Audio Engines&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A unique thing about our band is that we are a dynamic band!  Sometimes, we add a second L1® system to our configuration when there are more than three of us playing.  We generally book gigs with just three of us playing.  But sometimes, there are as many as five “Lodge Brothers” playing a gig!  So, due to our personnel configurations, the job, or the request of the person hiring us, our band configuration can change.  Generally, when the fourth and fifth persons get added, we add another Bose system.  When that happens, our configuration is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Classic &lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Model II&lt;br /&gt;
*  4 - B1 Bass Modules&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - T1 ToneMatch® Audio Engines&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(I haven’t used the Zoom H4 Recorder when we have used two L1® Systems yet.)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The general flow diagram would look something like this when we are using just a single L1® System:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Microphone / instrument -&amp;gt; T1 -&amp;gt;  T1 AUX out -&amp;gt; Zoom H4 Recorder (L or R input)&lt;br /&gt;
*              T1 MAIN out -&amp;gt; L1 System&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Recording Comments ==&lt;br /&gt;
I have only accomplished two recordings of our band using this method of recording.  The things I have noticed so far, are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Be careful with your channel mixes on the T1.  Ensure they are correct for your overall &amp;quot;live sound&amp;quot; mix on the L1 system.  Also, be aware you can change the &amp;quot;recording&amp;quot; mix by utilizing the AUX OUT level settings in the T1.  You can have between 0% and 100% of a channel going to your Zoom H4 recorder for recording.  This will affect your &amp;quot;recording&amp;quot; mix, but not your &amp;quot;live&amp;quot; mix.&lt;br /&gt;
# You’ll record whatever is picked up by your microphones.  This will be dependent on the types of microphones you use, their polar patterns, etc.  Just be aware, you’ll “record” what the microphone hears!&lt;br /&gt;
# After the gig, use the playback feature of your H4 Recorder plugged into your L1 System.  You’ll be amazed that you’ll be hearing what your audience heard at the gig!  It’s a real eye opener, if you&#039;ve never listened to yourself through the {{Model II}} system!!!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What I like about the products ==&lt;br /&gt;
* On the Zoom H4 Recorder I particularly like the fact it has two XLR/Phono plug inputs for Left and Right channels.  This allows you to use a guitar-type cable from the T1 AUX OUT connectors to the H4.  Nothing complicated.  Just simple cables.  The recording quality I have gotten from this unit meets or exceeds my standard for something of this nature.  It’s not a multiple-thousand dollar recorder, but for the price I think it does a respectable job.  And, in combination with the T1, provides the musician with a very portable and quality recording device for good recordings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* I like the fact the {{T1}} offers the ability to output each of its channels to a single connector on the back of the T1.  Having this ability has allowed me to accomplish this procedure and for it to work I as I thought it should.  In addition, you can route just a single channel from the T1 to the H4, if you so choose.  This offers the gigging musician multiple solutions for getting output from the T1.  It’s a very flexible and intuitive product offering many alternatives to shaping and recording your sound! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What I do not like about the products ==&lt;br /&gt;
* The Zoom H4 Recorder has a VERY small menu screen.  At times, it is hard to read, depending on the lighting in the room, glare, etc.  In addition, the User Interface (method to select options, change values, etc.) takes some “hands on” time before you can become comfortable with it.  The thing I have found is if you don’t use the H4 for some amount of time, you have to go through a small re-learning curve on how to negotiate the menus.  This is a quirk in the design of the product.  In my opinion, it could be more user friendly!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Bose {{T1}} -  It takes a while to become familiar with all the features and functions of this product.  It can be overwhelming for the first-time user.  But, once familiar with its operation and options, you should have no problems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Review Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a Bose {{Model II}} and {{T1}}, then recording your music can be as easy as purchasing one of these new digital recorders (with external input capability), hooking it up and playing some music!  A recording of your gig has the potential to let your hear where you need a little extra practice on a song or two!  Who knows, you might also be able to use this to record your first “live CD”, with very little effort on your part!  Good luck and if you have questions about this procedure, hook-up, or anything related, please let me know.  I’ll be glad to answer your questions via the message board or email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Review Date ==&lt;br /&gt;
Last Revised: 10/10/08&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:T1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Recording]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jdnell</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=Zoom_H4_and_T1%C2%AE_Usage&amp;diff=8705</id>
		<title>Zoom H4 and T1® Usage</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=Zoom_H4_and_T1%C2%AE_Usage&amp;diff=8705"/>
		<updated>2008-10-11T02:24:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jdnell: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Using a Zoom H4 Recorder via Two {{T1}}s to Record your Gig&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a “how to” narrative on using a Zoom H4 Handy Recorder and two {{T1}}s to record your gig, while performing through an {{L1}} System.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Products ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== [http://www.samsontech.com/products/productpage.cfm?prodID=1901    Zoom H4 Handy Recorder] ===&lt;br /&gt;
MSRP: $499.99  Street Price: $299.99&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:ZoomH4.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Features ===&lt;br /&gt;
Mobile Field Recording&lt;br /&gt;
* Fits in the palm of your hand&lt;br /&gt;
* Ideal for infinite variety of mobile recording applications&lt;br /&gt;
* Records 24-bit/96 kHz digital audio as well as MP3 format with bitrates up to 320kbps&lt;br /&gt;
* Two studio-quality X/Y pattern condenser microphones for true stereo recording&lt;br /&gt;
* Two combination XLR-1/4-inch input jacks with phantom power&lt;br /&gt;
* On-board studio effects compression, limiting and mic modeling&lt;br /&gt;
* 1/8-inch headphone jack provided for monitoring&lt;br /&gt;
* 512MB Secure Digital (SD) card included&lt;br /&gt;
* Using a 16GB SD memory card provides 24 hours of stereo WAV file recording in 44.1kHz/16-bit mode with CD Quality sound&lt;br /&gt;
* Up to 280 hours recording in MP3 stereo mode&lt;br /&gt;
* USB mass-storage interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Four hours of continuous recording operation from 2 AA batteries&lt;br /&gt;
* Back-lit, 128×64 pixel LCD provides the visual interface&lt;br /&gt;
* AC adapter, windshield cover, USB Cable and tripod adapter included &lt;br /&gt;
4-Track Recording&lt;br /&gt;
* 4-track audio in CD quality 16-bit PCM, 44.1 kHz sampling&lt;br /&gt;
* Combination high-impedance phone inputs for vocals, guitars, bass or keyboards.&lt;br /&gt;
* Built in guitar amp modeling equivalent to the Zoom G2 &lt;br /&gt;
Audio Interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Records directly to your computer as a USB audio interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Bundled with Cubase LE, 48-Track Digital Audio Workstation software&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== [http://www.bose.com/controller?url=/shop_online/speakers/portable_amplification_systems/accessories/l1_tonematch_acc.jsp  Bose T1 ToneMatch Audio Engine] ===&lt;br /&gt;
MSRP: $499.99  Street Price: $499.99&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:005 Bose T1.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Features ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Digital multichannel mixer designed for use with Bose® L1® sound systems &lt;br /&gt;
* Features over 100 proprietary ToneMatch presets for instruments and microphones &lt;br /&gt;
* Includes Bose zEQ, storable scenes and a suite of studio-class effects &lt;br /&gt;
* Presets and firmware updates available free online&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Basics for Recording ==&lt;br /&gt;
I record our gigs with the Zoom H4 Recorder while using two {{T1}}s.  Using two T1s enables me to record separate channels (left and right) into the Zoom H4 Recorder.  With two guitar cables, I run one T1&#039;s AUX OUT to the Left Channel of the H4 Recorder and the second T1&#039;s AUX OUT to the Right Channel of the H4.  Thus, I end up with 8 T1 channels running into my Zoom H4 Recorder with the ability to record all 8 channels, or a mix of them.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(&#039;&#039;If you are using a single T1 to record from, you may need to split your single T1&#039;s AUX OUT signal into two signals as Left and Right inputs into your H4.  There may be others options available here.  I haven&#039;t given any thought on how to accomplish recording left and right channels into the H4 using a single T1 AUX OUT connection.)&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Step by Step Instructions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Enabling the T1 AUX output (per channel) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn your T1 Master selector knob to “AUX”.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the CH Edit button of the channel you wish to route to the AUX connector.  (Remember, you must do this for each channel you wish to record from the T1.)&lt;br /&gt;
# Check the T1 display.  If Level says &amp;quot;Mute&amp;quot;, the channel is currently muted going to the AUX connector.  If muted, simply press the knob button underneath the display to un-mute the channel.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the knob button to adjust the percentage of the signal you want at the AUX connector.  This range can be between 0% (no signal) to 100% (the entire signal) routed to the AUX connector.  Think of it as a volume knob to control the channel&#039;s volume.  Use this method to control each individual channel for your “recording” mix routed to the T1’s AUX connector.&lt;br /&gt;
# Refer to your T1 ToneMatch Audio Engine manual for information regarding the “TAP” button options.  Tap settings can be: pre-fader, post-EQ and effects, or post-fader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here&#039;s a quick video on enabling the AUX out capability of each channel on the {{T1}}. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ao6_V1Uvog8 Click here to view the YouTube video.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* With the Zoom H4 connected and used as a recorder in this configuration you can expect to get exactly what you would hear from the T1 AUX OUT connector.  Provided you have enabled the AUX output on each T1 channel, you’ll hear what is plugged into the input of each channel, whether it’s a microphone, iPod, guitar, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Setting the &amp;quot;recording mix&amp;quot; of all you T1 channels requires you to listen to the AUX output by some method, or to leave each channels Level mix at its default setting of 50%.  The easy approach is to leave everything at 50%.  This insures nothing ends up too hot in the mix.  (It appears you can taylor your recording mix by adjusting the Level percentage of each channel, but I haven&#039;t taken the time to experiment with this capability, as of yet.) NOTE: Changing this Level setting does not change any MAIN output levels from your T1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Enabling the Zoom H4 inputs ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Be sure to change your inputs on the Zoom H4 from the default &amp;quot;internal mics&amp;quot; to Input Connectors 1 &amp;amp; 2. Refer to the Zoom H4 Users Manual for details on selecting inputs, if needed.  This enables you to plug in the cables from your {{T1}}s to the H4 for recording, otherwise, you&#039;ll still be recording with the internal mics of the H4!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== L1 Configurations ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Lodge Brothers use the following combination of Bose equipment for our engagements.  Our equipment consists of:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Model II&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - B1 Bass Modules&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - T1 ToneMatch® Audio Engines&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A unique thing about our band is that we are a dynamic band!  Sometimes, we add a second L1® system to our configuration when there are more than three of us playing.  We generally book gigs with just three of us playing.  But sometimes, there are as many as five “Lodge Brothers” playing a gig!  So, due to our personnel configurations, the job, or the request of the person hiring us, our band configuration can change.  Generally, when the fourth and fifth persons get added, we add another Bose system.  When that happens, our configuration is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Classic &lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Model II&lt;br /&gt;
*  4 - B1 Bass Modules&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - T1 ToneMatch® Audio Engines&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(I haven’t used the Zoom H4 Recorder when we have used two L1® Systems yet.)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The general flow diagram would look something like this when we are using just a single L1® System:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Microphone / instrument -&amp;gt; T1 -&amp;gt;  T1 AUX out -&amp;gt; Zoom H4 Recorder (L or R input)&lt;br /&gt;
*              T1 MAIN out -&amp;gt; L1 System&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Recording Comments ==&lt;br /&gt;
I have only accomplished two recordings of our band using this method of recording.  The things I have noticed so far, are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Be careful with your channel mixes on the T1.  Ensure they are correct for your overall &amp;quot;live sound&amp;quot; mix on the L1 system.  Also, be aware you can change the &amp;quot;recording&amp;quot; mix by utilizing the AUX OUT level settings in the T1.  You can have between 0% and 100% of a channel going to your Zoom H4 recorder for recording.  This will affect your &amp;quot;recording&amp;quot; mix, but not your &amp;quot;live&amp;quot; mix.&lt;br /&gt;
# You’ll record whatever is picked up by your microphones.  This will be dependent on the types of microphones you use, their polar patterns, etc.  Just be aware, you’ll “record” what the microphone hears!&lt;br /&gt;
# After the gig, use the playback feature of your H4 Recorder plugged into your L1 System.  You’ll be amazed that you’ll be hearing what your audience heard at the gig!  It’s a real eye opener, if you&#039;ve never listened to yourself through the {{L1}} system!!!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What I like about the products ==&lt;br /&gt;
* On the Zoom H4 Recorder I particularly like the fact it has two XLR/Phono plug inputs for Left and Right channels.  This allows you to use a guitar-type cable from the T1 AUX OUT connectors to the H4.  Nothing complicated.  Just simple cables.  The recording quality I have gotten from this unit meets or exceeds my standard for something of this nature.  It’s not a multiple-thousand dollar recorder, but for the price I think it does a respectable job.  And, in combination with the T1, provides the musician with a very portable and quality recording device for good recordings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* I like the fact the {{T1}} offers the ability to output each of its channels to a single connector on the back of the T1.  Having this ability has allowed me to accomplish this procedure and for it to work I as I thought it should.  In addition, you can route just a single channel from the T1 to the H4, if you so choose.  This offers the gigging musician multiple solutions for getting output from the T1.  It’s a very flexible and intuitive product offering many alternatives to shaping and recording your sound! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What I do not like about the products ==&lt;br /&gt;
* The Zoom H4 Recorder has a VERY small menu screen.  At times, it is hard to read, depending on the lighting in the room, glare, etc.  In addition, the User Interface (method to select options, change values, etc.) takes some “hands on” time before you can become comfortable with it.  The thing I have found is if you don’t use the H4 for some amount of time, you have to go through a small re-learning curve on how to negotiate the menus.  This is a quirk in the design of the product.  In my opinion, it could be more user friendly!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Bose {{T1}} -  It takes a while to become familiar with all the features and functions of this product.  It can be overwhelming for the first-time user.  But, once familiar with its operation and options, you should have no problems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Review Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a Bose {{L1}} and {{T1}}, then recording your music can be as easy as purchasing one of these new digital recorders (with external input capability), hooking it up and playing some music!  A recording of your gig has the potential to let your hear where you need a little extra practice on a song or two!  Who knows, you might also be able to use this to record your first “live CD”, with very little effort on your part!  Good luck and if you have questions about this procedure, hook-up, or anything related, please let me know.  I’ll be glad to answer your questions via the message board or email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Review Date ==&lt;br /&gt;
Last Revised: 10/10/08&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:T1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Recording]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jdnell</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=Zoom_H4_and_T1%C2%AE_Usage&amp;diff=8704</id>
		<title>Zoom H4 and T1® Usage</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=Zoom_H4_and_T1%C2%AE_Usage&amp;diff=8704"/>
		<updated>2008-10-11T02:22:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jdnell: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Using a Zoom H4 Recorder via Two {{T1}}s to Record your Gig&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a “how to” narrative on using a Zoom H4 Handy Recorder and two {{T1}}s to record your gig, while performing through an {{L1}} System.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Products ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== [http://www.samsontech.com/products/productpage.cfm?prodID=1901    Zoom H4 Handy Recorder] ===&lt;br /&gt;
MSRP: $499.99  Street Price: $299.99&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:ZoomH4.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Features ===&lt;br /&gt;
Mobile Field Recording&lt;br /&gt;
* Fits in the palm of your hand&lt;br /&gt;
* Ideal for infinite variety of mobile recording applications&lt;br /&gt;
* Records 24-bit/96 kHz digital audio as well as MP3 format with bitrates up to 320kbps&lt;br /&gt;
* Two studio-quality X/Y pattern condenser microphones for true stereo recording&lt;br /&gt;
* Two combination XLR-1/4-inch input jacks with phantom power&lt;br /&gt;
* On-board studio effects compression, limiting and mic modeling&lt;br /&gt;
* 1/8-inch headphone jack provided for monitoring&lt;br /&gt;
* 512MB Secure Digital (SD) card included&lt;br /&gt;
* Using a 16GB SD memory card provides 24 hours of stereo WAV file recording in 44.1kHz/16-bit mode with CD Quality sound&lt;br /&gt;
* Up to 280 hours recording in MP3 stereo mode&lt;br /&gt;
* USB mass-storage interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Four hours of continuous recording operation from 2 AA batteries&lt;br /&gt;
* Back-lit, 128×64 pixel LCD provides the visual interface&lt;br /&gt;
* AC adapter, windshield cover, USB Cable and tripod adapter included &lt;br /&gt;
4-Track Recording&lt;br /&gt;
* 4-track audio in CD quality 16-bit PCM, 44.1 kHz sampling&lt;br /&gt;
* Combination high-impedance phone inputs for vocals, guitars, bass or keyboards.&lt;br /&gt;
* Built in guitar amp modeling equivalent to the Zoom G2 &lt;br /&gt;
Audio Interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Records directly to your computer as a USB audio interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Bundled with Cubase LE, 48-Track Digital Audio Workstation software&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== [http://www.bose.com/controller?url=/shop_online/speakers/portable_amplification_systems/accessories/l1_tonematch_acc.jsp  Bose T1 ToneMatch Audio Engine] ===&lt;br /&gt;
MSRP: $499.99  Street Price: $499.99&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:005 Bose T1.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Features ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Digital multichannel mixer designed for use with Bose® L1® sound systems &lt;br /&gt;
* Features over 100 proprietary ToneMatch presets for instruments and microphones &lt;br /&gt;
* Includes Bose zEQ, storable scenes and a suite of studio-class effects &lt;br /&gt;
* Presets and firmware updates available free online&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Basics for Recording ==&lt;br /&gt;
I record our gigs with the Zoom H4 Recorder while using two {{T1}}s.  Using two T1s enables me to record separate channels (left and right) into the Zoom H4 Recorder.  With two guitar cables, I run one T1&#039;s AUX OUT to the Left Channel of the H4 Recorder and the second T1&#039;s AUX OUT to the Right Channel of the H4.  Thus, I end up with 8 T1 channels running into my Zoom H4 Recorder with the ability to record all 8 channels, or a mix of them.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(&#039;&#039;If you are using a single T1 to record from, you may need to split your single T1&#039;s AUX OUT signal into two signals as Left and Right inputs into your H4.  There may be others options available here.  I haven&#039;t given any thought on how to accomplish recording left and right channels into the H4 using a single T1 AUX OUT connection.)&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Step by Step Instructions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Enabling the T1 AUX output (per channel) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn your T1 Master selector knob to “AUX”.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the CH Edit button of the channel you wish to route to the AUX connector.  (Remember, you must do this for each channel you wish to record from the T1.)&lt;br /&gt;
# Check the T1 display.  If Level says &amp;quot;MUTED&amp;quot;, the channel is currently muted going to the AUX connector.  If muted, simply press the knob button underneath the display to un-mute the channel.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the knob button to adjust the percentage of the signal you want at the AUX connector.  This range can be between 0% (no signal) to 100% (the entire signal) routed to the AUX connector.  Think of it as a volume knob to control the channel&#039;s volume.  Use this method to control each individual channel for your “recording” mix routed to the T1’s AUX connector.&lt;br /&gt;
# Refer to your T1 ToneMatch Audio Engine manual for information regarding the “TAP” button options.  Tap settings can be: pre-fader, post-EQ and effects, or post-fader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here&#039;s a quick video on enabling the AUX out capability of each channel on the {{T1}}. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ao6_V1Uvog8 Click here to view the YouTube video.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* With the Zoom H4 connected and used as a recorder in this configuration you can expect to get exactly what you would hear from the T1 AUX OUT connector.  Provided you have enabled the AUX output on each T1 channel, you’ll hear what is plugged into the input of each channel, whether it’s a microphone, iPod, guitar, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Setting the &amp;quot;recording mix&amp;quot; of all you T1 channels requires you to listen to the AUX output by some method, or to leave each channels Level mix at its default setting of 50%.  The easy approach is to leave everything at 50%.  This insures nothing ends up too hot in the mix.  (It appears you can taylor your recording mix by adjusting the Level percentage of each channel, but I haven&#039;t taken the time to experiment with this capability, as of yet.) NOTE: Changing this Level setting does not change any MAIN output levels from your T1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Enabling the Zoom H4 inputs ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Be sure to change your inputs on the Zoom H4 from the default &amp;quot;internal mics&amp;quot; to Input Connectors 1 &amp;amp; 2. Refer to the Zoom H4 Users Manual for details on selecting inputs, if needed.  This enables you to plug in the cables from your {{T1}}s to the H4 for recording, otherwise, you&#039;ll still be recording with the internal mics of the H4!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== L1 Configurations ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Lodge Brothers use the following combination of Bose equipment for our engagements.  Our equipment consists of:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Model II&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - B1 Bass Modules&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - T1 ToneMatch® Audio Engines&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A unique thing about our band is that we are a dynamic band!  Sometimes, we add a second L1® system to our configuration when there are more than three of us playing.  We generally book gigs with just three of us playing.  But sometimes, there are as many as five “Lodge Brothers” playing a gig!  So, due to our personnel configurations, the job, or the request of the person hiring us, our band configuration can change.  Generally, when the fourth and fifth persons get added, we add another Bose system.  When that happens, our configuration is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Classic &lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Model II&lt;br /&gt;
*  4 - B1 Bass Modules&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - T1 ToneMatch® Audio Engines&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(I haven’t used the Zoom H4 Recorder when we have used two L1® Systems yet.)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The general flow diagram would look something like this when we are using just a single L1® System:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Microphone / instrument -&amp;gt; T1 -&amp;gt;  T1 AUX out -&amp;gt; Zoom H4 Recorder (L or R input)&lt;br /&gt;
*              T1 MAIN out -&amp;gt; L1 System&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Recording Comments ==&lt;br /&gt;
I have only accomplished two recordings of our band using this method of recording.  The things I have noticed so far, are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Be careful with your channel mixes on the T1.  Ensure they are correct for your overall &amp;quot;live sound&amp;quot; mix on the L1 system.  Also, be aware you can change the &amp;quot;recording&amp;quot; mix by utilizing the AUX OUT level settings in the T1.  You can have between 0% and 100% of a channel going to your Zoom H4 recorder for recording.  This will affect your &amp;quot;recording&amp;quot; mix, but not your &amp;quot;live&amp;quot; mix.&lt;br /&gt;
# You’ll record whatever is picked up by your microphones.  This will be dependent on the types of microphones you use, their polar patterns, etc.  Just be aware, you’ll “record” what the microphone hears!&lt;br /&gt;
# After the gig, use the playback feature of your H4 Recorder plugged into your L1 System.  You’ll be amazed that you’ll be hearing what your audience heard at the gig!  It’s a real eye opener, if you&#039;ve never listened to yourself through the {{L1}} system!!!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What I like about the products ==&lt;br /&gt;
* On the Zoom H4 Recorder I particularly like the fact it has two XLR/Phono plug inputs for Left and Right channels.  This allows you to use a guitar-type cable from the T1 AUX OUT connectors to the H4.  Nothing complicated.  Just simple cables.  The recording quality I have gotten from this unit meets or exceeds my standard for something of this nature.  It’s not a multiple-thousand dollar recorder, but for the price I think it does a respectable job.  And, in combination with the T1, provides the musician with a very portable and quality recording device for good recordings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* I like the fact the {{T1}} offers the ability to output each of its channels to a single connector on the back of the T1.  Having this ability has allowed me to accomplish this procedure and for it to work I as I thought it should.  In addition, you can route just a single channel from the T1 to the H4, if you so choose.  This offers the gigging musician multiple solutions for getting output from the T1.  It’s a very flexible and intuitive product offering many alternatives to shaping and recording your sound! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What I do not like about the products ==&lt;br /&gt;
* The Zoom H4 Recorder has a VERY small menu screen.  At times, it is hard to read, depending on the lighting in the room, glare, etc.  In addition, the User Interface (method to select options, change values, etc.) takes some “hands on” time before you can become comfortable with it.  The thing I have found is if you don’t use the H4 for some amount of time, you have to go through a small re-learning curve on how to negotiate the menus.  This is a quirk in the design of the product.  In my opinion, it could be more user friendly!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Bose {{T1}} -  It takes a while to become familiar with all the features and functions of this product.  It can be overwhelming for the first-time user.  But, once familiar with its operation and options, you should have no problems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Review Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a Bose {{L1}} and {{T1}}, then recording your music can be as easy as purchasing one of these new digital recorders (with external input capability), hooking it up and playing some music!  A recording of your gig has the potential to let your hear where you need a little extra practice on a song or two!  Who knows, you might also be able to use this to record your first “live CD”, with very little effort on your part!  Good luck and if you have questions about this procedure, hook-up, or anything related, please let me know.  I’ll be glad to answer your questions via the message board or email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Review Date ==&lt;br /&gt;
Last Revised: 10/10/08&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:T1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Recording]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jdnell</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=Zoom_H4_and_T1%C2%AE_Usage&amp;diff=8703</id>
		<title>Zoom H4 and T1® Usage</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=Zoom_H4_and_T1%C2%AE_Usage&amp;diff=8703"/>
		<updated>2008-10-11T02:12:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jdnell: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Using a Zoom H4 Recorder via Two {{T1}}s to Record your Gig&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a “how to” narrative on using a Zoom H4 Handy Recorder and two {{T1}}s to record your gig, while performing through an {{L1}} System.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Products ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== [http://www.samsontech.com/products/productpage.cfm?prodID=1901    Zoom H4 Handy Recorder] ===&lt;br /&gt;
MSRP: $499.99  Street Price: $299.99&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:ZoomH4.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Features ===&lt;br /&gt;
Mobile Field Recording&lt;br /&gt;
* Fits in the palm of your hand&lt;br /&gt;
* Ideal for infinite variety of mobile recording applications&lt;br /&gt;
* Records 24-bit/96 kHz digital audio as well as MP3 format with bitrates up to 320kbps&lt;br /&gt;
* Two studio-quality X/Y pattern condenser microphones for true stereo recording&lt;br /&gt;
* Two combination XLR-1/4-inch input jacks with phantom power&lt;br /&gt;
* On-board studio effects compression, limiting and mic modeling&lt;br /&gt;
* 1/8-inch headphone jack provided for monitoring&lt;br /&gt;
* 512MB Secure Digital (SD) card included&lt;br /&gt;
* Using a 16GB SD memory card provides 24 hours of stereo WAV file recording in 44.1kHz/16-bit mode with CD Quality sound&lt;br /&gt;
* Up to 280 hours recording in MP3 stereo mode&lt;br /&gt;
* USB mass-storage interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Four hours of continuous recording operation from 2 AA batteries&lt;br /&gt;
* Back-lit, 128×64 pixel LCD provides the visual interface&lt;br /&gt;
* AC adapter, windshield cover, USB Cable and tripod adapter included &lt;br /&gt;
4-Track Recording&lt;br /&gt;
* 4-track audio in CD quality 16-bit PCM, 44.1 kHz sampling&lt;br /&gt;
* Combination high-impedance phone inputs for vocals, guitars, bass or keyboards.&lt;br /&gt;
* Built in guitar amp modeling equivalent to the Zoom G2 &lt;br /&gt;
Audio Interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Records directly to your computer as a USB audio interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Bundled with Cubase LE, 48-Track Digital Audio Workstation software&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== [http://www.bose.com/controller?url=/shop_online/speakers/portable_amplification_systems/accessories/l1_tonematch_acc.jsp  Bose T1 ToneMatch Audio Engine] ===&lt;br /&gt;
MSRP: $499.99  Street Price: $499.99&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:005 Bose T1.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Features ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Digital multichannel mixer designed for use with Bose® L1® sound systems &lt;br /&gt;
* Features over 100 proprietary ToneMatch presets for instruments and microphones &lt;br /&gt;
* Includes Bose zEQ, storable scenes and a suite of studio-class effects &lt;br /&gt;
* Presets and firmware updates available free online&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Basics for Recording ==&lt;br /&gt;
I record our gigs with the Zoom H4 Recorder while using two {{T1}}s.  Using two T1s enables me to record separate channels (left and right) into the Zoom H4 Recorder.  With two guitar cables, I run one T1&#039;s AUX OUT to the Left Channel of the H4 Recorder and the second T1&#039;s AUX OUT to the Right Channel of the H4.  Thus, I end up with 8 T1 channels running into my Zoom H4 Recorder with the ability to record all 8 channels, or a mix of them.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(&#039;&#039;If you are using a single T1 to record from, you may need to split your single T1&#039;s AUX OUT signal into two signals as Left and Right inputs into your H4.  There may be others options available here.  I haven&#039;t given any thought on how to accomplish recording left and right channels into the H4 using a single T1 AUX OUT connection.)&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Step by Step Instructions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Enabling the T1 AUX output (per channel) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn your T1 Master selector knob to “AUX”.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the CH Edit button of the channel you wish to route to the AUX connector.  (Remember, you must do this for each channel you wish to record from the T1.)&lt;br /&gt;
# Check the T1 display.  If Level says &amp;quot;MUTED&amp;quot;, the channel is currently muted going to the AUX connector.  If muted, simply press the knob button underneath the display to un-mute the channel.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the knob button to adjust the percentage of the signal you want at the AUX connector.  This range can be between 0% (no signal) to 100% (the entire signal) routed to the AUX connector.  Think of it as a volume knob to control the channel&#039;s volume.  Use this method to control each individual channel for your “recording” mix routed to the T1’s AUX connector.&lt;br /&gt;
# Refer to your T1 ToneMatch Audio Engine manual for information regarding the “TAP” button options.  Tap settings can be: pre-fader, post-EQ and effects, or post-fader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here&#039;s a quick video on enabling the AUX out capability of each channel on the {{T1}}. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ao6_V1Uvog8/ Click here to view the YouTube video.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* With the Zoom H4 connected and used as a recorder in this configuration you can expect to get exactly what you would hear from the T1 AUX OUT connector.  Provided you have enabled the AUX output on each T1 channel, you’ll hear what is plugged into the input of each channel, whether it’s a microphone, iPod, guitar, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Setting the &amp;quot;recording mix&amp;quot; of all you T1 channels requires you to listen to the AUX output by some method, or to leave each channels Level mix at its default setting of 50%.  The easy approach is to leave everything at 50%.  This insures nothing ends up too hot in the mix.  (It appears you can taylor your recording mix by adjusting the Level percentage of each channel, but I haven&#039;t taken the time to experiment with this capability, as of yet.) NOTE: Changing this Level setting does not change any MAIN output levels from your T1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Enabling the Zoom H4 inputs ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Be sure to change your inputs on the Zoom H4 from the default &amp;quot;internal mics&amp;quot; to Input Connectors 1 &amp;amp; 2. Refer to the Zoom H4 Users Manual for details on selecting inputs, if needed.  This enables you to plug in the cables from your {{T1}}s to the H4 for recording, otherwise, you&#039;ll still be recording with the internal mics of the H4!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== L1 Configurations ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Lodge Brothers use the following combination of Bose equipment for our engagements.  Our equipment consists of:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Model II&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - B1 Bass Modules&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - T1 ToneMatch® Audio Engines&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A unique thing about our band is that we are a dynamic band!  Sometimes, we add a second L1® system to our configuration when there are more than three of us playing.  We generally book gigs with just three of us playing.  But sometimes, there are as many as five “Lodge Brothers” playing a gig!  So, due to our personnel configurations, the job, or the request of the person hiring us, our band configuration can change.  Generally, when the fourth and fifth persons get added, we add another Bose system.  When that happens, our configuration is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Classic &lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Model II&lt;br /&gt;
*  4 - B1 Bass Modules&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - T1 ToneMatch® Audio Engines&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(I haven’t used the Zoom H4 Recorder when we have used two L1® Systems yet.)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The general flow diagram would look something like this when we are using just a single L1® System:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Microphone / instrument -&amp;gt; T1 -&amp;gt;  T1 AUX out -&amp;gt; Zoom H4 Recorder (L or R input)&lt;br /&gt;
*              T1 MAIN out -&amp;gt; L1 System&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Recording Comments ==&lt;br /&gt;
I have only accomplished two recordings of our band using this method of recording.  The things I have noticed so far, are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Be careful with your channel mixes on the T1.  Ensure they are correct for your overall &amp;quot;live sound&amp;quot; mix on the L1 system.  Also, be aware you can change the &amp;quot;recording&amp;quot; mix by utilizing the AUX OUT level settings in the T1.  You can have between 0% and 100% of a channel going to your Zoom H4 recorder for recording.  This will affect your &amp;quot;recording&amp;quot; mix, but not your &amp;quot;live&amp;quot; mix.&lt;br /&gt;
# You’ll record whatever is picked up by your microphones.  This will be dependent on the types of microphones you use, their polar patterns, etc.  Just be aware, you’ll “record” what the microphone hears!&lt;br /&gt;
# After the gig, use the playback feature of your H4 Recorder plugged into your L1 System.  You’ll be amazed that you’ll be hearing what your audience heard at the gig!  It’s a real eye opener, if you&#039;ve never listened to yourself through the {{L1}} system!!!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What I like about the products ==&lt;br /&gt;
* On the Zoom H4 Recorder I particularly like the fact it has two XLR/Phono plug inputs for Left and Right channels.  This allows you to use a guitar-type cable from the T1 AUX OUT connectors to the H4.  Nothing complicated.  Just simple cables.  The recording quality I have gotten from this unit meets or exceeds my standard for something of this nature.  It’s not a multiple-thousand dollar recorder, but for the price I think it does a respectable job.  And, in combination with the T1, provides the musician with a very portable and quality recording device for good recordings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* I like the fact the {{T1}} offers the ability to output each of its channels to a single connector on the back of the T1.  Having this ability has allowed me to accomplish this procedure and for it to work I as I thought it should.  In addition, you can route just a single channel from the T1 to the H4, if you so choose.  This offers the gigging musician multiple solutions for getting output from the T1.  It’s a very flexible and intuitive product offering many alternatives to shaping and recording your sound! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What I do not like about the products ==&lt;br /&gt;
* The Zoom H4 Recorder has a VERY small menu screen.  At times, it is hard to read, depending on the lighting in the room, glare, etc.  In addition, the User Interface (method to select options, change values, etc.) takes some “hands on” time before you can become comfortable with it.  The thing I have found is if you don’t use the H4 for some amount of time, you have to go through a small re-learning curve on how to negotiate the menus.  This is a quirk in the design of the product.  In my opinion, it could be more user friendly!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Bose {{T1}} -  It takes a while to become familiar with all the features and functions of this product.  It can be overwhelming for the first-time user.  But, once familiar with its operation and options, you should have no problems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Review Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a Bose {{L1}} and {{T1}}, then recording your music can be as easy as purchasing one of these new digital recorders (with external input capability), hooking it up and playing some music!  A recording of your gig has the potential to let your hear where you need a little extra practice on a song or two!  Who knows, you might also be able to use this to record your first “live CD”, with very little effort on your part!  Good luck and if you have questions about this procedure, hook-up, or anything related, please let me know.  I’ll be glad to answer your questions via the message board or email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Review Date ==&lt;br /&gt;
Last Revised: 10/10/08&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:T1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Recording]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jdnell</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=Zoom_H4_and_T1%C2%AE_Usage&amp;diff=8702</id>
		<title>Zoom H4 and T1® Usage</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=Zoom_H4_and_T1%C2%AE_Usage&amp;diff=8702"/>
		<updated>2008-10-11T02:11:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jdnell: added video clip&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Using a Zoom H4 Recorder via Two {{T1}}s to Record your Gig&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a “how to” narrative on using a Zoom H4 Handy Recorder and two {{T1}}s to record your gig, while performing through an {{L1}} System.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Products ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== [http://www.samsontech.com/products/productpage.cfm?prodID=1901    Zoom H4 Handy Recorder] ===&lt;br /&gt;
MSRP: $499.99  Street Price: $299.99&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:ZoomH4.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Features ===&lt;br /&gt;
Mobile Field Recording&lt;br /&gt;
* Fits in the palm of your hand&lt;br /&gt;
* Ideal for infinite variety of mobile recording applications&lt;br /&gt;
* Records 24-bit/96 kHz digital audio as well as MP3 format with bitrates up to 320kbps&lt;br /&gt;
* Two studio-quality X/Y pattern condenser microphones for true stereo recording&lt;br /&gt;
* Two combination XLR-1/4-inch input jacks with phantom power&lt;br /&gt;
* On-board studio effects compression, limiting and mic modeling&lt;br /&gt;
* 1/8-inch headphone jack provided for monitoring&lt;br /&gt;
* 512MB Secure Digital (SD) card included&lt;br /&gt;
* Using a 16GB SD memory card provides 24 hours of stereo WAV file recording in 44.1kHz/16-bit mode with CD Quality sound&lt;br /&gt;
* Up to 280 hours recording in MP3 stereo mode&lt;br /&gt;
* USB mass-storage interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Four hours of continuous recording operation from 2 AA batteries&lt;br /&gt;
* Back-lit, 128×64 pixel LCD provides the visual interface&lt;br /&gt;
* AC adapter, windshield cover, USB Cable and tripod adapter included &lt;br /&gt;
4-Track Recording&lt;br /&gt;
* 4-track audio in CD quality 16-bit PCM, 44.1 kHz sampling&lt;br /&gt;
* Combination high-impedance phone inputs for vocals, guitars, bass or keyboards.&lt;br /&gt;
* Built in guitar amp modeling equivalent to the Zoom G2 &lt;br /&gt;
Audio Interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Records directly to your computer as a USB audio interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Bundled with Cubase LE, 48-Track Digital Audio Workstation software&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== [http://www.bose.com/controller?url=/shop_online/speakers/portable_amplification_systems/accessories/l1_tonematch_acc.jsp  Bose T1 ToneMatch Audio Engine] ===&lt;br /&gt;
MSRP: $499.99  Street Price: $499.99&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:005 Bose T1.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Features ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Digital multichannel mixer designed for use with Bose® L1® sound systems &lt;br /&gt;
* Features over 100 proprietary ToneMatch presets for instruments and microphones &lt;br /&gt;
* Includes Bose zEQ, storable scenes and a suite of studio-class effects &lt;br /&gt;
* Presets and firmware updates available free online&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Basics for Recording ==&lt;br /&gt;
I record our gigs with the Zoom H4 Recorder while using two {{T1}}s.  Using two T1s enables me to record separate channels (left and right) into the Zoom H4 Recorder.  With two guitar cables, I run one T1&#039;s AUX OUT to the Left Channel of the H4 Recorder and the second T1&#039;s AUX OUT to the Right Channel of the H4.  Thus, I end up with 8 T1 channels running into my Zoom H4 Recorder with the ability to record all 8 channels, or a mix of them.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(&#039;&#039;If you are using a single T1 to record from, you may need to split your single T1&#039;s AUX OUT signal into two signals as Left and Right inputs into your H4.  There may be others options available here.  I haven&#039;t given any thought on how to accomplish recording left and right channels into the H4 using a single T1 AUX OUT connection.)&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Step by Step Instructions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039; DRAFT ONLY at this time &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Enabling the T1 AUX output (per channel) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn your T1 Master selector knob to “AUX”.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the CH Edit button of the channel you wish to route to the AUX connector.  (Remember, you must do this for each channel you wish to record from the T1.)&lt;br /&gt;
# Check the T1 display.  If Level says &amp;quot;Bypass&amp;quot;, the channel is currently muted going to the AUX connector.  If muted, simply press the knob button underneath the display to un-mute the channel.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the knob button to adjust the percentage of the signal you want at the AUX connector.  This range can be between 0% (no signal) to 100% (the entire signal) routed to the AUX connector.  Think of it as a volume knob to control the channel&#039;s volume.  Use this method to control each individual channel for your “recording” mix routed to the T1’s AUX connector.&lt;br /&gt;
# Refer to your T1 ToneMatch Audio Engine manual for information regarding the “TAP” button options.  Tap settings can be: pre-fader, post-EQ and effects, or post-fader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here&#039;s a quick video on enabling the AUX out capability of each channel on the {{T1}}. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ao6_V1Uvog8/ Click here to view the YouTube video.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* With the Zoom H4 connected and used as a recorder in this configuration you can expect to get exactly what you would hear from the T1 AUX OUT connector.  Provided you have enabled the AUX output on each T1 channel, you’ll hear what is plugged into the input of each channel, whether it’s a microphone, iPod, guitar, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Setting the &amp;quot;recording mix&amp;quot; of all you T1 channels requires you to listen to the AUX output by some method, or to leave each channels Level mix at its default setting of 50%.  The easy approach is to leave everything at 50%.  This insures nothing ends up too hot in the mix.  (It appears you can taylor your recording mix by adjusting the Level percentage of each channel, but I haven&#039;t taken the time to experiment with this capability, as of yet.) NOTE: Changing this Level setting does not change any MAIN output levels from your T1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Enabling the Zoom H4 inputs ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Be sure to change your inputs on the Zoom H4 from the default &amp;quot;internal mics&amp;quot; to Input Connectors 1 &amp;amp; 2. Refer to the Zoom H4 Users Manual for details on selecting inputs, if needed.  This enables you to plug in the cables from your {{T1}}s to the H4 for recording, otherwise, you&#039;ll still be recording with the internal mics of the H4!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== L1 Configurations ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Lodge Brothers use the following combination of Bose equipment for our engagements.  Our equipment consists of:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Model II&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - B1 Bass Modules&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - T1 ToneMatch® Audio Engines&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A unique thing about our band is that we are a dynamic band!  Sometimes, we add a second L1® system to our configuration when there are more than three of us playing.  We generally book gigs with just three of us playing.  But sometimes, there are as many as five “Lodge Brothers” playing a gig!  So, due to our personnel configurations, the job, or the request of the person hiring us, our band configuration can change.  Generally, when the fourth and fifth persons get added, we add another Bose system.  When that happens, our configuration is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Classic &lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Model II&lt;br /&gt;
*  4 - B1 Bass Modules&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - T1 ToneMatch® Audio Engines&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(I haven’t used the Zoom H4 Recorder when we have used two L1® Systems yet.)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The general flow diagram would look something like this when we are using just a single L1® System:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Microphone / instrument -&amp;gt; T1 -&amp;gt;  T1 AUX out -&amp;gt; Zoom H4 Recorder (L or R input)&lt;br /&gt;
*              T1 MAIN out -&amp;gt; L1 System&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Recording Comments ==&lt;br /&gt;
I have only accomplished two recordings of our band using this method of recording.  The things I have noticed so far, are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Be careful with your channel mixes on the T1.  Ensure they are correct for your overall &amp;quot;live sound&amp;quot; mix on the L1 system.  Also, be aware you can change the &amp;quot;recording&amp;quot; mix by utilizing the AUX OUT level settings in the T1.  You can have between 0% and 100% of a channel going to your Zoom H4 recorder for recording.  This will affect your &amp;quot;recording&amp;quot; mix, but not your &amp;quot;live&amp;quot; mix.&lt;br /&gt;
# You’ll record whatever is picked up by your microphones.  This will be dependent on the types of microphones you use, their polar patterns, etc.  Just be aware, you’ll “record” what the microphone hears!&lt;br /&gt;
# After the gig, use the playback feature of your H4 Recorder plugged into your L1 System.  You’ll be amazed that you’ll be hearing what your audience heard at the gig!  It’s a real eye opener, if you&#039;ve never listened to yourself through the {{L1}} system!!!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What I like about the products ==&lt;br /&gt;
* On the Zoom H4 Recorder I particularly like the fact it has two XLR/Phono plug inputs for Left and Right channels.  This allows you to use a guitar-type cable from the T1 AUX OUT connectors to the H4.  Nothing complicated.  Just simple cables.  The recording quality I have gotten from this unit meets or exceeds my standard for something of this nature.  It’s not a multiple-thousand dollar recorder, but for the price I think it does a respectable job.  And, in combination with the T1, provides the musician with a very portable and quality recording device for good recordings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* I like the fact the {{T1}} offers the ability to output each of its channels to a single connector on the back of the T1.  Having this ability has allowed me to accomplish this procedure and for it to work I as I thought it should.  In addition, you can route just a single channel from the T1 to the H4, if you so choose.  This offers the gigging musician multiple solutions for getting output from the T1.  It’s a very flexible and intuitive product offering many alternatives to shaping and recording your sound! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What I do not like about the products ==&lt;br /&gt;
* The Zoom H4 Recorder has a VERY small menu screen.  At times, it is hard to read, depending on the lighting in the room, glare, etc.  In addition, the User Interface (method to select options, change values, etc.) takes some “hands on” time before you can become comfortable with it.  The thing I have found is if you don’t use the H4 for some amount of time, you have to go through a small re-learning curve on how to negotiate the menus.  This is a quirk in the design of the product.  In my opinion, it could be more user friendly!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Bose {{T1}} -  It takes a while to become familiar with all the features and functions of this product.  It can be overwhelming for the first-time user.  But, once familiar with its operation and options, you should have no problems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Review Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a Bose {{L1}} and {{T1}}, then recording your music can be as easy as purchasing one of these new digital recorders (with external input capability), hooking it up and playing some music!  A recording of your gig has the potential to let your hear where you need a little extra practice on a song or two!  Who knows, you might also be able to use this to record your first “live CD”, with very little effort on your part!  Good luck and if you have questions about this procedure, hook-up, or anything related, please let me know.  I’ll be glad to answer your questions via the message board or email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Review Date ==&lt;br /&gt;
Last Revised: 10/10/08&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:T1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Recording]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jdnell</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=Zoom_H4_and_T1%C2%AE_Usage&amp;diff=8701</id>
		<title>Zoom H4 and T1® Usage</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=Zoom_H4_and_T1%C2%AE_Usage&amp;diff=8701"/>
		<updated>2008-10-10T17:39:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jdnell: more minor edits  -   getting close now!&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Using a Zoom H4 Recorder via Two {{T1}}s to Record your Gig&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a “how to” narrative on using a Zoom H4 Handy Recorder and two {{T1}}s to record your gig, while performing through an {{L1}} System.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Products ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== [http://www.samsontech.com/products/productpage.cfm?prodID=1901    Zoom H4 Handy Recorder] ===&lt;br /&gt;
MSRP: $499.99  Street Price: $299.99&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:ZoomH4.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Features ===&lt;br /&gt;
Mobile Field Recording&lt;br /&gt;
* Fits in the palm of your hand&lt;br /&gt;
* Ideal for infinite variety of mobile recording applications&lt;br /&gt;
* Records 24-bit/96 kHz digital audio as well as MP3 format with bitrates up to 320kbps&lt;br /&gt;
* Two studio-quality X/Y pattern condenser microphones for true stereo recording&lt;br /&gt;
* Two combination XLR-1/4-inch input jacks with phantom power&lt;br /&gt;
* On-board studio effects compression, limiting and mic modeling&lt;br /&gt;
* 1/8-inch headphone jack provided for monitoring&lt;br /&gt;
* 512MB Secure Digital (SD) card included&lt;br /&gt;
* Using a 16GB SD memory card provides 24 hours of stereo WAV file recording in 44.1kHz/16-bit mode with CD Quality sound&lt;br /&gt;
* Up to 280 hours recording in MP3 stereo mode&lt;br /&gt;
* USB mass-storage interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Four hours of continuous recording operation from 2 AA batteries&lt;br /&gt;
* Back-lit, 128×64 pixel LCD provides the visual interface&lt;br /&gt;
* AC adapter, windshield cover, USB Cable and tripod adapter included &lt;br /&gt;
4-Track Recording&lt;br /&gt;
* 4-track audio in CD quality 16-bit PCM, 44.1 kHz sampling&lt;br /&gt;
* Combination high-impedance phone inputs for vocals, guitars, bass or keyboards.&lt;br /&gt;
* Built in guitar amp modeling equivalent to the Zoom G2 &lt;br /&gt;
Audio Interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Records directly to your computer as a USB audio interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Bundled with Cubase LE, 48-Track Digital Audio Workstation software&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== [http://www.bose.com/controller?url=/shop_online/speakers/portable_amplification_systems/accessories/l1_tonematch_acc.jsp  Bose T1 ToneMatch Audio Engine] ===&lt;br /&gt;
MSRP: $499.99  Street Price: $499.99&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:005 Bose T1.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Features ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Digital multichannel mixer designed for use with Bose® L1® sound systems &lt;br /&gt;
* Features over 100 proprietary ToneMatch presets for instruments and microphones &lt;br /&gt;
* Includes Bose zEQ, storable scenes and a suite of studio-class effects &lt;br /&gt;
* Presets and firmware updates available free online&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Basics for Recording ==&lt;br /&gt;
I record our gigs with the Zoom H4 Recorder while using two {{T1}}s.  Using two T1s enables me to record separate channels (left and right) into the Zoom H4 Recorder.  With two guitar cables, I run one T1&#039;s AUX OUT to the Left Channel of the H4 Recorder and the second T1&#039;s AUX OUT to the Right Channel of the H4.  Thus, I end up with 8 T1 channels running into my Zoom H4 Recorder with the ability to record all 8 channels, or a mix of them.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(&#039;&#039;If you are using a single T1 to record from, you may need to split your single T1&#039;s AUX OUT signal into two signals as Left and Right inputs into your H4.  There may be others options available here.  I haven&#039;t given any thought on how to accomplish recording left and right channels into the H4 using a single T1 AUX OUT connection.)&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Step by Step Instructions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039; DRAFT ONLY at this time &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Enabling the T1 AUX output (per channel) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn your T1 Master selector knob to “AUX”.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the CH Edit button of the channel you wish to route to the AUX connector.  (Remember, you must do this for each channel you wish to record from the T1.)&lt;br /&gt;
# Check the T1 display.  If Level says &amp;quot;Bypass&amp;quot;, the channel is currently muted going to the AUX connector.  If muted, simply press the knob button underneath the display to un-mute the channel.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the knob button to adjust the percentage of the signal you want at the AUX connector.  This range can be between 0% (no signal) to 100% (the entire signal) routed to the AUX connector.  Think of it as a volume knob to control the channel&#039;s volume.  Use this method to control each individual channel for your “recording” mix routed to the T1’s AUX connector.&lt;br /&gt;
# Refer to your T1 ToneMatch Audio Engine manual for information regarding the “TAP” button options.  Tap settings can be: pre-fader, post-EQ and effects, or post-fader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here&#039;s a quick video on enabling the AUX out capability of each channel on the {{T1}}. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;insert video here&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* With the Zoom H4 connected and used as a recorder in this configuration you can expect to get exactly what you would hear from the T1 AUX OUT connector.  Provided you have enabled the AUX output on each T1 channel, you’ll hear what is plugged into the input of each channel, whether it’s a microphone, iPod, guitar, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Setting the &amp;quot;recording mix&amp;quot; of all you T1 channels requires you to listen to the AUX output by some method, or to leave each channels Level mix at its default setting of 50%.  The easy approach is to leave everything at 50%.  This insures nothing ends up too hot in the mix.  (It appears you can taylor your recording mix by adjusting the Level percentage of each channel, but I haven&#039;t taken the time to experiment with this capability, as of yet.) NOTE: Changing this Level setting does not change any MAIN output levels from your T1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Enabling the Zoom H4 inputs ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Be sure to change your inputs on the Zoom H4 from the default &amp;quot;internal mics&amp;quot; to Input Connectors 1 &amp;amp; 2. Refer to the Zoom H4 Users Manual for details on selecting inputs, if needed.  This enables you to plug in the cables from your {{T1}}s to the H4 for recording, otherwise, you&#039;ll still be recording with the internal mics of the H4!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== L1 Configurations ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Lodge Brothers use the following combination of Bose equipment for our engagements.  Our equipment consists of:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Model II&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - B1 Bass Modules&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - T1 ToneMatch® Audio Engines&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A unique thing about our band is that we are a dynamic band!  Sometimes, we add a second L1® system to our configuration when there are more than three of us playing.  We generally book gigs with just three of us playing.  But sometimes, there are as many as five “Lodge Brothers” playing a gig!  So, due to our personnel configurations, the job, or the request of the person hiring us, our band configuration can change.  Generally, when the fourth and fifth persons get added, we add another Bose system.  When that happens, our configuration is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Classic &lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Model II&lt;br /&gt;
*  4 - B1 Bass Modules&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - T1 ToneMatch® Audio Engines&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(I haven’t used the Zoom H4 Recorder when we have used two L1® Systems yet.)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The general flow diagram would look something like this when we are using just a single L1® System:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Microphone / instrument -&amp;gt; T1 -&amp;gt;  T1 AUX out -&amp;gt; Zoom H4 Recorder (L or R input)&lt;br /&gt;
*              T1 MAIN out -&amp;gt; L1 System&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Recording Comments ==&lt;br /&gt;
I have only accomplished two recordings of our band using this method of recording.  The things I have noticed so far, are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Be careful with your channel mixes on the T1.  Ensure they are correct for your overall &amp;quot;live sound&amp;quot; mix on the L1 system.  Also, be aware you can change the &amp;quot;recording&amp;quot; mix by utilizing the AUX OUT level settings in the T1.  You can have between 0% and 100% of a channel going to your Zoom H4 recorder for recording.  This will affect your &amp;quot;recording&amp;quot; mix, but not your &amp;quot;live&amp;quot; mix.&lt;br /&gt;
# You’ll record whatever is picked up by your microphones.  This will be dependent on the types of microphones you use, their polar patterns, etc.  Just be aware, you’ll “record” what the microphone hears!&lt;br /&gt;
# After the gig, use the playback feature of your H4 Recorder plugged into your L1 System.  You’ll be amazed that you’ll be hearing what your audience heard at the gig!  It’s a real eye opener, if you&#039;ve never listened to yourself through the {{L1}} system!!!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What I like about the products ==&lt;br /&gt;
* On the Zoom H4 Recorder I particularly like the fact it has two XLR/Phono plug inputs for Left and Right channels.  This allows you to use a guitar-type cable from the T1 AUX OUT connectors to the H4.  Nothing complicated.  Just simple cables.  The recording quality I have gotten from this unit meets or exceeds my standard for something of this nature.  It’s not a multiple-thousand dollar recorder, but for the price I think it does a respectable job.  And, in combination with the T1, provides the musician with a very portable and quality recording device for good recordings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* I like the fact the {{T1}} offers the ability to output each of its channels to a single connector on the back of the T1.  Having this ability has allowed me to accomplish this procedure and for it to work I as I thought it should.  In addition, you can route just a single channel from the T1 to the H4, if you so choose.  This offers the gigging musician multiple solutions for getting output from the T1.  It’s a very flexible and intuitive product offering many alternatives to shaping and recording your sound! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What I do not like about the products ==&lt;br /&gt;
* The Zoom H4 Recorder has a VERY small menu screen.  At times, it is hard to read, depending on the lighting in the room, glare, etc.  In addition, the User Interface (method to select options, change values, etc.) takes some “hands on” time before you can become comfortable with it.  The thing I have found is if you don’t use the H4 for some amount of time, you have to go through a small re-learning curve on how to negotiate the menus.  This is a quirk in the design of the product.  In my opinion, it could be more user friendly!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Bose {{T1}} -  It takes a while to become familiar with all the features and functions of this product.  It can be overwhelming for the first-time user.  But, once familiar with its operation and options, you should have no problems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Review Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a Bose {{L1}} and {{T1}}, then recording your music can be as easy as purchasing one of these new digital recorders (with external input capability), hooking it up and playing some music!  A recording of your gig has the potential to let your hear where you need a little extra practice on a song or two!  Who knows, you might also be able to use this to record your first “live CD”, with very little effort on your part!  Good luck and if you have questions about this procedure, hook-up, or anything related, please let me know.  I’ll be glad to answer your questions via the message board or email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Review Date ==&lt;br /&gt;
Last Revised: 10/10/08&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:T1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Recording]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jdnell</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=Zoom_H4_and_T1%C2%AE_Usage&amp;diff=8700</id>
		<title>Zoom H4 and T1® Usage</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=Zoom_H4_and_T1%C2%AE_Usage&amp;diff=8700"/>
		<updated>2008-10-10T17:28:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jdnell: more sbs changes&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Using a Zoom H4 Recorder via Two {{T1}}s to Record your Gig&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a “how to” narrative on using a Zoom H4 Handy Recorder and two {{T1}}s to record your gig, while performing through an {{L1}} System.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Products ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== [http://www.samsontech.com/products/productpage.cfm?prodID=1901    Zoom H4 Handy Recorder] ===&lt;br /&gt;
MSRP: $499.99  Street Price: $299.99&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:ZoomH4.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Features ===&lt;br /&gt;
Mobile Field Recording&lt;br /&gt;
* Fits in the palm of your hand&lt;br /&gt;
* Ideal for infinite variety of mobile recording applications&lt;br /&gt;
* Records 24-bit/96 kHz digital audio as well as MP3 format with bitrates up to 320kbps&lt;br /&gt;
* Two studio-quality X/Y pattern condenser microphones for true stereo recording&lt;br /&gt;
* Two combination XLR-1/4-inch input jacks with phantom power&lt;br /&gt;
* On-board studio effects compression, limiting and mic modeling&lt;br /&gt;
* 1/8-inch headphone jack provided for monitoring&lt;br /&gt;
* 512MB Secure Digital (SD) card included&lt;br /&gt;
* Using a 16GB SD memory card provides 24 hours of stereo WAV file recording in 44.1kHz/16-bit mode with CD Quality sound&lt;br /&gt;
* Up to 280 hours recording in MP3 stereo mode&lt;br /&gt;
* USB mass-storage interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Four hours of continuous recording operation from 2 AA batteries&lt;br /&gt;
* Back-lit, 128×64 pixel LCD provides the visual interface&lt;br /&gt;
* AC adapter, windshield cover, USB Cable and tripod adapter included &lt;br /&gt;
4-Track Recording&lt;br /&gt;
* 4-track audio in CD quality 16-bit PCM, 44.1 kHz sampling&lt;br /&gt;
* Combination high-impedance phone inputs for vocals, guitars, bass or keyboards.&lt;br /&gt;
* Built in guitar amp modeling equivalent to the Zoom G2 &lt;br /&gt;
Audio Interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Records directly to your computer as a USB audio interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Bundled with Cubase LE, 48-Track Digital Audio Workstation software&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== [http://www.bose.com/controller?url=/shop_online/speakers/portable_amplification_systems/accessories/l1_tonematch_acc.jsp  Bose T1 ToneMatch Audio Engine] ===&lt;br /&gt;
MSRP: $499.99  Street Price: $499.99&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:005 Bose T1.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Features ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Digital multichannel mixer designed for use with Bose® L1® sound systems &lt;br /&gt;
* Features over 100 proprietary ToneMatch presets for instruments and microphones &lt;br /&gt;
* Includes Bose zEQ, storable scenes and a suite of studio-class effects &lt;br /&gt;
* Presets and firmware updates available free online&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Basics for Recording ==&lt;br /&gt;
I record our gigs with the Zoom H4 Recorder while using two {{T1}}s.  Using two T1s enables me to record separate channels (left and right) into the Zoom H4 Recorder.  With two guitar cables, I run one T1&#039;s AUX OUT to the Left Channel of the H4 Recorder and the second T1&#039;s AUX OUT to the Right Channel of the H4.  Thus, I end up with 8 T1 channels running into my Zoom H4 Recorder with the ability to record all 8 channels, or a mix of them.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(&#039;&#039;If you are using a single T1 to record from, you may need to split your single T1&#039;s AUX OUT signal into two signals as Left and Right inputs into your H4.  There may be others options available here.  I haven&#039;t given any thought on how to accomplish recording left and right channels into the H4 using a single T1 AUX OUT connection.)&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Step by Step Instructions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039; DRAFT ONLY at this time &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enabling AUX output on the T1 (per channel)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn your T1 Master selector knob to “AUX”.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the CH Edit button of the channel you wish to route to the AUX connector.  (Remember, you must do this for each channel you wish to record from the T1.)&lt;br /&gt;
# Check the T1 display.  If Level says &amp;quot;Bypass&amp;quot;, the channel is currently muted going to the AUX connector.  If muted, simply press the knob button underneath the display to un-mute the channel.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the knob button to adjust the percentage of the signal you want at the AUX connector.  This range can be between 0% (no signal) to 100% (the entire signal) routed to the AUX connector.  Think of it as a volume knob to control the channel&#039;s volume.  Use this method to control each individual channel for your “recording” mix routed to the T1’s AUX connector.&lt;br /&gt;
# Refer to your T1 ToneMatch Audio Engine manual for information regarding the “TAP” button options.  Tap settings can be: pre-fader, post-EQ and effects, or post-fader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here&#039;s a quick video on enabling the AUX out capability of each channel on the {{T1}}. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;insert video here&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* With the Zoom H4 connected and used as a recorder in this configuration you can expect to get exactly what you would hear from the T1 AUX OUT connector.  Provided you have enabled the AUX output on each T1 channel, you’ll hear what is plugged into the input of each channel, whether it’s a microphone, iPod, guitar, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Setting the &amp;quot;recording mix&amp;quot; of all you T1 channels requires you to listen to the AUX output by some method, or to leave each channels Level mix at its default setting of 50%.  The easy approach is to leave everything at 50%.  This insures nothing ends up too hot in the mix.  (It appears you can taylor your recording mix by adjusting the Level percentage of each channel, but I haven&#039;t taken the time to experiment with this capability, as of yet.) NOTE: Changing this Level setting does not change any MAIN output levels from your T1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enabling your Zoom H4&#039;s inputs&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Be sure to change your inputs on the Zoom H4 from the default &amp;quot;internal mics&amp;quot; to Input Connectors 1 &amp;amp; 2. Refer to the Zoom H4 Users Manual for details on selecting inputs, if needed.  This enables you to plug in the cables from your {{T1}}s to the H4 for recording, otherwise, you&#039;ll still be recording with the internal mics of the H4!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== L1 Configurations ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Lodge Brothers use the following combination of Bose equipment for our engagements.  Our equipment consists of:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Model II&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - B1 Bass Modules&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - T1 ToneMatch® Audio Engines&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A unique thing about our band is that we are a dynamic band!  Sometimes, we add a second L1® system to our configuration when there are more than three of us playing.  We generally book gigs with just three of us playing.  But sometimes, there are as many as five “Lodge Brothers” playing a gig!  So, due to our personnel configurations, the job, or the request of the person hiring us, our band configuration can change.  Generally, when the fourth and fifth persons get added, we add another Bose system.  When that happens, our configuration is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Classic &lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Model II&lt;br /&gt;
*  4 - B1 Bass Modules&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - T1 ToneMatch® Audio Engines&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(I haven’t used the Zoom H4 Recorder when we have used two L1® Systems yet.)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The general flow diagram would look something like this when we are using just a single L1® System:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Microphone / instrument -&amp;gt; T1 -&amp;gt;  T1 AUX out -&amp;gt; Zoom H4 Recorder (L or R input)&lt;br /&gt;
*              T1 MAIN out -&amp;gt; L1 System&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Recording Comments ==&lt;br /&gt;
I have only accomplished two recordings of our band using this method of recording.  The things I have noticed so far, are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Be careful with your channel mixes on the T1.  Ensure they are correct for your overall &amp;quot;live sound&amp;quot; mix on the L1 system.  Also, be aware you can change the &amp;quot;recording&amp;quot; mix by utilizing the AUX OUT level settings in the T1.  You can have between 0% and 100% of a channel going to your Zoom H4 recorder for recording.  This will affect your &amp;quot;recording&amp;quot; mix, but not your &amp;quot;live&amp;quot; mix.&lt;br /&gt;
# You’ll record whatever is picked up by your microphones.  This will be dependent on the types of microphones you use, their polar patterns, etc.  Just be aware, you’ll “hear” what the microphone hears!&lt;br /&gt;
# After the gig, use the playback feature of your H4 Recorder plugged into your L1 System.  You’ll be amazed that you’ll be hearing what your audience heard at the gig!  It’s a real eye opener, if you&#039;ve never listened to yourself through the {{L1}} system!!!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What I like about the products ==&lt;br /&gt;
* On the Zoom H4 Recorder I particularly like the fact it has two XLR/Phono plug inputs for Left and Right channels.  This allows you to use a guitar-type cable from the T1 AUX OUT connectors to the H4.  Nothing complicated.  Just simple cables.  The recording quality I have gotten from this unit meets or exceeds my standard for something of this nature.  It’s not a multiple-thousand dollar recorder, but for the price I think it does a respectable job.  And, in combination with the T1, provides the musician with a very portable and quality recording device for good recordings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* I like the fact the {{T1}} offers the ability to output each of its channels to a single connector on the back of the T1.  Having this ability has allowed me to accomplish this procedure and for it to work I as I thought it should.  In addition, you can route just a single channel from the T1 to the H4, if you so choose.  This offers the gigging musician multiple solutions for getting output from the T1.  It’s a very flexible and intuitive product offering many alternatives to shaping and recording your sound! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What I do not like about the products ==&lt;br /&gt;
* The Zoom H4 Recorder has a VERY small menu screen.  At times, it is hard to read, depending on the lighting in the room, glare, etc.  In addition, the User Interface (method to select options, change values, etc.) takes some “hands on” time before you can become comfortable with it.  The thing I have found is if you don’t use the H4 for some amount of time, you have to go through a small re-learning curve on how to negotiate the menus.  This is a quirk in the design of the product.  In my opinion, it could be more user friendly!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Bose {{T1}} -  It takes a while to become familiar with all the features and functions of this product.  It can be overwhelming for the first-time user.  But, once familiar with its operation and options, you should have no problems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Review Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a Bose {{L1}} and {{T1}}, then recording your music can be as easy as purchasing one of these new digital recorders (with external input capability), hooking it up and playing some music!  A recording of your gig has the potential to let your hear where you need a little extra practice on a song or two!  Who knows, you might also be able to use this to record your first “live CD”, with very little effort on your part!  Good luck and if you have questions about this procedure, hook-up, or anything related, please let me know.  I’ll be glad to answer your questions via the message board or email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Review Date ==&lt;br /&gt;
Last Revised: 10/10/08&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:T1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Recording]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jdnell</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=Zoom_H4_and_T1%C2%AE_Usage&amp;diff=8699</id>
		<title>Zoom H4 and T1® Usage</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=Zoom_H4_and_T1%C2%AE_Usage&amp;diff=8699"/>
		<updated>2008-10-10T17:13:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jdnell: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Using a Zoom H4 Recorder via Two {{T1}}s to Record your Gig&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a “how to” narrative on using a Zoom H4 Handy Recorder and two {{T1}}s to record your gig, while performing through an {{L1}} System.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Products ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== [http://www.samsontech.com/products/productpage.cfm?prodID=1901    Zoom H4 Handy Recorder] ===&lt;br /&gt;
MSRP: $499.99  Street Price: $299.99&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:ZoomH4.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Features ===&lt;br /&gt;
Mobile Field Recording&lt;br /&gt;
* Fits in the palm of your hand&lt;br /&gt;
* Ideal for infinite variety of mobile recording applications&lt;br /&gt;
* Records 24-bit/96 kHz digital audio as well as MP3 format with bitrates up to 320kbps&lt;br /&gt;
* Two studio-quality X/Y pattern condenser microphones for true stereo recording&lt;br /&gt;
* Two combination XLR-1/4-inch input jacks with phantom power&lt;br /&gt;
* On-board studio effects compression, limiting and mic modeling&lt;br /&gt;
* 1/8-inch headphone jack provided for monitoring&lt;br /&gt;
* 512MB Secure Digital (SD) card included&lt;br /&gt;
* Using a 16GB SD memory card provides 24 hours of stereo WAV file recording in 44.1kHz/16-bit mode with CD Quality sound&lt;br /&gt;
* Up to 280 hours recording in MP3 stereo mode&lt;br /&gt;
* USB mass-storage interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Four hours of continuous recording operation from 2 AA batteries&lt;br /&gt;
* Back-lit, 128×64 pixel LCD provides the visual interface&lt;br /&gt;
* AC adapter, windshield cover, USB Cable and tripod adapter included &lt;br /&gt;
4-Track Recording&lt;br /&gt;
* 4-track audio in CD quality 16-bit PCM, 44.1 kHz sampling&lt;br /&gt;
* Combination high-impedance phone inputs for vocals, guitars, bass or keyboards.&lt;br /&gt;
* Built in guitar amp modeling equivalent to the Zoom G2 &lt;br /&gt;
Audio Interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Records directly to your computer as a USB audio interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Bundled with Cubase LE, 48-Track Digital Audio Workstation software&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== [http://www.bose.com/controller?url=/shop_online/speakers/portable_amplification_systems/accessories/l1_tonematch_acc.jsp  Bose T1 ToneMatch Audio Engine] ===&lt;br /&gt;
MSRP: $499.99  Street Price: $499.99&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:005 Bose T1.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Features ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Digital multichannel mixer designed for use with Bose® L1® sound systems &lt;br /&gt;
* Features over 100 proprietary ToneMatch presets for instruments and microphones &lt;br /&gt;
* Includes Bose zEQ, storable scenes and a suite of studio-class effects &lt;br /&gt;
* Presets and firmware updates available free online&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Basics for Recording ==&lt;br /&gt;
I record our gigs with the Zoom H4 Recorder while using two {{T1}}s.  Using two T1s enables me to record separate channels (left and right) into the Zoom H4 Recorder.  With two guitar cables, I run one T1&#039;s AUX OUT to the Left Channel of the H4 Recorder and the second T1&#039;s AUX OUT to the Right Channel of the H4.  Thus, I end up with 8 T1 channels running into my Zoom H4 Recorder with the ability to record all 8 channels, or a mix of them.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(&#039;&#039;If you are using a single T1 to record from, you may need to split your single T1&#039;s AUX OUT signal into two signals as Left and Right inputs into your H4.  There may be others options available here.  I haven&#039;t given any thought on how to accomplish recording left and right channels into the H4 using a single T1 AUX OUT connection.)&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Step by Step Instructions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039; DRAFT / Placeholder ONLY &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enabling AUX channel output on the T1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn your T1 Master selector knob to “AUX”.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the CH Edit button of the channel you wish to route to the AUX connector.&lt;br /&gt;
# Check the T1 display.  If Level says &amp;quot;Bypass&amp;quot;, the channel is currently muted going to the AUX connector.  If muted, simply press the knob button underneath the display to un-mute the channel.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the knob button to adjust the percentage of the signal you want at the AUX connector.  This range can be between 0% (no signal) to 100% (the entire signal) routed to the AUX connector.  Think of it as a volume knob to control the channel&#039;s signal volume.  Use this method to control each individual channel for your “recording” mix routed to the T1’s AUX connector.&lt;br /&gt;
# Refer to your T1 ToneMatch Audio Engine instructions for information regarding the “TAP” button options.  Tap settings can be: pre-fader, post-EQ and effects, or post-fader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here&#039;s a quick video on enabling the AUX out capability of each channel on the {{T1}}. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;insert video here&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* With the Zoom H4 connected and used as a recorder in this configuration you can expect to get exactly what you would hear from the T1 AUX OUT connector.  Provided you have enabled the AUX output on each T1 channel, you’ll hear what is plugged into the input of each channel, whether it’s a microphone, iPod, guitar, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Setting the &amp;quot;recording mix&amp;quot; of all you T1 channels requires you to listen to the AUX output by some method, or to leave each channels Level mix at its default setting of 50%.  The easy approach is to leave everything at 50%.  This insures nothing ends up too hot in the mix.  (You can taylor your recording mix by adjusting the Level percentage of each channel, but I haven&#039;t taken the time to experiment with this option.) NOTE: Changing this Level setting does not change any output levels from your T1 which are routed via your Main OUT of the T1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== L1 Configurations ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Lodge Brothers use the following combination of Bose equipment for our engagements.  Our equipment consists of:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Model II&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - B1 Bass Modules&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - T1 ToneMatch® Audio Engines&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A unique thing about our band is that we are a dynamic band!  Sometimes, we add a second L1® system to our configuration when there are more than three of us playing.  We generally book gigs with just three of us playing.  But sometimes, there are as many as five “Lodge Brothers” playing a gig!  So, due to our personnel configurations, the job, or the request of the person hiring us, our band configuration can change.  Generally, when the fourth and fifth persons get added, we add another Bose system.  When that happens, our configuration is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Classic &lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Model II&lt;br /&gt;
*  4 - B1 Bass Modules&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - T1 ToneMatch® Audio Engines&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(I haven’t used the Zoom H4 Recorder when we have used two L1® Systems yet.)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The general flow diagram would look something like this when we are using just a single L1® System:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Microphone / instrument -&amp;gt; T1 -&amp;gt;  T1 AUX out -&amp;gt; Zoom H4 Recorder (L or R input)&lt;br /&gt;
*              T1 MAIN out -&amp;gt; L1 System&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Recording Comments ==&lt;br /&gt;
I have only accomplished two recordings of our band using this method of recording.  The things I have noticed so far, are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Be careful with your channel mixes on the T1.  Ensure they are correct for your overall &amp;quot;live sound&amp;quot; mix on the L1 system.  Also, be aware you can change the &amp;quot;recording&amp;quot; mix by utilizing the AUX OUT level settings in the T1.  You can have between 0% and 100% of a channel going to your Zoom H4 recorder for recording.  This will affect your &amp;quot;recording&amp;quot; mix, but not your &amp;quot;live&amp;quot; mix.&lt;br /&gt;
# You’ll record whatever is picked up by your microphones.  This will be dependent on the types of microphones you use, their polar patterns, etc.  Just be aware, you’ll “hear” what the microphone hears!&lt;br /&gt;
# After the gig, use the playback feature of your H4 Recorder plugged into your L1 System.  You’ll be amazed that you’ll be hearing what your audience heard at the gig!  It’s a real eye opener, if you&#039;ve never listened to yourself through the {{L1}} system!!!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What I like about the products ==&lt;br /&gt;
* On the Zoom H4 Recorder I particularly like the fact it has two XLR/Phono plug inputs for Left and Right channels.  This allows you to use a guitar-type cable from the T1 AUX OUT connectors to the H4.  Nothing complicated.  Just simple cables.  The recording quality I have gotten from this unit meets or exceeds my standard for something of this nature.  It’s not a multiple-thousand dollar recorder, but for the price I think it does a respectable job.  And, in combination with the T1, provides the musician with a very portable and quality recording device for good recordings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* I like the fact the {{T1}} offers the ability to output each of its channels to a single connector on the back of the T1.  Having this ability has allowed me to accomplish this procedure and for it to work I as I thought it should.  In addition, you can route just a single channel from the T1 to the H4, if you so choose.  This offers the gigging musician multiple solutions for getting output from the T1.  It’s a very flexible and intuitive product offering many alternatives to shaping and recording your sound! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What I do not like about the products ==&lt;br /&gt;
* The Zoom H4 Recorder has a VERY small menu screen.  At times, it is hard to read, depending on the lighting in the room, glare, etc.  In addition, the User Interface (method to select options, change values, etc.) takes some “hands on” time before you can become comfortable with it.  The thing I have found is if you don’t use the H4 for some amount of time, you have to go through a small re-learning curve on how to negotiate the menus.  This is a quirk in the design of the product.  In my opinion, it could be more user friendly!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Bose {{T1}} -  It takes a while to become familiar with all the features and functions of this product.  It can be overwhelming for the first-time user.  But, once familiar with its operation and options, you should have no problems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Review Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a Bose {{L1}} and {{T1}}, then recording your music can be as easy as purchasing one of these new digital recorders (with external input capability), hooking it up and playing some music!  A recording of your gig has the potential to let your hear where you need a little extra practice on a song or two!  Who knows, you might also be able to use this to record your first “live CD”, with very little effort on your part!  Good luck and if you have questions about this procedure, hook-up, or anything related, please let me know.  I’ll be glad to answer your questions via the message board or email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Review Date ==&lt;br /&gt;
Last Revised: 10/10/08&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:T1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Recording]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jdnell</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=Zoom_H4_and_T1%C2%AE_Usage&amp;diff=8698</id>
		<title>Zoom H4 and T1® Usage</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=Zoom_H4_and_T1%C2%AE_Usage&amp;diff=8698"/>
		<updated>2008-10-10T17:10:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jdnell: reorganized sections under recording&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Using a Zoom H4 Recorder via Two {{T1}}s to Record your Gig&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a “how to” narrative on using a Zoom H4 Handy Recorder and two {{T1}}s to record your gig, while performing through an {{L1}} System.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Products ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== [http://www.samsontech.com/products/productpage.cfm?prodID=1901    Zoom H4 Handy Recorder] ===&lt;br /&gt;
MSRP: $499.99  Street Price: $299.99&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:ZoomH4.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Features ===&lt;br /&gt;
Mobile Field Recording&lt;br /&gt;
* Fits in the palm of your hand&lt;br /&gt;
* Ideal for infinite variety of mobile recording applications&lt;br /&gt;
* Records 24-bit/96 kHz digital audio as well as MP3 format with bitrates up to 320kbps&lt;br /&gt;
* Two studio-quality X/Y pattern condenser microphones for true stereo recording&lt;br /&gt;
* Two combination XLR-1/4-inch input jacks with phantom power&lt;br /&gt;
* On-board studio effects compression, limiting and mic modeling&lt;br /&gt;
* 1/8-inch headphone jack provided for monitoring&lt;br /&gt;
* 512MB Secure Digital (SD) card included&lt;br /&gt;
* Using a 16GB SD memory card provides 24 hours of stereo WAV file recording in 44.1kHz/16-bit mode with CD Quality sound&lt;br /&gt;
* Up to 280 hours recording in MP3 stereo mode&lt;br /&gt;
* USB mass-storage interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Four hours of continuous recording operation from 2 AA batteries&lt;br /&gt;
* Back-lit, 128×64 pixel LCD provides the visual interface&lt;br /&gt;
* AC adapter, windshield cover, USB Cable and tripod adapter included &lt;br /&gt;
4-Track Recording&lt;br /&gt;
* 4-track audio in CD quality 16-bit PCM, 44.1 kHz sampling&lt;br /&gt;
* Combination high-impedance phone inputs for vocals, guitars, bass or keyboards.&lt;br /&gt;
* Built in guitar amp modeling equivalent to the Zoom G2 &lt;br /&gt;
Audio Interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Records directly to your computer as a USB audio interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Bundled with Cubase LE, 48-Track Digital Audio Workstation software&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== [http://www.bose.com/controller?url=/shop_online/speakers/portable_amplification_systems/accessories/l1_tonematch_acc.jsp  Bose T1 ToneMatch Audio Engine] ===&lt;br /&gt;
MSRP: $499.99  Street Price: $499.99&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:005 Bose T1.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Features ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Digital multichannel mixer designed for use with Bose® L1® sound systems &lt;br /&gt;
* Features over 100 proprietary ToneMatch presets for instruments and microphones &lt;br /&gt;
* Includes Bose zEQ, storable scenes and a suite of studio-class effects &lt;br /&gt;
* Presets and firmware updates available free online&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Basics for Recording ==&lt;br /&gt;
I record our gigs with the Zoom H4 Recorder while using two {{T1}}s.  Using two T1s enables me to record separate channels (left and right) into the Zoom H4 Recorder.  With two guitar cables, I run one T1&#039;s AUX OUT to the Left Channel of the H4 Recorder and the second T1&#039;s AUX OUT to the Right Channel of the H4.  Thus, I end up with 8 T1 channels running into my Zoom H4 Recorder with the ability to record all 8 channels, or a mix of them.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(&#039;&#039;If you are using a single T1 to record from, you may need to split your single T1&#039;s AUX OUT signal into two signals as Left and Right inputs into your H4.  There may be others options available here.  I haven&#039;t given any thought on how to accomplish recording left and right channels into the H4 using a single T1 AUX OUT connection.)&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Step by Step Instructions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039; DRAFT / Placeholder ONLY &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enabling AUX channel output on the T1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn your T1 Master selector knob to “AUX”.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the CH Edit button of the channel you wish to route to the AUX connector.&lt;br /&gt;
# Check the T1 display.  If Level says &amp;quot;Bypass&amp;quot;, the channel is currently muted going to the AUX connector.  If muted, simply press the knob button underneath the display to un-mute the channel.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the knob button to adjust the percentage of the signal you want at the AUX connector.  This range can be between 0% (no signal) to 100% (the entire signal) routed to the AUX connector.  Think of it as a volume knob to control the channel&#039;s signal volume.  Use this method to control each individual channel for your “recording” mix routed to the T1’s AUX connector.&lt;br /&gt;
# Refer to your T1 ToneMatch Audio Engine instructions for information regarding the “TAP” button options.  Tap settings can be: pre-fader, post-EQ and effects, or post-fader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here&#039;s a quick video on enabling the AUX out capability of each channel on the {{T1}}. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;insert video here&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* With the Zoom H4 connected and used as a recorder in this configuration you can expect to get exactly what you would hear from the T1 AUX OUT connector.  Provided you have enabled the AUX output on each T1 channel, you’ll hear what is plugged into the input of each channel, whether it’s a microphone, iPod, guitar, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Setting the &amp;quot;recording mix&amp;quot; of all you T1 channels requires you to listen to the AUX output by some method, or to leave each channels Level mix at its default setting of 50%.  The easy approach is to leave everything at 50%.  This insures nothing ends up too hot in the mix.  (You can taylor your recording mix by adjusting the Level percentage of each channel, but I haven&#039;t taken the time to experiment with this option.) NOTE: Change this Level setting does not change any output levels from your T1 which are routed to your Main OUT of the T1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== L1 Configurations ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Lodge Brothers use the following combination of Bose equipment for our engagements.  Our equipment consists of:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Model II&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - B1 Bass Modules&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - T1 ToneMatch® Audio Engines&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A unique thing about our band is that we are a dynamic band!  Sometimes, we add a second L1® system to our configuration when there are more than three of us playing.  We generally book gigs with just three of us playing.  But sometimes, there are as many as five “Lodge Brothers” playing a gig!  So, due to our personnel configurations, the job, or the request of the person hiring us, our band configuration can change.  Generally, when the fourth and fifth persons get added, we add another Bose system.  When that happens, our configuration is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Classic &lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Model II&lt;br /&gt;
*  4 - B1 Bass Modules&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - T1 ToneMatch® Audio Engines&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(I haven’t used the Zoom H4 Recorder when we have used two L1® Systems yet.)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The general flow diagram would look something like this when we are using just a single L1® System:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Microphone / instrument -&amp;gt; T1 -&amp;gt;  T1 AUX out -&amp;gt; Zoom H4 Recorder (L or R input)&lt;br /&gt;
*              T1 MAIN out -&amp;gt; L1 System&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Recording Comments ==&lt;br /&gt;
I have only accomplished two recordings of our band using this method of recording.  The things I have noticed so far, are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Be careful with your channel mixes on the T1.  Ensure they are correct for your overall &amp;quot;live sound&amp;quot; mix on the L1 system.  Also, be aware you can change the &amp;quot;recording&amp;quot; mix by utilizing the AUX OUT level settings in the T1.  You can have between 0% and 100% of a channel going to your Zoom H4 recorder for recording.  This will affect your &amp;quot;recording&amp;quot; mix, but not your &amp;quot;live&amp;quot; mix.&lt;br /&gt;
# You’ll record whatever is picked up by your microphones.  This will be dependent on the types of microphones you use, their polar patterns, etc.  Just be aware, you’ll “hear” what the microphone hears!&lt;br /&gt;
# After the gig, use the playback feature of your H4 Recorder plugged into your L1 System.  You’ll be amazed that you’ll be hearing what your audience heard at the gig!  It’s a real eye opener, if you&#039;ve never listened to yourself through the {{L1}} system!!!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What I like about the products ==&lt;br /&gt;
* On the Zoom H4 Recorder I particularly like the fact it has two XLR/Phono plug inputs for Left and Right channels.  This allows you to use a guitar-type cable from the T1 AUX OUT connectors to the H4.  Nothing complicated.  Just simple cables.  The recording quality I have gotten from this unit meets or exceeds my standard for something of this nature.  It’s not a multiple-thousand dollar recorder, but for the price I think it does a respectable job.  And, in combination with the T1, provides the musician with a very portable and quality recording device for good recordings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* I like the fact the {{T1}} offers the ability to output each of its channels to a single connector on the back of the T1.  Having this ability has allowed me to accomplish this procedure and for it to work I as I thought it should.  In addition, you can route just a single channel from the T1 to the H4, if you so choose.  This offers the gigging musician multiple solutions for getting output from the T1.  It’s a very flexible and intuitive product offering many alternatives to shaping and recording your sound! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What I do not like about the products ==&lt;br /&gt;
* The Zoom H4 Recorder has a VERY small menu screen.  At times, it is hard to read, depending on the lighting in the room, glare, etc.  In addition, the User Interface (method to select options, change values, etc.) takes some “hands on” time before you can become comfortable with it.  The thing I have found is if you don’t use the H4 for some amount of time, you have to go through a small re-learning curve on how to negotiate the menus.  This is a quirk in the design of the product.  In my opinion, it could be more user friendly!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Bose {{T1}} -  It takes a while to become familiar with all the features and functions of this product.  It can be overwhelming for the first-time user.  But, once familiar with its operation and options, you should have no problems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Review Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a Bose {{L1}} and {{T1}}, then recording your music can be as easy as purchasing one of these new digital recorders (with external input capability), hooking it up and playing some music!  A recording of your gig has the potential to let your hear where you need a little extra practice on a song or two!  Who knows, you might also be able to use this to record your first “live CD”, with very little effort on your part!  Good luck and if you have questions about this procedure, hook-up, or anything related, please let me know.  I’ll be glad to answer your questions via the message board or email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Review Date ==&lt;br /&gt;
Last Revised: 10/10/08&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:T1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Recording]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jdnell</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=Zoom_H4_and_T1%C2%AE_Usage&amp;diff=8695</id>
		<title>Zoom H4 and T1® Usage</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=Zoom_H4_and_T1%C2%AE_Usage&amp;diff=8695"/>
		<updated>2008-10-10T16:51:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jdnell: detailed instr. mods&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Using a Zoom H4 Recorder via Two {{T1}}s to Record your Gig&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a “how to” narrative on using a Zoom H4 Handy Recorder and two {{T1}}s to record your gig, while performing through an {{L1}} System.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Products ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== [http://www.samsontech.com/products/productpage.cfm?prodID=1901    Zoom H4 Handy Recorder] ===&lt;br /&gt;
MSRP: $499.99  Street Price: $299.99&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:ZoomH4.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Features ===&lt;br /&gt;
Mobile Field Recording&lt;br /&gt;
* Fits in the palm of your hand&lt;br /&gt;
* Ideal for infinite variety of mobile recording applications&lt;br /&gt;
* Records 24-bit/96 kHz digital audio as well as MP3 format with bitrates up to 320kbps&lt;br /&gt;
* Two studio-quality X/Y pattern condenser microphones for true stereo recording&lt;br /&gt;
* Two combination XLR-1/4-inch input jacks with phantom power&lt;br /&gt;
* On-board studio effects compression, limiting and mic modeling&lt;br /&gt;
* 1/8-inch headphone jack provided for monitoring&lt;br /&gt;
* 512MB Secure Digital (SD) card included&lt;br /&gt;
* Using a 16GB SD memory card provides 24 hours of stereo WAV file recording in 44.1kHz/16-bit mode with CD Quality sound&lt;br /&gt;
* Up to 280 hours recording in MP3 stereo mode&lt;br /&gt;
* USB mass-storage interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Four hours of continuous recording operation from 2 AA batteries&lt;br /&gt;
* Back-lit, 128×64 pixel LCD provides the visual interface&lt;br /&gt;
* AC adapter, windshield cover, USB Cable and tripod adapter included &lt;br /&gt;
4-Track Recording&lt;br /&gt;
* 4-track audio in CD quality 16-bit PCM, 44.1 kHz sampling&lt;br /&gt;
* Combination high-impedance phone inputs for vocals, guitars, bass or keyboards.&lt;br /&gt;
* Built in guitar amp modeling equivalent to the Zoom G2 &lt;br /&gt;
Audio Interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Records directly to your computer as a USB audio interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Bundled with Cubase LE, 48-Track Digital Audio Workstation software&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== [http://www.bose.com/controller?url=/shop_online/speakers/portable_amplification_systems/accessories/l1_tonematch_acc.jsp  Bose T1 ToneMatch Audio Engine] ===&lt;br /&gt;
MSRP: $499.99  Street Price: $499.99&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:005 Bose T1.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Features ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Digital multichannel mixer designed for use with Bose® L1® sound systems &lt;br /&gt;
* Features over 100 proprietary ToneMatch presets for instruments and microphones &lt;br /&gt;
* Includes Bose zEQ, storable scenes and a suite of studio-class effects &lt;br /&gt;
* Presets and firmware updates available free online&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Basics for Recording ==&lt;br /&gt;
I record our gigs with the Zoom H4 Recorder while using two {{T1}}s.  Using two T1s enables me to record separate channels (left and right) into the Zoom H4 Recorder.  With two guitar cables, I run one T1&#039;s AUX OUT to the Left Channel of the H4 Recorder and the second T1&#039;s AUX OUT to the Right Channel of the H4.  Thus, I end up with 8 T1 channels running into my Zoom H4 Recorder with the ability to record all 8 channels, or a mix of them.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(&#039;&#039;If you are using a single T1 to record from, you may need to split your single T1&#039;s AUX OUT signal into two signals as Left and Right inputs into your H4.  There may be others options available here.  I haven&#039;t given any thought on how to accomplish recording left and right channels into the H4 using a single T1 AUX OUT connection.)&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Step by Step Instructions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039; DRAFT / Placeholder ONLY &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enabling AUX channel output on the T1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn your T1 Master selector knob to “AUX”.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the CH Edit button of the channel you wish to route to the AUX connector.&lt;br /&gt;
# Check the T1 display.  If Level says &amp;quot;Bypass&amp;quot;, the channel is currently muted going to the AUX connector.  If muted, simply press the knob button underneath the display to un-mute the channel.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the knob button to adjust the percentage of the signal you want at the AUX connector.  This range can be between 0% (no signal) to 100% (the entire signal) routed to the AUX connector.  Think of it as a volume knob to control the channel&#039;s signal volume.  Use this method to control each individual channel for your “recording” mix routed to the T1’s AUX connector.&lt;br /&gt;
# Refer to your T1 ToneMatch Audio Engine instructions for information regarding the “TAP” button options.  Tap settings can be: pre-fader, post-EQ and effects, or post-fader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== L1 Configurations ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Lodge Brothers use the following combination of Bose equipment for our engagements.  Our equipment consists of:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Model II&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - B1 Bass Modules&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - T1 ToneMatch® Audio Engines&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A unique thing about our band is that we are a dynamic band!  Sometimes, we add a second L1® system to our configuration when there are more than three of us playing.  We generally book gigs with just three of us playing.  But sometimes, there are as many as five “Lodge Brothers” playing a gig!  So, due to our personnel configurations, the job, or the request of the person hiring us, our band configuration can change.  Generally, when the fourth and fifth persons get added, we add another Bose system.  When that happens, our configuration is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Classic &lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Model II&lt;br /&gt;
*  4 - B1 Bass Modules&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - T1 ToneMatch® Audio Engines&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(I haven’t used the Zoom H4 Recorder when we have used two L1® Systems yet.)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The general flow diagram would look something like this when we are using just a single L1® System:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Microphone / instrument -&amp;gt; T1 -&amp;gt;  T1 AUX out -&amp;gt; Zoom H4 Recorder (L or R input)&lt;br /&gt;
*              T1 MAIN out -&amp;gt; L1 System&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Recording Results ==&lt;br /&gt;
* With the Zoom H4 connected and used as a recorder in this configuration you can expect to get exactly what you would hear from the T1 AUX OUT connector.  Provided you have enabled the AUX output on each T1 channel, you’ll hear what is plugged into the input of that channel, whether it’s a microphone, iPod, guitar, etc.  To enable the AUX OUT capability on each channel you want to record, [[Media:take a brief look at this video]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The “mix” of all your T1 channels will be present at the T1 AUX OUT connector.  Therefore, you need to ensure your channel “mix” on the T1 is the way you want to record all the channels coming from the T1.  To establish your T1 AUX OUT “mix”, [[follow this link to setting the AUX OUT levels.]]  If you have a “Hot” channel, but don’t really realize it when listening to the L1’s output, you’ll have a “Hot” channel on your recording.  A way to determine this is to plug in a set of headphones to the AUX OUT connector and listen during sound check.  Be careful of the headphone volume.  Don’t blow your ears out!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Comments ==&lt;br /&gt;
I have only accomplished two recordings of our band using this method of recording.  The things I have noticed so far, are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Be careful with your channel mixes on the T1.  Ensure they are correct for your overall &amp;quot;live sound&amp;quot; mix on the L1 system.  Also, be aware you can change the &amp;quot;recording&amp;quot; mix by utilizing the AUX OUT level settings in the T1.  You can have between 0% and 100% of a channel going to your Zoom H4 recorder for recording.  This will affect your &amp;quot;recording&amp;quot; mix, but not your &amp;quot;live&amp;quot; mix.&lt;br /&gt;
# You’ll record whatever is picked up by your microphones.  This will be dependent on the types of microphones you use, their polar patterns, etc.  Just be aware, you’ll “hear” what the microphone hears!&lt;br /&gt;
# After the gig, use the playback feature of your H4 Recorder plugged into your L1 System.  You’ll be amazed that you’ll be hearing what your audience heard at the gig!  It’s a real eye opener, if you&#039;ve never listened to yourself through the {{L1}} system!!!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What I like about the products ==&lt;br /&gt;
* On the Zoom H4 Recorder I particularly like the fact it has two XLR/Phono plug inputs for Left and Right channels.  This allows you to use a guitar-type cable from the T1 AUX OUT connectors to the H4.  Nothing complicated.  Just simple cables.  The recording quality I have gotten from this unit meets or exceeds my standard for something of this nature.  It’s not a multiple-thousand dollar recorder, but for the price I think it does a respectable job.  And, in combination with the T1, provides the musician with a very portable and quality recording device for good recordings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* I like the fact the {{T1}} offers the ability to output each of its channels to a single connector on the back of the T1.  Having this ability has allowed me to accomplish this procedure and for it to work I as I thought it should.  In addition, you can route just a single channel from the T1 to the H4, if you so choose.  This offers the gigging musician multiple solutions for getting output from the T1.  It’s a very flexible and intuitive product offering many alternatives to shaping and recording your sound! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What I do not like about the products ==&lt;br /&gt;
* The Zoom H4 Recorder has a VERY small menu screen.  At times, it is hard to read, depending on the lighting in the room, glare, etc.  In addition, the User Interface (method to select options, change values, etc.) takes some “hands on” time before you can become comfortable with it.  The thing I have found is if you don’t use the H4 for some amount of time, you have to go through a small re-learning curve on how to negotiate the menus.  This is a quirk in the design of the product.  In my opinion, it could be more user friendly!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Bose {{T1}} -  It takes a while to become familiar with all the features and functions of this product.  It can be overwhelming for the first-time user.  But, once familiar with its operation and options, you should have no problems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Review Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a Bose {{L1}} and {{T1}}, then recording your music can be as easy as purchasing one of these new digital recorders (with external input capability), hooking it up and playing some music!  A recording of your gig has the potential to let your hear where you need a little extra practice on a song or two!  Who knows, you might also be able to use this to record your first “live CD”, with very little effort on your part!  Good luck and if you have questions about this procedure, hook-up, or anything related, please let me know.  I’ll be glad to answer your questions via the message board or email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Review Date ==&lt;br /&gt;
Last Revised: 10/10/08&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:T1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Recording]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jdnell</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=Zoom_H4_and_T1%C2%AE_Usage&amp;diff=8694</id>
		<title>Zoom H4 and T1® Usage</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=Zoom_H4_and_T1%C2%AE_Usage&amp;diff=8694"/>
		<updated>2008-10-10T16:19:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jdnell: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Using a Zoom H4 Recorder via Two {{T1}}s to Record your Gig&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a “how to” narrative on using a Zoom H4 Handy Recorder and two {{T1}}s to record your gig, while performing through an {{L1}} System.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Products ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== [http://www.samsontech.com/products/productpage.cfm?prodID=1901    Zoom H4 Handy Recorder] ===&lt;br /&gt;
MSRP: $499.99  Street Price: $299.99&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:ZoomH4.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Features ===&lt;br /&gt;
Mobile Field Recording&lt;br /&gt;
* Fits in the palm of your hand&lt;br /&gt;
* Ideal for infinite variety of mobile recording applications&lt;br /&gt;
* Records 24-bit/96 kHz digital audio as well as MP3 format with bitrates up to 320kbps&lt;br /&gt;
* Two studio-quality X/Y pattern condenser microphones for true stereo recording&lt;br /&gt;
* Two combination XLR-1/4-inch input jacks with phantom power&lt;br /&gt;
* On-board studio effects compression, limiting and mic modeling&lt;br /&gt;
* 1/8-inch headphone jack provided for monitoring&lt;br /&gt;
* 512MB Secure Digital (SD) card included&lt;br /&gt;
* Using a 16GB SD memory card provides 24 hours of stereo WAV file recording in 44.1kHz/16-bit mode with CD Quality sound&lt;br /&gt;
* Up to 280 hours recording in MP3 stereo mode&lt;br /&gt;
* USB mass-storage interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Four hours of continuous recording operation from 2 AA batteries&lt;br /&gt;
* Back-lit, 128×64 pixel LCD provides the visual interface&lt;br /&gt;
* AC adapter, windshield cover, USB Cable and tripod adapter included &lt;br /&gt;
4-Track Recording&lt;br /&gt;
* 4-track audio in CD quality 16-bit PCM, 44.1 kHz sampling&lt;br /&gt;
* Combination high-impedance phone inputs for vocals, guitars, bass or keyboards.&lt;br /&gt;
* Built in guitar amp modeling equivalent to the Zoom G2 &lt;br /&gt;
Audio Interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Records directly to your computer as a USB audio interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Bundled with Cubase LE, 48-Track Digital Audio Workstation software&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== [http://www.bose.com/controller?url=/shop_online/speakers/portable_amplification_systems/accessories/l1_tonematch_acc.jsp  Bose T1 ToneMatch Audio Engine] ===&lt;br /&gt;
MSRP: $499.99  Street Price: $499.99&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:005 Bose T1.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Features ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Digital multichannel mixer designed for use with Bose® L1® sound systems &lt;br /&gt;
* Features over 100 proprietary ToneMatch presets for instruments and microphones &lt;br /&gt;
* Includes Bose zEQ, storable scenes and a suite of studio-class effects &lt;br /&gt;
* Presets and firmware updates available free online&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Basics for Recording ==&lt;br /&gt;
I record our gigs with the Zoom H4 Recorder while using two {{T1}}s.  Using two T1s enables me to record separate channels (left and right) into the Zoom H4 Recorder.  With two guitar cables, I run one T1&#039;s AUX OUT to the Left Channel of the H4 Recorder and the second T1&#039;s AUX OUT to the Right Channel of the H4.  Thus, I end up with 8 T1 channels running into my Zoom H4 Recorder with the ability to record all 8 channels, or a mix of them.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(&#039;&#039;If you are using a single T1 to record from, you may need to split your single T1&#039;s AUX OUT signal into two signals as Left and Right inputs into your H4.  There may be others options available here.  I haven&#039;t given any thought on how to accomplish recording left and right channels into the H4 using a single T1 AUX OUT connection.)&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Step by Step Instructions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039; DRAFT / Placeholder ONLY &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enabling AUX output on the T1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn the T1’s Master Selector knob to “AUX”.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the Channel Select button of the channel you wish to route the input signal from to the AUX connector.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note in the T1’s display whether the channel is muted or not.  If muted, press the knob buttom underneath the display to un-mute the channel.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the knob button to adjust the percentage of the signal you want at the AUX connector.  You can have 0% to 100% of the signal routed to the AUX connector.  Use this method to control your “recording” mix of channels routed to the T1’s AUX connector.&lt;br /&gt;
# Refer to your T1 ToneMatch Audio Engine instructions for information regarding the “Dry” options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== L1 Configurations ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Lodge Brothers use the following combination of Bose equipment for our engagements.  Our equipment consists of:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Model II&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - B1 Bass Modules&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - T1 ToneMatch® Audio Engines&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A unique thing about our band is that we are a dynamic band!  Sometimes, we add a second L1® system to our configuration when there are more than three of us playing.  We generally book gigs with just three of us playing.  But sometimes, there are as many as five “Lodge Brothers” playing a gig!  So, due to our personnel configurations, the job, or the request of the person hiring us, our band configuration can change.  Generally, when the fourth and fifth persons get added, we add another Bose system.  When that happens, our configuration is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Classic &lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Model II&lt;br /&gt;
*  4 - B1 Bass Modules&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - T1 ToneMatch® Audio Engines&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(I haven’t used the Zoom H4 Recorder when we have used two L1® Systems yet.)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The general flow diagram would look something like this when we are using just a single L1® System:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Microphone / instrument -&amp;gt; T1 -&amp;gt;  T1 AUX out -&amp;gt; Zoom H4 Recorder (L or R input)&lt;br /&gt;
*              T1 MAIN out -&amp;gt; L1 System&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Recording Results ==&lt;br /&gt;
* With the Zoom H4 connected and used as a recorder in this configuration you can expect to get exactly what you would hear from the T1 AUX OUT connector.  Provided you have enabled the AUX output on each T1 channel, you’ll hear what is plugged into the input of that channel, whether it’s a microphone, iPod, guitar, etc.  To enable the AUX OUT capability on each channel you want to record, [[Media:take a brief look at this video]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The “mix” of all your T1 channels will be present at the T1 AUX OUT connector.  Therefore, you need to ensure your channel “mix” on the T1 is the way you want to record all the channels coming from the T1.  To establish your T1 AUX OUT “mix”, [[follow this link to setting the AUX OUT levels.]]  If you have a “Hot” channel, but don’t really realize it when listening to the L1’s output, you’ll have a “Hot” channel on your recording.  A way to determine this is to plug in a set of headphones to the AUX OUT connector and listen during sound check.  Be careful of the headphone volume.  Don’t blow your ears out!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Comments ==&lt;br /&gt;
I have only accomplished two recordings of our band using this method of recording.  The things I have noticed so far, are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Be careful with your channel mixes on the T1.  Ensure they are correct for your overall &amp;quot;live sound&amp;quot; mix on the L1 system.  Also, be aware you can change the &amp;quot;recording&amp;quot; mix by utilizing the AUX OUT level settings in the T1.  You can have between 0% and 100% of a channel going to your Zoom H4 recorder for recording.  This will affect your &amp;quot;recording&amp;quot; mix, but not your &amp;quot;live&amp;quot; mix.&lt;br /&gt;
# You’ll record whatever is picked up by your microphones.  This will be dependent on the types of microphones you use, their polar patterns, etc.  Just be aware, you’ll “hear” what the microphone hears!&lt;br /&gt;
# After the gig, use the playback feature of your H4 Recorder plugged into your L1 System.  You’ll be amazed that you’ll be hearing what your audience heard at the gig!  It’s a real eye opener, if you&#039;ve never listened to yourself through the {{L1}} system!!!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What I like about the products ==&lt;br /&gt;
* On the Zoom H4 Recorder I particularly like the fact it has two XLR/Phono plug inputs for Left and Right channels.  This allows you to use a guitar-type cable from the T1 AUX OUT connectors to the H4.  Nothing complicated.  Just simple cables.  The recording quality I have gotten from this unit meets or exceeds my standard for something of this nature.  It’s not a multiple-thousand dollar recorder, but for the price I think it does a respectable job.  And, in combination with the T1, provides the musician with a very portable and quality recording device for good recordings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* I like the fact the {{T1}} offers the ability to output each of its channels to a single connector on the back of the T1.  Having this ability has allowed me to accomplish this procedure and for it to work I as I thought it should.  In addition, you can route just a single channel from the T1 to the H4, if you so choose.  This offers the gigging musician multiple solutions for getting output from the T1.  It’s a very flexible and intuitive product offering many alternatives to shaping and recording your sound! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What I do not like about the products ==&lt;br /&gt;
* The Zoom H4 Recorder has a VERY small menu screen.  At times, it is hard to read, depending on the lighting in the room, glare, etc.  In addition, the User Interface (method to select options, change values, etc.) takes some “hands on” time before you can become comfortable with it.  The thing I have found is if you don’t use the H4 for some amount of time, you have to go through a small re-learning curve on how to negotiate the menus.  This is a quirk in the design of the product.  In my opinion, it could be more user friendly!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Bose {{T1}} -  It takes a while to become familiar with all the features and functions of this product.  It can be overwhelming for the first-time user.  But, once familiar with its operation and options, you should have no problems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Review Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a Bose {{L1}} and {{T1}}, then recording your music can be as easy as purchasing one of these new digital recorders (with external input capability), hooking it up and playing some music!  A recording of your gig has the potential to let your hear where you need a little extra practice on a song or two!  Who knows, you might also be able to use this to record your first “live CD”, with very little effort on your part!  Good luck and if you have questions about this procedure, hook-up, or anything related, please let me know.  I’ll be glad to answer your questions via the message board or email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Review Date ==&lt;br /&gt;
Last Revised: 10/10/08&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:T1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Recording]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jdnell</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=Zoom_H4_and_T1%C2%AE_Usage&amp;diff=8693</id>
		<title>Zoom H4 and T1® Usage</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=Zoom_H4_and_T1%C2%AE_Usage&amp;diff=8693"/>
		<updated>2008-10-10T16:14:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jdnell: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Using a Zoom H4 Recorder via Two {{T1}}s to Record your Gig&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a “how to” narrative on using a Zoom H4 Handy Recorder and two {{T1}}s to record your gig, while performing through an {{L1}} System.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Products ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== [http://www.samsontech.com/products/productpage.cfm?prodID=1901    Zoom H4 Handy Recorder] ===&lt;br /&gt;
MSRP: $499.99  Street Price: $299.99&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:ZoomH4.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Features ===&lt;br /&gt;
Mobile Field Recording&lt;br /&gt;
* Fits in the palm of your hand&lt;br /&gt;
* Ideal for infinite variety of mobile recording applications&lt;br /&gt;
* Records 24-bit/96 kHz digital audio as well as MP3 format with bitrates up to 320kbps&lt;br /&gt;
* Two studio-quality X/Y pattern condenser microphones for true stereo recording&lt;br /&gt;
* Two combination XLR-1/4-inch input jacks with phantom power&lt;br /&gt;
* On-board studio effects compression, limiting and mic modeling&lt;br /&gt;
* 1/8-inch headphone jack provided for monitoring&lt;br /&gt;
* 512MB Secure Digital (SD) card included&lt;br /&gt;
* Using a 16GB SD memory card provides 24 hours of stereo WAV file recording in 44.1kHz/16-bit mode with CD Quality sound&lt;br /&gt;
* Up to 280 hours recording in MP3 stereo mode&lt;br /&gt;
* USB mass-storage interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Four hours of continuous recording operation from 2 AA batteries&lt;br /&gt;
* Back-lit, 128×64 pixel LCD provides the visual interface&lt;br /&gt;
* AC adapter, windshield cover, USB Cable and tripod adapter included &lt;br /&gt;
4-Track Recording&lt;br /&gt;
* 4-track audio in CD quality 16-bit PCM, 44.1 kHz sampling&lt;br /&gt;
* Combination high-impedance phone inputs for vocals, guitars, bass or keyboards.&lt;br /&gt;
* Built in guitar amp modeling equivalent to the Zoom G2 &lt;br /&gt;
Audio Interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Records directly to your computer as a USB audio interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Bundled with Cubase LE, 48-Track Digital Audio Workstation software&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== [http://www.bose.com/controller?url=/shop_online/speakers/portable_amplification_systems/accessories/l1_tonematch_acc.jsp  Bose T1 ToneMatch Audio Engine] ===&lt;br /&gt;
MSRP: $499.99  Street Price: $499.99&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:005 Bose T1.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Features ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Digital multichannel mixer designed for use with Bose® L1® sound systems &lt;br /&gt;
* Features over 100 proprietary ToneMatch presets for instruments and microphones &lt;br /&gt;
* Includes Bose zEQ, storable scenes and a suite of studio-class effects &lt;br /&gt;
* Presets and firmware updates available free online&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Basics for Recording ==&lt;br /&gt;
I record our gigs with the Zoom H4 Recorder while using two {{T1}}s.  Using two T1s enables me to record separate channels (left and right) into the Zoom H4 Recorder.  With two guitar cables, I run one T1&#039;s AUX OUT to the Left Channel of the H4 Recorder and the second T1&#039;s AUX OUT to the Right Channel of the H4.  Thus, I end up with 8 T1 channels running into my Zoom H4 Recorder with the ability to record all 8 channels, or a mix of them.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(&#039;&#039;If you are using a single T1 to record from, you may need to split your single T1&#039;s AUX OUT signal into two signals as Left and Right inputs into your H4.  There may be others options available here.  I haven&#039;t given any thought on how to accomplish recording left and right channels into the H4 using a single T1 AUX OUT connection.)&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Step by Step Instructions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039; DRAFT / Placeholder ONLY &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enabling AUX output on the T1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn the T1’s Master Selector knob to “AUX”.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the Channel Select button of the channel you wish to route the input signal from to the AUX connector.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note in the T1’s display whether the channel is muted or not.  If muted, press the knob buttom underneath the display to un-mute the channel.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the knob button to adjust the percentage of the signal you want at the AUX connector.  You can have 0% to 100% of the signal routed to the AUX connector.  Use this method to control your “recording” mix of channels routed to the T1’s AUX connector.&lt;br /&gt;
# Refer to your T1 ToneMatch Audio Engine instructions for information regarding the “Dry” options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== L1 Configurations ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Lodge Brothers use the following combination of Bose equipment for our engagements.  Our equipment consists of:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Model II&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - B1 Bass Modules&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - T1 ToneMatch® Audio Engines&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A unique thing about our band is that we are a dynamic band!  Sometimes, we add a second L1® system to our configuration when there are more than three of us playing.  We generally book gigs with just three of us playing.  But sometimes, there are as many as five “Lodge Brothers” playing a gig!  So, due to our personnel configurations, the job, or the request of the person hiring us, our band configuration can change.  Generally, when the fourth and fifth persons get added, we add another Bose system.  When that happens, our configuration is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Classic &lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Model II&lt;br /&gt;
*  4 - B1 Bass Modules&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - T1 ToneMatch® Audio Engines&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(I haven’t used the Zoom H4 Recorder when we have used two L1® Systems yet.)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The general flow diagram would look something like this when we are using just a single L1® System:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Microphone / instrument -&amp;gt; T1 -&amp;gt;  T1 AUX out -&amp;gt; Zoom H4 Recorder (L or R input)&lt;br /&gt;
*              T1 MAIN out -&amp;gt; L1 System&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Recording Results ==&lt;br /&gt;
With the Zoom H4 connected and used as a recorder in this configuration you can expect to get exactly what you would hear from the T1 AUX OUT connector.  Provided you have enabled the AUX output on each T1 channel, you’ll hear what is plugged into the input of that channel, whether it’s a microphone, iPod, guitar, etc.  To enable the AUX OUT capability on each channel you want to record, [[Media:take a brief look at this video]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “mix” of all your T1 channels will be present at the T1 AUX OUT connector.  Therefore, you need to ensure your channel “mix” on the T1 is the way you want to record all the channels coming from the T1.  To establish your T1 AUX OUT “mix”, [[follow this link to setting the AUX OUT levels.]]  If you have a “Hot” channel, but don’t really realize it when listening to the L1’s output, you’ll have a “Hot” channel on your recording.  A way to determine this is to plug in a set of headphones to the AUX OUT connector and listen during sound check.  Be careful of the headphone volume.  Don’t blow your ears out!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Comments ==&lt;br /&gt;
I have only accomplished two recordings of our band using this method of recording.  The things I have noticed so far, are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Be careful with your channel mixes on the T1.  Ensure they are correct for your overall &amp;quot;live sound&amp;quot; mix on the L1 system.  Also, be aware you can change the &amp;quot;recording&amp;quot; mix by utilizing the AUX OUT level settings in the T1.  You can have between 0% and 100% of a channel going to your Zoom H4 recorder for recording.  This will affect your &amp;quot;recording&amp;quot; mix, but not your &amp;quot;live&amp;quot; mix.&lt;br /&gt;
# You’ll record whatever is picked up by your microphones.  This will be dependent on the types of microphones you use, their polar patterns, etc.  Just be aware, you’ll “hear” what the microphone hears!&lt;br /&gt;
# After the gig, use the playback feature of your H4 Recorder plugged into your L1 System.  You’ll be amazed that you’ll be hearing what your audience heard at the gig!  It’s a real eye opener, if you&#039;ve never listened to yourself through the {{L1}} system!!!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What I like about the products ==&lt;br /&gt;
On the Zoom H4 Recorder I particularly like the fact it has two XLR/Phono plug inputs for Left and Right channels.  This allows you to use a guitar-type cable from the T1 AUX OUT connectors to the H4.  Nothing complicated.  Just simple cables.  The recording quality I have gotten from this unit meets or exceeds my standard for something of this nature.  It’s not a multiple-thousand dollar recorder, but for the price I think it does a respectable job.  And, in combination with the T1, provides the musician with a very portable and quality recording device for good recordings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I like the fact the {{T1}} offers the ability to output each of its channels to a single connector on the back of the T1.  Having this ability has allowed me to accomplish this procedure and for it to work I as I thought it should.  In addition, you can route just a single channel from the T1 to the H4, if you so choose.  This offers the gigging musician multiple solutions for getting output from the T1.  It’s a very flexible and intuitive product offering many alternatives to shaping and recording your sound! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What I do not like about the products ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Zoom H4 Recorder has a VERY small menu screen.  At times, it is hard to read, depending on the lighting in the room, glare, etc.  In addition, the User Interface (method to select options, change values, etc.) takes some “hands on” time before you can become comfortable with it.  The thing I have found is if you don’t use the H4 for some amount of time, you have to go through a small re-learning curve on how to negotiate the menus.  This is a quirk in the design of the product.  In my opinion, it could be more user friendly!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bose {{T1}} -  It takes a while to become familiar with all the features and functions of this product.  It can be overwhelming for the first-time user.  But, once familiar with its operation and options, you should have no problems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Review Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a Bose {{L1}} and {{T1}}, then recording your music can be as easy as purchasing one of these new digital recorders (with external input capability), hooking it up and playing some music!  A recording of your gig has the potential to let your hear where you need a little extra practice on a song or two!  Who knows, you might also be able to use this to record your first “live CD”, with very little effort on your part!  Good luck and if you have questions about this procedure, hook-up, or anything related, please let me know.  I’ll be glad to answer your questions via the message board or email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Review Date ==&lt;br /&gt;
Last Revised: 10/10/08&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:T1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Recording]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jdnell</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=Zoom_H4_and_T1%C2%AE_Usage&amp;diff=8692</id>
		<title>Zoom H4 and T1® Usage</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=Zoom_H4_and_T1%C2%AE_Usage&amp;diff=8692"/>
		<updated>2008-10-10T16:12:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jdnell: /draft of Step by Step inst. added&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Using a Zoom H4 Recorder via Two {{T1}}s to Record your Gig&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a “how to” narrative on using a Zoom H4 Handy Recorder and two {{T1}}s to record your gig, while performing through an {{L1}} System.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Products ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== [http://www.samsontech.com/products/productpage.cfm?prodID=1901    Zoom H4 Handy Recorder] ===&lt;br /&gt;
MSRP: $499.99  Street Price: $299.99&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:ZoomH4.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Features ===&lt;br /&gt;
Mobile Field Recording&lt;br /&gt;
* Fits in the palm of your hand&lt;br /&gt;
* Ideal for infinite variety of mobile recording applications&lt;br /&gt;
* Records 24-bit/96 kHz digital audio as well as MP3 format with bitrates up to 320kbps&lt;br /&gt;
* Two studio-quality X/Y pattern condenser microphones for true stereo recording&lt;br /&gt;
* Two combination XLR-1/4-inch input jacks with phantom power&lt;br /&gt;
* On-board studio effects compression, limiting and mic modeling&lt;br /&gt;
* 1/8-inch headphone jack provided for monitoring&lt;br /&gt;
* 512MB Secure Digital (SD) card included&lt;br /&gt;
* Using a 16GB SD memory card provides 24 hours of stereo WAV file recording in 44.1kHz/16-bit mode with CD Quality sound&lt;br /&gt;
* Up to 280 hours recording in MP3 stereo mode&lt;br /&gt;
* USB mass-storage interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Four hours of continuous recording operation from 2 AA batteries&lt;br /&gt;
* Back-lit, 128×64 pixel LCD provides the visual interface&lt;br /&gt;
* AC adapter, windshield cover, USB Cable and tripod adapter included &lt;br /&gt;
4-Track Recording&lt;br /&gt;
* 4-track audio in CD quality 16-bit PCM, 44.1 kHz sampling&lt;br /&gt;
* Combination high-impedance phone inputs for vocals, guitars, bass or keyboards.&lt;br /&gt;
* Built in guitar amp modeling equivalent to the Zoom G2 &lt;br /&gt;
Audio Interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Records directly to your computer as a USB audio interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Bundled with Cubase LE, 48-Track Digital Audio Workstation software&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== [http://www.bose.com/controller?url=/shop_online/speakers/portable_amplification_systems/accessories/l1_tonematch_acc.jsp  Bose T1 ToneMatch Audio Engine] ===&lt;br /&gt;
MSRP: $499.99  Street Price: $499.99&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:005 Bose T1.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Features ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Digital multichannel mixer designed for use with Bose® L1® sound systems &lt;br /&gt;
* Features over 100 proprietary ToneMatch presets for instruments and microphones &lt;br /&gt;
* Includes Bose zEQ, storable scenes and a suite of studio-class effects &lt;br /&gt;
* Presets and firmware updates available free online&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Basics for Recording ==&lt;br /&gt;
I record our gigs with the Zoom H4 Recorder while using two {{T1}}s.  Using two T1s enables me to record separate channels (left and right) into the Zoom H4 Recorder.  With two guitar cables, I run one T1&#039;s AUX OUT to the Left Channel of the H4 Recorder and the second T1&#039;s AUX OUT to the Right Channel of the H4.  Thus, I end up with 8 T1 channels running into my Zoom H4 Recorder with the ability to record all 8 channels, or a mix of them.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(&#039;&#039;If you are using a single T1 to record from, you may need to split your single T1&#039;s AUX OUT signal into two signals as Left and Right inputs into your H4.  There may be others options available here.  I haven&#039;t given any thought on how to accomplish recording left and right channels into the H4 using a single T1 AUX OUT connection.)&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Step by Step Instructions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;&amp;quot; DRAFT / Placeholder ONLY &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enabling AUX output on the T1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn the T1’s Master Selector knob to “AUX”.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the Channel Select button of the channel you wish to route the input signal from to the AUX connector.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note in the T1’s display whether the channel is muted or not.  If muted, press the knob buttom underneath the display to un-mute the channel.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the knob button to adjust the percentage of the signal you want at the AUX connector.  You can have 0% to 100% of the signal routed to the AUX connector.  Use this method to control your “recording” mix of channels routed to the T1’s AUX connector.&lt;br /&gt;
# Refer to your T1 ToneMatch Audio Engine instructions for information regarding the “Dry” options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== L1 Configurations ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Lodge Brothers use the following combination of Bose equipment for our engagements.  Our equipment consists of:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Model II&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - B1 Bass Modules&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - T1 ToneMatch® Audio Engines&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A unique thing about our band is that we are a dynamic band!  Sometimes, we add a second L1® system to our configuration when there are more than three of us playing.  We generally book gigs with just three of us playing.  But sometimes, there are as many as five “Lodge Brothers” playing a gig!  So, due to our personnel configurations, the job, or the request of the person hiring us, our band configuration can change.  Generally, when the fourth and fifth persons get added, we add another Bose system.  When that happens, our configuration is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Classic &lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Model II&lt;br /&gt;
*  4 - B1 Bass Modules&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - T1 ToneMatch® Audio Engines&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(I haven’t used the Zoom H4 Recorder when we have used two L1® Systems yet.)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The general flow diagram would look something like this when we are using just a single L1® System:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Microphone / instrument -&amp;gt; T1 -&amp;gt;  T1 AUX out -&amp;gt; Zoom H4 Recorder (L or R input)&lt;br /&gt;
*              T1 MAIN out -&amp;gt; L1 System&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Recording Results ==&lt;br /&gt;
With the Zoom H4 connected and used as a recorder in this configuration you can expect to get exactly what you would hear from the T1 AUX OUT connector.  Provided you have enabled the AUX output on each T1 channel, you’ll hear what is plugged into the input of that channel, whether it’s a microphone, iPod, guitar, etc.  To enable the AUX OUT capability on each channel you want to record, [[Media:take a brief look at this video]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “mix” of all your T1 channels will be present at the T1 AUX OUT connector.  Therefore, you need to ensure your channel “mix” on the T1 is the way you want to record all the channels coming from the T1.  To establish your T1 AUX OUT “mix”, [[follow this link to setting the AUX OUT levels.]]  If you have a “Hot” channel, but don’t really realize it when listening to the L1’s output, you’ll have a “Hot” channel on your recording.  A way to determine this is to plug in a set of headphones to the AUX OUT connector and listen during sound check.  Be careful of the headphone volume.  Don’t blow your ears out!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Comments ==&lt;br /&gt;
At the time I wrote this for the Wiki, I had only accomplished two recordings of our band using this method of recording.  The things I have noticed so far, are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Be careful with your channel mixes on the T1.  Ensure they are correct for your overall &amp;quot;live sound&amp;quot; mix on the L1 system.  Also, be aware you can change the &amp;quot;recording&amp;quot; mix by utilizing the AUX OUT level settings in the T1.  You can have between 0% and 100% of a channel going to your Zoom H4 recorder for recording.  This will affect your &amp;quot;recording&amp;quot; mix, but not your &amp;quot;live&amp;quot; mix.&lt;br /&gt;
# You’ll record whatever is picked up by your microphones.  This will be dependent on the types of microphones you use, their polar patterns, etc.  Just be aware, you’ll “hear” what the microphone hears!&lt;br /&gt;
# After the gig, use the playback feature of your H4 Recorder plugged into your L1 System.  You’ll be amazed that you’ll be hearing what your audience heard at the gig!  It’s a real eye opener, if you&#039;ve never listened to yourself through the {{L1}} system!!!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What I like about the products ==&lt;br /&gt;
On the Zoom H4 Recorder I particularly like the fact it has two XLR/Phono plug inputs for Left and Right channels.  This allows you to use a guitar-type cable from the T1 AUX OUT connectors to the H4.  Nothing complicated.  Just simple cables.  The recording quality I have gotten from this unit meets or exceeds my standard for something of this nature.  It’s not a multiple-thousand dollar recorder, but for the price I think it does a respectable job.  And, in combination with the T1, provides the musician with a very portable and quality recording device for good recordings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I like the fact the {{T1}} offers the ability to output each of its channels to a single connector on the back of the T1.  Having this ability has allowed me to accomplish this procedure and for it to work I as I thought it should.  In addition, you can route just a single channel from the T1 to the H4, if you so choose.  This offers the gigging musician multiple solutions for getting output from the T1.  It’s a very flexible and intuitive product offering many alternatives to shaping and recording your sound! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What I do not like about the products ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Zoom H4 Recorder has a VERY small menu screen.  At times, it is hard to read, depending on the lighting in the room, glare, etc.  In addition, the User Interface (method to select options, change values, etc.) takes some “hands on” time before you can become comfortable with it.  The thing I have found is if you don’t use the H4 for some amount of time, you have to go through a small re-learning curve on how to negotiate the menus.  This is a quirk in the design of the product.  In my opinion, it could be more user friendly!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bose {{T1}} -  It takes a while to become familiar with all the features and functions of this product.  It can be overwhelming for the first-time user.  But, once familiar with its operation and options, you should have no problems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Review Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a Bose {{L1}} and {{T1}}, then recording your music can be as easy as purchasing one of these new digital recorders (with external input capability), hooking it up and playing some music!  A recording of your gig has the potential to let your hear where you need a little extra practice on a song or two!  Who knows, you might also be able to use this to record your first “live CD”, with very little effort on your part!  Good luck and if you have questions about this procedure, hook-up, or anything related, please let me know.  I’ll be glad to answer your questions via the message board or email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Review Date ==&lt;br /&gt;
Last Revised: 10/10/08&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:T1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Recording]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jdnell</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=Zoom_H4_and_T1%C2%AE_Usage&amp;diff=8684</id>
		<title>Zoom H4 and T1® Usage</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=Zoom_H4_and_T1%C2%AE_Usage&amp;diff=8684"/>
		<updated>2008-10-10T15:51:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jdnell: add&amp;#039;l word changes&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Using a Zoom H4 Recorder via Two {{T1}}s to Record your Gig&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a “how to” narrative on using a Zoom H4 Handy Recorder and two {{T1}}s to record your gig, while performing through an {{L1}} System.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Products ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== [http://www.samsontech.com/products/productpage.cfm?prodID=1901    Zoom H4 Handy Recorder] ===&lt;br /&gt;
MSRP: $499.99  Street Price: $299.99&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:ZoomH4.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Features ===&lt;br /&gt;
Mobile Field Recording&lt;br /&gt;
* Fits in the palm of your hand&lt;br /&gt;
* Ideal for infinite variety of mobile recording applications&lt;br /&gt;
* Records 24-bit/96 kHz digital audio as well as MP3 format with bitrates up to 320kbps&lt;br /&gt;
* Two studio-quality X/Y pattern condenser microphones for true stereo recording&lt;br /&gt;
* Two combination XLR-1/4-inch input jacks with phantom power&lt;br /&gt;
* On-board studio effects compression, limiting and mic modeling&lt;br /&gt;
* 1/8-inch headphone jack provided for monitoring&lt;br /&gt;
* 512MB Secure Digital (SD) card included&lt;br /&gt;
* Using a 16GB SD memory card provides 24 hours of stereo WAV file recording in 44.1kHz/16-bit mode with CD Quality sound&lt;br /&gt;
* Up to 280 hours recording in MP3 stereo mode&lt;br /&gt;
* USB mass-storage interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Four hours of continuous recording operation from 2 AA batteries&lt;br /&gt;
* Back-lit, 128×64 pixel LCD provides the visual interface&lt;br /&gt;
* AC adapter, windshield cover, USB Cable and tripod adapter included &lt;br /&gt;
4-Track Recording&lt;br /&gt;
* 4-track audio in CD quality 16-bit PCM, 44.1 kHz sampling&lt;br /&gt;
* Combination high-impedance phone inputs for vocals, guitars, bass or keyboards.&lt;br /&gt;
* Built in guitar amp modeling equivalent to the Zoom G2 &lt;br /&gt;
Audio Interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Records directly to your computer as a USB audio interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Bundled with Cubase LE, 48-Track Digital Audio Workstation software&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== [http://www.bose.com/controller?url=/shop_online/speakers/portable_amplification_systems/accessories/l1_tonematch_acc.jsp  Bose T1 ToneMatch Audio Engine] ===&lt;br /&gt;
MSRP: $499.99  Street Price: $499.99&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:005 Bose T1.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Features ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Digital multichannel mixer designed for use with Bose® L1® sound systems &lt;br /&gt;
* Features over 100 proprietary ToneMatch presets for instruments and microphones &lt;br /&gt;
* Includes Bose zEQ, storable scenes and a suite of studio-class effects &lt;br /&gt;
* Presets and firmware updates available free online&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Basics for Recording ==&lt;br /&gt;
I record our gigs with the Zoom H4 Recorder while using two {{T1}}s.  Using two T1s enables me to record separate channels (left and right) into the Zoom H4 Recorder.  With two guitar cables, I run one T1&#039;s AUX-OUT to the Left Channel of the H4 Recorder and the second T1&#039;s AUX-OUT to the Right Channel of the H4.  Thus, I end up with 8 T1 channels running into my Zoom H4 Recorder with the ability to record all 8 channels, or a mix of them.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(&#039;&#039;If you are using a single T1 to record from, you may need to split your single T1&#039;s AUX-OUT signal into two signals as Left and Right inputs into your H4.  There may be others options available here.  I haven&#039;t given any thought on how to accomplish this with a single T1.)&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Step by Step Instructions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;to be added soon!&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== L1 Configurations ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Lodge Brothers use the following combination of Bose equipment for our engagements.  Our equipment consists of:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Model II&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - B1 Bass Modules&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - T1 ToneMatch® Audio Engines&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A unique thing about our band is that we are a dynamic band!  Sometimes, we add a second L1® system to our configuration when there are more than three of us playing.  We generally book gigs with just three of us playing.  But sometimes, there are as many as five “Lodge Brothers” playing a gig!  So, due to our personnel configurations, the job, or the request of the person hiring us, our band configuration can change.  Generally, when the fourth and fifth persons get added, we add another Bose system.  When that happens, our configuration is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Classic &lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Model II&lt;br /&gt;
*  4 - B1 Bass Modules&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - T1 ToneMatch® Audio Engines&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(I haven’t used the Zoom H4 Recorder when we have used two L1® Systems yet.  So, I haven’t figured out the configuration we would need in this situation.)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The general flow diagram would look something like this when we are using just a single L1® System:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Microphone / instrument -&amp;gt; T1 -&amp;gt;  T1 AUX out -&amp;gt; Zoom H4 Recorder (L or R input)&lt;br /&gt;
*              T1 MAIN out -&amp;gt; L1 System&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Recording Results ==&lt;br /&gt;
With the Zoom H4 connected and used as a recorder in this configuration you can expect to get exactly what you would hear from the T1 AUX OUT connector.  Provided you have enabled the AUX output on each T1 channel, you’ll hear what is plugged into the input of that channel, whether it’s a microphone, iPod, guitar, etc.  To enable the AUX OUTput on each channel you want to record, [[Media:take a brief look at this video]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “mix” of all your T1 channels will be present at the T1 AUX OUT connector.  Therefore, you need to ensure your channel “mix” on the T1 is the way you want to record all the channels coming from the T1.  To establish your T1 AUX OUT “mix”, [[follow this link to setting the AUX OUT levels.]]  If you have a “Hot” channel, but don’t really realize it when listening to the L1’s output, you’ll have a “Hot” channel on your recording.  A way to determine this is to plug in a set of headphones to the AUX OUT connector and listen during sound check.  Be careful of the headphone volume.  Don’t blow your ears out!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Comments ==&lt;br /&gt;
At the time I wrote this for the Wiki, I had only accomplished two recordings of our band using this method of recording.  The things I have noticed so far, are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Be careful with your channel mixes on the T1.  Ensure they are correct for your overall &amp;quot;live sound&amp;quot; mix on the L1 system.  Also, be aware you can change the &amp;quot;recording&amp;quot; mix by utilizing the AUX OUT level settings in the T1.  You can have between 0% and 100% of a channel going to your Zoom H4 recorder for recording.  This will affect your &amp;quot;recording&amp;quot; mix, but not your &amp;quot;live&amp;quot; mix.&lt;br /&gt;
# You’ll record whatever is picked up by your microphones.  This will be dependent on the types of microphones you use, their polar patterns, etc.  Just be aware, you’ll “hear” what the microphone hears!&lt;br /&gt;
# After the gig, use the playback feature of your H4 Recorder plugged into your L1 System.  You’ll be amazed that you’ll be hearing what your audience heard at the gig!  It’s a real eye opener, if you&#039;ve never listened to yourself through the {{L1}} system!!!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What I like about the products ==&lt;br /&gt;
On the Zoom H4 Recorder I particularly like the fact it has two XLR/Phono plug inputs for Left and Right channels.  This allows you to use a guitar-type cable from the T1 AUX OUT connectors to the H4.  Nothing complicated.  Just simple cables.  The recording quality I have gotten from this unit meets or exceeds my standard for something of this nature.  It’s not a multiple-thousand dollar recorder, but for the price I think it does a respectable job.  And, in combination with the T1, provides the musician with a very portable and quality recording device for good recordings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I like the fact the {{T1}} offers the ability to output each of its channels to a single connector on the back of the T1.  Having this ability has allowed me to accomplish this procedure and for it to work I as I thought it should.  In addition, you can route just a single channel from the T1 to the H4, if you so choose.  This offers the gigging musician multiple solutions for getting output from the T1.  It’s a very flexible and intuitive product offering many alternatives to shaping and recording your sound! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What I do not like about the products ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Zoom H4 Recorder has a VERY small menu screen.  At times, it is hard to read, depending on the lighting in the room, glare, etc.  In addition, the User Interface (method to select options, change values, etc.) takes some “hands on” time before you can become comfortable with it.  The thing I have found is if you don’t use the H4 for some amount of time, you have to go through a small re-learning curve on how to negotiate the menus.  This is a quirk in the design of the product.  In my opinion, it could be more user friendly!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bose {{T1}} -  It takes a while to become familiar with all the features and functions of this product.  It can be overwhelming for the first-time user.  But, once familiar with its operation and options, you should have no problems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Review Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a Bose {{L1}} and {{T1}}, then recording your music can be as easy as purchasing one of these new digital recorders (with external input capability), hooking it up and playing some music!  A recording of your gig has the potential to let your hear where you need a little extra practice on a song or two!  Who knows, you might also be able to use this to record your first “live CD”, with very little effort on your part!  Good luck and if you have questions about this procedure, hook-up, or anything related, please let me know.  I’ll be glad to answer your questions via the message board or email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Review Date ==&lt;br /&gt;
Last Revised: 10/10/08&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:T1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Recording]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jdnell</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=Zoom_H4_and_T1%C2%AE_Usage&amp;diff=8683</id>
		<title>Zoom H4 and T1® Usage</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=Zoom_H4_and_T1%C2%AE_Usage&amp;diff=8683"/>
		<updated>2008-10-10T15:47:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jdnell: document wording changes&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Using a Zoom H4 Recorder via Two {{T1}}s to Record your Gig&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a “how to” narrative on using a Zoom H4 Handy Recorder and two {{T1}}s to record your gig, while performing through an {{L1}} System.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Products ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== [http://www.samsontech.com/products/productpage.cfm?prodID=1901    Zoom H4 Handy Recorder] ===&lt;br /&gt;
MSRP: $499.99  Street Price: $299.99&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:ZoomH4.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Features ===&lt;br /&gt;
Mobile Field Recording&lt;br /&gt;
* Fits in the palm of your hand&lt;br /&gt;
* Ideal for infinite variety of mobile recording applications&lt;br /&gt;
* Records 24-bit/96 kHz digital audio as well as MP3 format with bitrates up to 320kbps&lt;br /&gt;
* Two studio-quality X/Y pattern condenser microphones for true stereo recording&lt;br /&gt;
* Two combination XLR-1/4-inch input jacks with phantom power&lt;br /&gt;
* On-board studio effects compression, limiting and mic modeling&lt;br /&gt;
* 1/8-inch headphone jack provided for monitoring&lt;br /&gt;
* 512MB Secure Digital (SD) card included&lt;br /&gt;
* Using a 16GB SD memory card provides 24 hours of stereo WAV file recording in 44.1kHz/16-bit mode with CD Quality sound&lt;br /&gt;
* Up to 280 hours recording in MP3 stereo mode&lt;br /&gt;
* USB mass-storage interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Four hours of continuous recording operation from 2 AA batteries&lt;br /&gt;
* Back-lit, 128×64 pixel LCD provides the visual interface&lt;br /&gt;
* AC adapter, windshield cover, USB Cable and tripod adapter included &lt;br /&gt;
4-Track Recording&lt;br /&gt;
* 4-track audio in CD quality 16-bit PCM, 44.1 kHz sampling&lt;br /&gt;
* Combination high-impedance phone inputs for vocals, guitars, bass or keyboards.&lt;br /&gt;
* Built in guitar amp modeling equivalent to the Zoom G2 &lt;br /&gt;
Audio Interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Records directly to your computer as a USB audio interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Bundled with Cubase LE, 48-Track Digital Audio Workstation software&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== [http://www.bose.com/controller?url=/shop_online/speakers/portable_amplification_systems/accessories/l1_tonematch_acc.jsp  Bose T1 ToneMatch Audio Engine] ===&lt;br /&gt;
MSRP: $499.99  Street Price: $499.99&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:005 Bose T1.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Features ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Digital multichannel mixer designed for use with Bose® L1® sound systems &lt;br /&gt;
* Features over 100 proprietary ToneMatch presets for instruments and microphones &lt;br /&gt;
* Includes Bose zEQ, storable scenes and a suite of studio-class effects &lt;br /&gt;
* Presets and firmware updates available free online&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Basics for Recording ==&lt;br /&gt;
I record our gigs with the Zoom H4 Recorder while using two {{T1}}s.  Using two T1s enables me to record separate channels (left and right) into the Zoom H4 Recorder.  With two guitar cables, I run one T1&#039;s AUX-OUT to the Left Channel of the H4 Recorder and the second T1&#039;s AUX-OUT to the Right Channel of the H4.  Thus, I end up with 8 T1 channels running into my Zoom H4 Recorder with the ability to record all 8 channels, or a mix of them.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(&#039;&#039;If you are using a single T1 to record from, you may need to split your single T1&#039;s AUX-OUT signal into two signals as Left and Right inputs into your H4.  There may be others options available here.  I haven&#039;t given any thought on how to accomplish this with a single T1.)&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Step by Step Instructions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;to be added soon!&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== L1 Configurations ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Lodge Brothers use the following combination of Bose equipment for our engagements.  Our equipment consists of:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Model II&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - B1 Bass Modules&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - T1 ToneMatch® Audio Engines&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A unique thing about our band is that we are a dynamic band!  Sometimes, we add a second L1® system to our configuration when there are more than three of us playing.  We generally book gigs with just three of us playing.  But sometimes, there are as many as five “Lodge Brothers” playing a gig!  So, due to our personnel configurations, the job, or the request of the person hiring us, our band configuration can change.  Generally, when the fourth and fifth persons get added, we add another Bose system.  When that happens, our configuration is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Classic &lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Model II&lt;br /&gt;
*  4 - B1 Bass Modules&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - T1 ToneMatch® Audio Engines&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(I haven’t used the Zoom H4 Recorder when we have used two L1® Systems yet.  So, I haven’t figured out the configuration we would need in this situation.)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The general flow diagram would look something like this when we are using just a single L1® System:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Microphone / instrument -&amp;gt; T1 -&amp;gt;  T1 AUX out -&amp;gt; Zoom H4 Recorder (L or R input)&lt;br /&gt;
*              T1 MAIN out -&amp;gt; L1 System&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Recording Results ==&lt;br /&gt;
With the Zoom H4 connected and used as a recorder in this configuration you can expect to get exactly what you would hear from the T1 AUX OUT connector.  Provided you have enabled the AUX output on each T1 channel, you’ll hear what is plugged into the input of that channel, whether it’s a microphone, iPod, guitar, etc.  To enable the AUX OUTput on each channel you want to record, [[Media:take a brief look at this video]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “mix” of all your T1 channels will be present at the T1 AUX OUT connector.  Therefore, you need to ensure your channel “mix” on the T1 is the way you want to record all the channels coming from the T1.  To establish your T1 AUX OUT “mix”, [[follow this link to setting the AUX OUT levels.]]  If you have a “Hot” channel, but don’t really realize it when listening to the L1’s output, you’ll have a “Hot” channel on your recording.  A way to determine this is to plug in a set of headphones to the AUX OUT connector and listen during sound check.  Be careful of the headphone volume.  Don’t blow your ears out!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Comments ==&lt;br /&gt;
At the time I wrote this for the Wiki, I had only accomplished two recordings of our band using this method of recording.  The things I have noticed so far, are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Be careful with your channel mixes on the T1.  Ensure they are correct for your overall &amp;quot;live sound&amp;quot; mix on the L1 system.  Also, be aware you can change the &amp;quot;recording&amp;quot; mix by utilizing the AUX OUT level settings in the T1.  You can have between 0% and 100% of a channel going to your Zoom H4 recorder for recording.  This will affect your &amp;quot;recording&amp;quot; mix, but not your &amp;quot;live&amp;quot; mix.&lt;br /&gt;
# You’ll record whatever is picked up by your microphones.  This will be dependent on the types of microphones you use, their polar patterns, etc.  Just be aware, you’ll “hear” what the microphone hears!&lt;br /&gt;
# After the gig, use the playback feature of your H4 Recorder plugged into your L1 System.  You’ll be amazed that you’ll be hearing what your audience heard at the gig!  It’s a real eye opener, if you&#039;ve never listened to yourself through the {{L1}} system!!!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What I like about the products ==&lt;br /&gt;
On the Zoom H4 Recorder I particularly like the fact it has two XLR/Phono plug inputs for Left and Right channels.  This allows you to use a guitar-type cable from the T1 AUX OUT connectors to the H4.  Nothing complicated.  Just simple cables.  The recording quality I have gotten from this unit meets or exceeds my standard for something of this nature.  It’s not a multiple-thousand dollar recorder, but for the price I think it does a respectable job.  And, in combination with the T1 provides the musician with a very portable, quality recording device for good recordings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I like the fact the {{T1}} offers the ability to output each of its channels to a single connector on the back of the T1.  Having this ability has allowed me to accomplish this procedure and for it to work I as I thought it should.  In addition, you can route just a single channel from the T1 to the H4, if you so chose.  This offers the gigging musician multiple solutions for getting output from the T1.  It’s a very flexible and intuitive product offering many alternatives to shaping your sound! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What I do not like about the products ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Zoom H4 Recorder has a VERY small menu screen.  At times, it is hard to read, depending on the lighting in the room, glare, etc.  In addition, the User Interface (method to select options, change values, etc.) takes some “hands on” time before you can become comfortable with it.  The thing I have found is if you don’t use the H4 for some amount of time, you have to go through a small re-learning curve on how to negotiate the menus.  This is a quirk in the design of the product.  In my opinion, it could be more user friendly!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bose {{T1}} -  It takes a while to become familiar with all the features and functions of this product.  It can be overwhelming for the first-time user.  But, once familiar with its operation and options, you should have no problems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Review Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a Bose {{L1}} and {{T1}}, then recording your music can be as easy as purchasing one of these new digital recorders (with external input capability), hooking it up and playing some music!  A recording of your gig has the potential to let your hear where you need a little extra practice on a song or two!  Who knows, you might also be able to use this to record your first “live CD”, with very little effort on your part!  Good luck and if you have questions about this procedure, hook-up, or anything related, please let me know.  I’ll be glad to answer your questions via the message board or email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Review Date ==&lt;br /&gt;
Last Revised: 10/10/08&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:T1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Recording]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jdnell</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=Zoom_H4_and_T1%C2%AE_Usage&amp;diff=8681</id>
		<title>Zoom H4 and T1® Usage</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=Zoom_H4_and_T1%C2%AE_Usage&amp;diff=8681"/>
		<updated>2008-10-10T15:39:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jdnell: cleaning up formatting&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Using a Zoom H4 Recorder via Two {{T1}}s to Record your Gig&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a “how to” narrative on using a Zoom H4 Handy Recorder and two {{T1}}s to record your gig, while performing through an {{L1}} System.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Products ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== [http://www.samsontech.com/products/productpage.cfm?prodID=1901    Zoom H4 Handy Recorder] ===&lt;br /&gt;
MSRP: $499.99  Street Price: $299.99&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:ZoomH4.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Features ===&lt;br /&gt;
Mobile Field Recording&lt;br /&gt;
* Fits in the palm of your hand&lt;br /&gt;
* Ideal for infinite variety of mobile recording applications&lt;br /&gt;
* Records 24-bit/96 kHz digital audio as well as MP3 format with bitrates up to 320kbps&lt;br /&gt;
* Two studio-quality X/Y pattern condenser microphones for true stereo recording&lt;br /&gt;
* Two combination XLR-1/4-inch input jacks with phantom power&lt;br /&gt;
* On-board studio effects compression, limiting and mic modeling&lt;br /&gt;
* 1/8-inch headphone jack provided for monitoring&lt;br /&gt;
* 512MB Secure Digital (SD) card included&lt;br /&gt;
* Using a 16GB SD memory card provides 24 hours of stereo WAV file recording in 44.1kHz/16-bit mode with CD Quality sound&lt;br /&gt;
* Up to 280 hours recording in MP3 stereo mode&lt;br /&gt;
* USB mass-storage interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Four hours of continuous recording operation from 2 AA batteries&lt;br /&gt;
* Back-lit, 128×64 pixel LCD provides the visual interface&lt;br /&gt;
* AC adapter, windshield cover, USB Cable and tripod adapter included &lt;br /&gt;
4-Track Recording&lt;br /&gt;
* 4-track audio in CD quality 16-bit PCM, 44.1 kHz sampling&lt;br /&gt;
* Combination high-impedance phone inputs for vocals, guitars, bass or keyboards.&lt;br /&gt;
* Built in guitar amp modeling equivalent to the Zoom G2 &lt;br /&gt;
Audio Interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Records directly to your computer as a USB audio interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Bundled with Cubase LE, 48-Track Digital Audio Workstation software&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== [http://www.bose.com/controller?url=/shop_online/speakers/portable_amplification_systems/accessories/l1_tonematch_acc.jsp  Bose T1 ToneMatch Audio Engine] ===&lt;br /&gt;
MSRP: $499.99  Street Price: $499.99&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:005 Bose T1.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Features ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Digital multichannel mixer designed for use with Bose® L1® sound systems &lt;br /&gt;
* Features over 100 proprietary ToneMatch presets for instruments and microphones &lt;br /&gt;
* Includes Bose zEQ, storable scenes and a suite of studio-class effects &lt;br /&gt;
* Presets and firmware updates available free online&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Basics for Recording ==&lt;br /&gt;
I record our gigs with the Zoom H4 Recorder while using two {{T1}}s.  Using two T1s enables me to record separate channels (left and right) into the Zoom H4 Recorder.  With two guitar cables, I run one T1&#039;s AUX-OUT to the Left Channel of the H4 Recorder and the second T1&#039;s AUX-OUT to the Right Channel of the H4.  Thus, I end up with 8 T1 channels running into my Zoom H4 Recorder with the ability to record all 8 channels, or a mix of them.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(&#039;&#039;If you are using a single T1 to record from, you may need to split your single T1&#039;s AUX-OUT signal into two signals as Left and Right inputs into your H4.  There may be others options available here.  I haven&#039;t given any thought on how to accomplish this with a single T1.)&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Step by Step Instructions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;to be added soon!&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== L1 Configurations ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Lodge Brothers use the following combination of Bose equipment for our engagements.  Our equipment consists of:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Model II&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - B1 Bass Modules&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - T1 ToneMatch® Audio Engines&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A unique thing about our band is that we are a dynamic band!  Sometimes, we add a second L1® system to our configuration when there are more than three of us playing.  We generally book gigs with just three of us playing.  But sometimes, there are as many as five “Lodge Brothers” playing a gig!  So, due to our personnel configurations, the job, or the request of the person hiring us, our band configuration can change.  Generally, when the fourth and fifth persons get added, we add another Bose system.  When that happens, our configuration is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Classic &lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Model II&lt;br /&gt;
*  4 - B1 Bass Modules&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - T1 ToneMatch® Audio Engines&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(I haven’t used the Zoom H4 Recorder when we have used two L1® Systems yet.  So, I haven’t figured out the configuration we would need in this situation.)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The general flow diagram would look something like this when we are using just a single L1® System:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Microphone / instrument -&amp;gt; T1 -&amp;gt;  T1 AUX out -&amp;gt; Zoom H4 Recorder (L or R input)&lt;br /&gt;
*              T1 MAIN out -&amp;gt; L1 System&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Recording Results ==&lt;br /&gt;
With the Zoom H4 connected and used as a recorder in this configuration you can expect to get exactly what you would hear from the T1 AUX OUT connector.  Provided you have enabled the AUX output on each T1 channel, you’ll hear what is plugged into the input of that channel, whether it’s a microphone, iPod, guitar, etc.  To enable the AUX OUTput on each channel you want to record, [[Media:take a brief look at this video]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “mix” of all your T1 channels will be present at the T1 AUX OUT connector.  Therefore, you need to ensure your channel “mix” on the T1 is the way you want to record all the channels coming from the T1.  To establish your T1 AUX OUT “mix”, [[follow this link to setting the AUX OUT levels.]]  If you have a “Hot” channel, but don’t really realize it when listening to the L1’s output, you’ll have a “Hot” channel on your recording.  A way to determine this is to plug in a set of headphones to the AUX OUT connector and listen during sound check.  Be careful of the headphone volume.  Don’t blow your ears out!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Comments ==&lt;br /&gt;
At the time I wrote this for the Wiki, I had only accomplished two recordings of our band using this method of recording.  The things I have noticed so far, are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Be careful with your channel mixes on the T1.  Ensure they are correct for your overall &amp;quot;live sound&amp;quot; mix on the L1 system.  Also, be aware you can change the &amp;quot;recording&amp;quot; mix by utilizing the AUX OUT level settings in the T1.  You can have between 0% and 100% of a channel going to your Zoom H4 recorder for recording.  This will affect your &amp;quot;recording&amp;quot; mix, but not your &amp;quot;live&amp;quot; mix.&lt;br /&gt;
# You’ll record whatever is picked up by your microphones.  This will be dependent on the types of microphones you use, their polar patterns, etc.  Just be aware, you’ll “hear” what the microphone hears!&lt;br /&gt;
# After the gig, use the playback feature of your H4 Recorder plugged into your L1 System.  You’ll be amazed that you’ll be hearing what your audience heard at the gig!  It’s a real eye opener, if you&#039;ve never listened to yourself through the {{L1}} system!!!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What I like about the products ==&lt;br /&gt;
On the Zoom H4 Recorder I particularly like the fact it has two XLR/Phono plug inputs for Left and Right channels.  This allows you to use a guitar-type cable from the T1 AUX OUT connectors to the H4.  Nothing complicated.  Simple cables.  The recording quality I have gotten from this unit meets or exceeds my standard for something of this nature.  It’s not a multiple-thousand dollar recorder, but for the price I think it does a respectable job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I like the fact the {{T1}} offers the ability to output each of its channels to a single connector on the back of the T1.  Having this ability has allowed me to accomplish this procedure and for it to work I as I thought it would.  In addition, you can route only a single channel from the T1 to the H4, if you so chose.  This offers the gigging musician multiple solutions for getting output from the T1.  It’s a very flexible and intuitive product after you’ve had some time with it! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What I do not like about the products ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Zoom H4 Recorder has a VERY small menu screen.  At times, it is hard to read, depending on the lighting in the room, etc.  In addition, the User Interface (method to select options, change values, etc.) takes some “hands on” time before you can become comfortable with it.  The thing I have found is, if you don’t use the H4 for some amount of time, you have to go through a small re-learning curve on how to negotiate the menus.  This is a quirk in the design of the product.  In my opinion, it could be more user friendly!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bose {{T1}} -  It takes a while to become familiar with all the features and functions of the unit.  It can be overwhelming for the first-time user.  But, once familiar with its operation, you should have no problems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Review Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a Bose {{L1}} and {{T1}}, then recording your music can be as easy as purchasing one of these new digital recorders (with external input capability), hooking it up and playing some music!  A recording of your gig has the potential to let your hear where you need a little extra practice on a song or two!  Who knows, you might also be able to use this to record your first “live CD”, with very little effort on your part!  Good luck and if you have questions about this procedure, hook-up, or anything related, please let me know.  I’ll be glad to answer your questions via the message board or email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Review Date ==&lt;br /&gt;
Last Revised: 10/10/08&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:T1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Recording]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jdnell</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=Zoom_H4_and_T1%C2%AE_Usage&amp;diff=8678</id>
		<title>Zoom H4 and T1® Usage</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=Zoom_H4_and_T1%C2%AE_Usage&amp;diff=8678"/>
		<updated>2008-10-10T15:25:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jdnell: changed links for products&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Using a Zoom H4 Recorder via Two {{T1}}s to Record your Gig&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a “how to” narrative on using a Zoom H4 Handy Recorder and two {{T1}}s to record your gig, while performing through an {{L1}} System.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Products==&lt;br /&gt;
=== [http://www.samsontech.com/products/productpage.cfm?prodID=1901    Zoom H4 Handy Recorder] ===&lt;br /&gt;
MSRP: $499.99  Street Price: $299.99&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:ZoomH4.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Features===&lt;br /&gt;
Mobile Field Recording&lt;br /&gt;
* Fits in the palm of your hand&lt;br /&gt;
* Ideal for infinite variety of mobile recording applications&lt;br /&gt;
* Records 24-bit/96 kHz digital audio as well as MP3 format with bitrates up to 320kbps&lt;br /&gt;
* Two studio-quality X/Y pattern condenser microphones for true stereo recording&lt;br /&gt;
* Two combination XLR-1/4-inch input jacks with phantom power&lt;br /&gt;
* On-board studio effects compression, limiting and mic modeling&lt;br /&gt;
* 1/8-inch headphone jack provided for monitoring&lt;br /&gt;
* 512MB Secure Digital (SD) card included&lt;br /&gt;
* Using a 16GB SD memory card provides 24 hours of stereo WAV file recording in 44.1kHz/16-bit mode with CD Quality sound&lt;br /&gt;
* Up to 280 hours recording in MP3 stereo mode&lt;br /&gt;
* USB mass-storage interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Four hours of continuous recording operation from 2 AA batteries&lt;br /&gt;
* Back-lit, 128×64 pixel LCD provides the visual interface&lt;br /&gt;
* AC adapter, windshield cover, USB Cable and tripod adapter included &lt;br /&gt;
4-Track Recording&lt;br /&gt;
* 4-track audio in CD quality 16-bit PCM, 44.1 kHz sampling&lt;br /&gt;
* Combination high-impedance phone inputs for vocals, guitars, bass or keyboards.&lt;br /&gt;
* Built in guitar amp modeling equivalent to the Zoom G2 &lt;br /&gt;
Audio Interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Records directly to your computer as a USB audio interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Bundled with Cubase LE, 48-Track Digital Audio Workstation software&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== [http://www.bose.com/controller?url=/shop_online/speakers/portable_amplification_systems/accessories/l1_tonematch_acc.jsp  Bose T1 ToneMatch Audio Engine] ===&lt;br /&gt;
MSRP: $499.99  Street Price: $499.99&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:005 Bose T1.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Features===&lt;br /&gt;
* Digital multichannel mixer designed for use with Bose® L1® sound systems &lt;br /&gt;
* Features over 100 proprietary ToneMatch presets for instruments and microphones &lt;br /&gt;
* Includes Bose zEQ, storable scenes and a suite of studio-class effects &lt;br /&gt;
* Presets and firmware updates available free online&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Instructions for Recording==&lt;br /&gt;
I record our gigs into the Zoom H4 Recorder using two {{T1}}s.  This provides for separate channels (left and right) into the Zoom H4 Recorder.  In my case, I simply run one T1 AUX-OUT to Channel One of the H4 and the second T1 AUX-OUT to Channel Two of the H4.  Thus, I end up with 8 T1 channels into my Zoom H4 Recorder.  (&#039;&#039;If you are using a single T1 to record from, you may need to split your single T1 AUX-OUT signal into two signals as Left and Right inputs into your H4’s inputs.  There may be others options here.  I haven&#039;t given any thought on how to accomplish this with a single T1.)&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Step by Step Instructions===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;to be added soon!&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==L1 Configurations==&lt;br /&gt;
The Lodge Brothers use the following combination of Bose equipment for our engagements.  Our equipment consists of:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Model II&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - B1 Bass Modules&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - T1 ToneMatch® Audio Engines&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A unique thing about our band is that we are a dynamic band!  Sometimes, we add a second L1® system to our configuration when there are more than three of us playing.  We generally book gigs with just three of us playing.  But sometimes, there are as many as five “Lodge Brothers” playing a gig!  So, due to our personnel configurations, the job, or the request of the person hiring us, our band configuration can change.  Generally, when the fourth and fifth persons get added, we add another Bose system.  When that happens, our configuration is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Classic &lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Model II&lt;br /&gt;
*  4 - B1 Bass Modules&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - T1 ToneMatch® Audio Engines&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(I haven’t used the Zoom H4 Recorder when we have used two L1® Systems yet.  So, I haven’t figured out the configuration we would need in this situation.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The general flow diagram would look something like this when we are using just a single L1® System:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Microphone / instrument -&amp;gt; T1 -&amp;gt;  T1 AUX out -&amp;gt; Zoom H4 Recorder (L or R input)&lt;br /&gt;
*              T1 MAIN out -&amp;gt; L1 System&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Recording Results==&lt;br /&gt;
With the Zoom H4 connected and used as a recorder in this configuration you can expect to get exactly what you would hear from the T1 AUX OUT connector.  Provided you have enabled the AUX output on each T1 channel, you’ll hear what is plugged into the input of that channel, whether it’s a microphone, iPod, guitar, etc.  To enable the AUX OUTput on each channel you want to record, [[Media:take a brief look at this video]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “mix” of all your T1 channels will be present at the T1 AUX OUT connector.  Therefore, you need to ensure your channel “mix” on the T1 is the way you want to record all the channels coming from the T1.  To establish your T1 AUX OUT “mix”, [[follow this link to setting the AUX OUT levels.]]  If you have a “Hot” channel, but don’t really realize it when listening to the L1’s output, you’ll have a “Hot” channel on your recording.  A way to determine this is to plug in a set of headphones to the AUX OUT connector and listen during sound check.  Be careful of the headphone volume.  Don’t blow your ears out!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==General Comments==&lt;br /&gt;
At the time I wrote this for the Wiki, I had only accomplished two recordings of our band using this method of recording.  The things I have noticed so far, are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Be careful with your channel mixes on the T1.  Ensure they are correct for your overall &amp;quot;live sound&amp;quot; mix on the L1 system.  Also, be aware you can change the &amp;quot;recording&amp;quot; mix by utilizing the AUX OUT level settings in the T1.  You can have between 0% and 100% of a channel going to your Zoom H4 recorder for recording.  This will affect your &amp;quot;recording&amp;quot; mix, but not your &amp;quot;live&amp;quot; mix.&lt;br /&gt;
# You’ll record whatever is picked up by your microphones.  This will be dependent on the types of microphones you use, their polar patterns, etc.  Just be aware, you’ll “hear” what the microphone hears!&lt;br /&gt;
# After the gig, use the playback feature of your H4 Recorder plugged into your L1 System.  You’ll be amazed that you’ll be hearing what your audience heard at the gig!  It’s a real eye opener, if you&#039;ve never listened to yourself through the {{L1}} system!!!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What I like about the products==&lt;br /&gt;
On the Zoom H4 Recorder I particularly like the fact it has two XLR/Phono plug inputs for Left and Right channels.  This allows you to use a guitar-type cable from the T1 AUX OUT connectors to the H4.  Nothing complicated.  Simple cables.  The recording quality I have gotten from this unit meets or exceeds my standard for something of this nature.  It’s not a multiple-thousand dollar recorder, but for the price I think it does a respectable job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I like the fact the {{T1}} offers the ability to output each of its channels to a single connector on the back of the T1.  Having this ability has allowed me to accomplish this procedure and for it to work I as I thought it would.  In addition, you can route only a single channel from the T1 to the H4, if you so chose.  This offers the gigging musician multiple solutions for getting output from the T1.  It’s a very flexible and intuitive product after you’ve had some time with it! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What I do not like about the products==&lt;br /&gt;
The Zoom H4 Recorder has a VERY small menu screen.  At times, it is hard to read, depending on the lighting in the room, etc.  In addition, the User Interface (method to select options, change values, etc.) takes some “hands on” time before you can become comfortable with it.  The thing I have found is, if you don’t use the H4 for some amount of time, you have to go through a small re-learning curve on how to negotiate the menus.  This is a quirk in the design of the product.  In my opinion, it could be more user friendly!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bose {{T1}} -  It takes a while to become familiar with all the features and functions of the unit.  It can be overwhelming for the first-time user.  But, once familiar with its operation, you should have no problems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Review Summary==&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a Bose {{L1}} and {{T1}}, then recording your music can be as easy as purchasing one of these new digital recorders (with external input capability), hooking it up and playing some music!  A recording of your gig has the potential to let your hear where you need a little extra practice on a song or two!  Who knows, you might also be able to use this to record your first “live CD”, with very little effort on your part!  Good luck and if you have questions about this procedure, hook-up, or anything related, please let me know.  I’ll be glad to answer your questions via the message board or email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Review Date==&lt;br /&gt;
2008-10-10&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:T1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Recording]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jdnell</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=User:Jdnell&amp;diff=8673</id>
		<title>User:Jdnell</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=User:Jdnell&amp;diff=8673"/>
		<updated>2008-10-10T15:08:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jdnell: profile info&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!-- John please edit this in any way you like. I just wanted to have something for your profile when people clicked the Jdnell link in the history listings for your article --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- this next bit of html displays a picture from John&#039;s site and clicking it takes you there --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;html&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;a href=&amp;quot;http://thelodgebrothers.com/&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;img src=&amp;quot;http://web.mac.com/jdnell52/The_Lodge_Brothers/Home_files/Sept%2023%20Bluegrass%20and%20Wedding%20294.jpg&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:0&amp;quot; alt=&amp;quot;The Lodge Brothers&amp;quot; title=&amp;quot;The Lodge Brothers&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/a&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/html&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
John&#039;s Band Website&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://thelodgebrothers.com/ The Lodge Brothers]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
I have been playing bass with The Lodge Brothers since 2001, after running into Wayne Schell (the original “Lodge Brother”), an old acquaintance, at a local winter Bluegrass festival in St. Louis, MO.  We had been friends since the early ‘70’s when we both attended most of the Bluegrass festivals in the tri-state region of Missouri, Illinois and Iowa.  I hadn’t seen Wayne since the early ‘80’s when I had semi-retired from the Bluegrass music scene while my son was growing up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Been Playing Since ==&lt;br /&gt;
I started my musical journey playing piano at the age of 8.  During high school, I changed musical instruments and played electric lead guitar in a Rock n’ Roll band (late 60’s).  In the early ‘70’s, I got hooked on Bluegrass music and began playing an upright bass while in college. Today, I’m still playing that same upright Bass! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Band - The Lodge Brothers ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Lodge Brothers play a variety of music, including old-time fiddle tunes, traditional and contemporary American folk songs, and some Irish tunes as well.   We are particularly fond of the &amp;quot;brother duet&amp;quot; singing style of the Louvin Brothers, and we cover a lot of their material. Despite our lack of a Scruggs-style banjo player, we do a number of standards out of the bluegrass songbook.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Bose Gear ==&lt;br /&gt;
We’ve been using the Bose {{L1}} system since January of 2007.  Our configuration today, consists of:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 1 - {{L1}} Model II&lt;br /&gt;
* 2 - {{B1}}s &lt;br /&gt;
* 2 - {{T1}}s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Gear we use with our L1® System == &lt;br /&gt;
=== Microphones === &lt;br /&gt;
* EV 767/D Microphones - Vocals&lt;br /&gt;
* Shure SM81 Microphones – Guitar/Mandolin&lt;br /&gt;
* Shure PG81 Microphones – Fiddle/Banjo&lt;br /&gt;
* AKG C1000S Microphones – Guitar/Mandolin/Banjo&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Acoustic Instruments === &lt;br /&gt;
* Martin guitars&lt;br /&gt;
* Fiddle&lt;br /&gt;
* Stelling banjo&lt;br /&gt;
* Phoenix mandolin&lt;br /&gt;
* Kay Upright Bass&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jdnell</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=User:Jdnell&amp;diff=8671</id>
		<title>User:Jdnell</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=User:Jdnell&amp;diff=8671"/>
		<updated>2008-10-10T14:03:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jdnell: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!-- John please edit this in any way you like. I just wanted to have something for your profile when people clicked the Jdnell link in the history listings for your article --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- this next bit of html displays a picture from John&#039;s site and clicking it takes you there --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;html&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;a href=&amp;quot;http://thelodgebrothers.com/&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;img src=&amp;quot;http://web.mac.com/jdnell52/The_Lodge_Brothers/Home_files/Sept%2023%20Bluegrass%20and%20Wedding%20294.jpg&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:0&amp;quot; alt=&amp;quot;The Lodge Brothers&amp;quot; title=&amp;quot;The Lodge Brothers&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/a&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/html&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
John&#039;s Band Website&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://thelodgebrothers.com/ The Lodge Brothers]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jdnell</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=Zoom_H4_and_T1%C2%AE_Usage&amp;diff=8670</id>
		<title>Zoom H4 and T1® Usage</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=Zoom_H4_and_T1%C2%AE_Usage&amp;diff=8670"/>
		<updated>2008-10-10T03:40:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jdnell: /* Recording Results */ - adding the link to the first video&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Using a Zoom H4 Recorder via Two {{T1}}s to Record your Gig&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a “how to” narrative on using a Zoom H4 Handy Recorder and two {{T1}}s to record your gig, while performing through an {{L1}} System.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Products==&lt;br /&gt;
===Zoom H4 Handy Recorder=== &lt;br /&gt;
http://www.samsontech.com/products/productpage.cfm?prodID=1901&lt;br /&gt;
MSRP: $499.99  Street Price: $299.99&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:ZoomH4.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Features===&lt;br /&gt;
Mobile Field Recording&lt;br /&gt;
* Fits in the palm of your hand&lt;br /&gt;
* Ideal for infinite variety of mobile recording applications&lt;br /&gt;
* Records 24-bit/96 kHz digital audio as well as MP3 format with bitrates up to 320kbps&lt;br /&gt;
* Two studio-quality X/Y pattern condenser microphones for true stereo recording&lt;br /&gt;
* Two combination XLR-1/4-inch input jacks with phantom power&lt;br /&gt;
* On-board studio effects compression, limiting and mic modeling&lt;br /&gt;
* 1/8-inch headphone jack provided for monitoring&lt;br /&gt;
* 512MB Secure Digital (SD) card included&lt;br /&gt;
* Using a 16GB SD memory card provides 24 hours of stereo WAV file recording in 44.1kHz/16-bit mode with CD Quality sound&lt;br /&gt;
* Up to 280 hours recording in MP3 stereo mode&lt;br /&gt;
* USB mass-storage interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Four hours of continuous recording operation from 2 AA batteries&lt;br /&gt;
* Back-lit, 128×64 pixel LCD provides the visual interface&lt;br /&gt;
* AC adapter, windshield cover, USB Cable and tripod adapter included &lt;br /&gt;
4-Track Recording&lt;br /&gt;
* 4-track audio in CD quality 16-bit PCM, 44.1 kHz sampling&lt;br /&gt;
* Combination high-impedance phone inputs for vocals, guitars, bass or keyboards.&lt;br /&gt;
* Built in guitar amp modeling equivalent to the Zoom G2 &lt;br /&gt;
Audio Interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Records directly to your computer as a USB audio interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Bundled with Cubase LE, 48-Track Digital Audio Workstation software&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bose {{T1}}===&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.bose.com/controller?url=/shop_online/speakers/portable_amplification_systems/accessories/l1_tonematch_acc.jsp&lt;br /&gt;
MSRP: $499.99  Street Price: $499.99&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:005 Bose T1.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Features===&lt;br /&gt;
* Digital multichannel mixer designed for use with Bose® L1® sound systems &lt;br /&gt;
* Features over 100 proprietary ToneMatch presets for instruments and microphones &lt;br /&gt;
* Includes Bose zEQ, storable scenes and a suite of studio-class effects &lt;br /&gt;
* Presets and firmware updates available free online&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Instructions for Recording==&lt;br /&gt;
I record our gigs into the Zoom H4 Recorder using two {{T1}}s.  This provides for separate channels (left and right) into the Zoom H4 Recorder.  In my case, I simply run one T1 AUX-OUT to Channel One of the H4 and the second T1 AUX-OUT to Channel Two of the H4.  Thus, I end up with 8 T1 channels into my Zoom H4 Recorder.  (&#039;&#039;If you are using a single T1 to record from, you may need to split your single T1 AUX-OUT signal into two signals as Left and Right inputs into your H4’s inputs.  There may be others options here.  I haven&#039;t given any thought on how to accomplish this with a single T1.)&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Step by Step Instructions===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;to be added soon!&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==L1 Configurations==&lt;br /&gt;
The Lodge Brothers use the following combination of Bose equipment for our engagements.  Our equipment consists of:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Model II&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - B1 Bass Modules&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - T1 ToneMatch® Audio Engines&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A unique thing about our band is that we are a dynamic band!  Sometimes, we add a second L1® system to our configuration when there are more than three of us playing.  We generally book gigs with just three of us playing.  But sometimes, there are as many as five “Lodge Brothers” playing a gig!  So, due to our personnel configurations, the job, or the request of the person hiring us, our band configuration can change.  Generally, when the fourth and fifth persons get added, we add another Bose system.  When that happens, our configuration is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Classic &lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Model II&lt;br /&gt;
*  4 - B1 Bass Modules&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - T1 ToneMatch® Audio Engines&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(I haven’t used the Zoom H4 Recorder when we have used two L1® Systems yet.  So, I haven’t figured out the configuration we would need in this situation.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The general flow diagram would look something like this when we are using just a single L1® System:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Microphone / instrument -&amp;gt; T1 -&amp;gt;  T1 AUX out -&amp;gt; Zoom H4 Recorder (L or R input)&lt;br /&gt;
*              T1 MAIN out -&amp;gt; L1 System&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Recording Results==&lt;br /&gt;
With the Zoom H4 connected and used as a recorder in this configuration you can expect to get exactly what you would hear from the T1 AUX OUT connector.  Provided you have enabled the AUX output on each T1 channel, you’ll hear what is plugged into the input of that channel, whether it’s a microphone, iPod, guitar, etc.  To enable the AUX OUTput on each channel you want to record, [[Media:take a brief look at this video]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “mix” of all your T1 channels will be present at the T1 AUX OUT connector.  Therefore, you need to ensure your channel “mix” on the T1 is the way you want to record all the channels coming from the T1.  To establish your T1 AUX OUT “mix”, [[follow this link to setting the AUX OUT levels.]]  If you have a “Hot” channel, but don’t really realize it when listening to the L1’s output, you’ll have a “Hot” channel on your recording.  A way to determine this is to plug in a set of headphones to the AUX OUT connector and listen during sound check.  Be careful of the headphone volume.  Don’t blow your ears out!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==General Comments==&lt;br /&gt;
At the time I wrote this for the Wiki, I had only accomplished two recordings of our band using this method of recording.  The things I have noticed so far, are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Be careful with your channel mixes on the T1.  Ensure they are correct for your overall &amp;quot;live sound&amp;quot; mix on the L1 system.  Also, be aware you can change the &amp;quot;recording&amp;quot; mix by utilizing the AUX OUT level settings in the T1.  You can have between 0% and 100% of a channel going to your Zoom H4 recorder for recording.  This will affect your &amp;quot;recording&amp;quot; mix, but not your &amp;quot;live&amp;quot; mix.&lt;br /&gt;
# You’ll record whatever is picked up by your microphones.  This will be dependent on the types of microphones you use, their polar patterns, etc.  Just be aware, you’ll “hear” what the microphone hears!&lt;br /&gt;
# After the gig, use the playback feature of your H4 Recorder plugged into your L1 System.  You’ll be amazed that you’ll be hearing what your audience heard at the gig!  It’s a real eye opener, if you&#039;ve never listened to yourself through the {{L1}} system!!!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What I like about the products==&lt;br /&gt;
On the Zoom H4 Recorder I particularly like the fact it has two XLR/Phono plug inputs for Left and Right channels.  This allows you to use a guitar-type cable from the T1 AUX OUT connectors to the H4.  Nothing complicated.  Simple cables.  The recording quality I have gotten from this unit meets or exceeds my standard for something of this nature.  It’s not a multiple-thousand dollar recorder, but for the price I think it does a respectable job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I like the fact the {{T1}} offers the ability to output each of its channels to a single connector on the back of the T1.  Having this ability has allowed me to accomplish this procedure and for it to work I as I thought it would.  In addition, you can route only a single channel from the T1 to the H4, if you so chose.  This offers the gigging musician multiple solutions for getting output from the T1.  It’s a very flexible and intuitive product after you’ve had some time with it! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What I do not like about the products==&lt;br /&gt;
The Zoom H4 Recorder has a VERY small menu screen.  At times, it is hard to read, depending on the lighting in the room, etc.  In addition, the User Interface (method to select options, change values, etc.) takes some “hands on” time before you can become comfortable with it.  The thing I have found is, if you don’t use the H4 for some amount of time, you have to go through a small re-learning curve on how to negotiate the menus.  This is a quirk in the design of the product.  In my opinion, it could be more user friendly!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bose {{T1}} -  It takes a while to become familiar with all the features and functions of the unit.  It can be overwhelming for the first-time user.  But, once familiar with its operation, you should have no problems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Review Summary==&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a Bose {{L1}} and {{T1}}, then recording your music can be as easy as purchasing one of these new digital recorders (with external input capability), hooking it up and playing some music!  A recording of your gig has the potential to let your hear where you need a little extra practice on a song or two!  Who knows, you might also be able to use this to record your first “live CD”, with very little effort on your part!  Good luck and if you have questions about this procedure, hook-up, or anything related, please let me know.  I’ll be glad to answer your questions via the message board or email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Review Date==&lt;br /&gt;
2008-10-10&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:T1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Recording]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jdnell</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=Zoom_H4_and_T1%C2%AE_Usage&amp;diff=8527</id>
		<title>Zoom H4 and T1® Usage</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=Zoom_H4_and_T1%C2%AE_Usage&amp;diff=8527"/>
		<updated>2008-10-08T04:53:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jdnell: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Using a Zoom H4 Recorder via Two {{T1}}s to Record your Gig=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a “how to” narrative on using a Zoom H4 Handy Recorder and two {{T1}}s to record your gig, while performing through an {{L1}} System.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Products==&lt;br /&gt;
===Zoom H4 Handy Recorder=== &lt;br /&gt;
http://www.samsontech.com/products/productpage.cfm?prodID=1901&lt;br /&gt;
MSRP: $499.99  Street Price: $299.99&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:ZoomH4.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Features===&lt;br /&gt;
Mobile Field Recording&lt;br /&gt;
* Fits in the palm of your hand&lt;br /&gt;
* Ideal for infinite variety of mobile recording applications&lt;br /&gt;
* Records 24-bit/96 kHz digital audio as well as MP3 format with bitrates up to 320kbps&lt;br /&gt;
* Two studio-quality X/Y pattern condenser microphones for true stereo recording&lt;br /&gt;
* Two combination XLR-1/4-inch input jacks with phantom power&lt;br /&gt;
* On-board studio effects compression, limiting and mic modeling&lt;br /&gt;
* 1/8-inch headphone jack provided for monitoring&lt;br /&gt;
* 512MB Secure Digital (SD) card included&lt;br /&gt;
* Using a 16GB SD memory card provides 24 hours of stereo WAV file recording in 44.1kHz/16-bit mode with CD Quality sound&lt;br /&gt;
* Up to 280 hours recording in MP3 stereo mode&lt;br /&gt;
* USB mass-storage interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Four hours of continuous recording operation from 2 AA batteries&lt;br /&gt;
* Back-lit, 128×64 pixel LCD provides the visual interface&lt;br /&gt;
* AC adapter, windshield cover, USB Cable and tripod adapter included &lt;br /&gt;
4-Track Recording&lt;br /&gt;
* 4-track audio in CD quality 16-bit PCM, 44.1 kHz sampling&lt;br /&gt;
* Combination high-impedance phone inputs for vocals, guitars, bass or keyboards.&lt;br /&gt;
* Built in guitar amp modeling equivalent to the Zoom G2 &lt;br /&gt;
Audio Interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Records directly to your computer as a USB audio interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Bundled with Cubase LE, 48-Track Digital Audio Workstation software&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bose {{T1}}===&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.bose.com/controller?url=/shop_online/speakers/portable_amplification_systems/accessories/l1_tonematch_acc.jsp&lt;br /&gt;
MSRP: $499.99  Street Price: $499.99&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:005 Bose T1.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Features===&lt;br /&gt;
* Digital multichannel mixer designed for use with Bose® L1® sound systems &lt;br /&gt;
* Features over 100 proprietary ToneMatch presets for instruments and microphones &lt;br /&gt;
* Includes Bose zEQ, storable scenes and a suite of studio-class effects &lt;br /&gt;
* Presets and firmware updates available free online&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Instructions for Recording==&lt;br /&gt;
I record our gigs into the Zoom H4 Recorder using two {{T1}}s.  This provides for separate channels (left and right) into the Zoom H4 Recorder.  In my case, I simply run one T1 AUX-OUT to Channel One of the H4 and the second T1 AUX-OUT to Channel Two of the H4.  Thus, I end up with 8 T1 channels into my Zoom H4 Recorder.  (&#039;&#039;If you are using a single T1 to record from, you may need to split your single T1 AUX-OUT signal into two signals as Left and Right inputs into your H4’s inputs.  There may be others options here.  I haven&#039;t given any thought on how to accomplish this with a single T1.)&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Step by Step Instructions===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;to be added soon!&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==L1 Configurations==&lt;br /&gt;
The Lodge Brothers use the following combination of Bose equipment for our engagements.  Our equipment consists of:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Model II&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - B1 Bass Modules&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - T1 ToneMatch® Audio Engines&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A unique thing about our band is that we are a dynamic band!  Sometimes, we add a second L1® system to our configuration when there are more than three of us playing.  We generally book gigs with just three of us playing.  But sometimes, there are as many as five “Lodge Brothers” playing a gig!  So, due to our personnel configurations, the job, or the request of the person hiring us, our band configuration can change.  Generally, when the fourth and fifth persons get added, we add another Bose system.  When that happens, our configuration is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Classic &lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Model II&lt;br /&gt;
*  4 - B1 Bass Modules&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - T1 ToneMatch® Audio Engines&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(I haven’t used the Zoom H4 Recorder when we have used two L1® Systems yet.  So, I haven’t figured out the configuration we would need in this situation.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The general flow diagram would look something like this when we are using just a single L1® System:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Microphone / instrument -&amp;gt; T1 -&amp;gt;  T1 AUX out -&amp;gt; Zoom H4 Recorder (L or R input)&lt;br /&gt;
*              T1 MAIN out -&amp;gt; L1 System&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Recording Results==&lt;br /&gt;
With the Zoom H4 connected and used as a recorder in this configuration you can expect to get exactly what you would hear from the T1 AUX OUT connector.  Provided you have enabled the AUX output on each T1 channel, you’ll hear what is plugged into the input of that channel, whether it’s a microphone, iPod, guitar, etc.  To enable the AUX OUTput on each channel you want to record, [[follow this link to setting AUX OUT per channel on your T1.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “mix” of all your T1 channels will be present at the T1 AUX OUT connector.  Therefore, you need to ensure your channel “mix” on the T1 is the way you want to record all the channels coming from the T1.  To establish your T1 AUX OUT “mix”, [[follow this link to setting the AUX OUT levels.]]  If you have a “Hot” channel, but don’t really realize it when listening to the L1’s output, you’ll have a “Hot” channel on your recording.  A way to determine this is to plug in a set of headphones to the AUX OUT connector and listen during sound check.  Be careful of the headphone volume.  Don’t blow your ears out!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==General Comments==&lt;br /&gt;
At the time I wrote this for the Wiki, I had only accomplished two recordings of our band using this method of recording.  The things I have noticed so far, are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Be careful with your channel mixes on the T1.  Ensure they are correct for your overall &amp;quot;live sound&amp;quot; mix on the L1 system.  Also, be aware you can change the &amp;quot;recording&amp;quot; mix by utilizing the AUX OUT level settings in the T1.  You can have between 0% and 100% of a channel going to your Zoom H4 recorder for recording.  This will affect your &amp;quot;recording&amp;quot; mix, but not your &amp;quot;live&amp;quot; mix.&lt;br /&gt;
# You’ll record whatever is picked up by your microphones.  This will be dependent on the types of microphones you use, their polar patterns, etc.  Just be aware, you’ll “hear” what the microphone hears!&lt;br /&gt;
# After the gig, use the playback feature of your H4 Recorder plugged into your L1 System.  You’ll be amazed that you’ll be hearing what your audience heard at the gig!  It’s a real eye opener, if you&#039;ve never listened to yourself through the {{L1}} system!!!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What I like about the products==&lt;br /&gt;
On the Zoom H4 Recorder I particularly like the fact it has two XLR/Phono plug inputs for Left and Right channels.  This allows you to use a guitar-type cable from the T1 AUX OUT connectors to the H4.  Nothing complicated.  Simple cables.  The recording quality I have gotten from this unit meets or exceeds my standard for something of this nature.  It’s not a multiple-thousand dollar recorder, but for the price I think it does a respectable job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I like the fact the {{T1}} offers the ability to output each of its channels to a single connector on the back of the T1.  Having this ability has allowed me to accomplish this procedure and for it to work I as I thought it would.  In addition, you can route only a single channel from the T1 to the H4, if you so chose.  This offers the gigging musician multiple solutions for getting output from the T1.  It’s a very flexible and intuitive product after you’ve had some time with it! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What I do not like about the products==&lt;br /&gt;
The Zoom H4 Recorder has a VERY small menu screen.  At times, it is hard to read, depending on the lighting in the room, etc.  In addition, the User Interface (method to select options, change values, etc.) takes some “hands on” time before you can become comfortable with it.  The thing I have found is, if you don’t use the H4 for some amount of time, you have to go through a small re-learning curve on how to negotiate the menus.  This is a quirk in the design of the product.  In my opinion, it could be more user friendly!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bose {{T1}} -  It takes a while to become familiar with all the features and functions of the unit.  It can be overwhelming for the first-time user.  But, once familiar with its operation, you should have no problems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Review Summary==&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a Bose {{L1}} and {{T1}}, then recording your music can be as easy as purchasing one of these new digital recorders (with external input capability), hooking it up and playing some music!  A recording of your gig has the potential to let your hear where you need a little extra practice on a song or two!  Who knows, you might also be able to use this to record your first “live CD”, with very little effort on your part!  Good luck and if you have questions about this procedure, hook-up, or anything related, please let me know.  I’ll be glad to answer your questions via the message board or email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Review Date==&lt;br /&gt;
2008-10-10&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jdnell</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=Zoom_H4_and_T1%C2%AE_Usage&amp;diff=8526</id>
		<title>Zoom H4 and T1® Usage</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=Zoom_H4_and_T1%C2%AE_Usage&amp;diff=8526"/>
		<updated>2008-10-08T04:52:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jdnell: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Using a Zoom H4 Recorder via Two {{T1}}s to Record your Gig=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a “how to” narrative on using a Zoom H4 Handy Recorder and two {{T1}}s to record your gig, while performing through an {{L1}} System.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Products==&lt;br /&gt;
===Zoom H4 Handy Recorder=== &lt;br /&gt;
http://www.samsontech.com/products/productpage.cfm?prodID=1901&lt;br /&gt;
MSRP: $499.99  Street Price: $299.99&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:ZoomH4.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Features===&lt;br /&gt;
Mobile Field Recording&lt;br /&gt;
* Fits in the palm of your hand&lt;br /&gt;
* Ideal for infinite variety of mobile recording applications&lt;br /&gt;
* Records 24-bit/96 kHz digital audio as well as MP3 format with bitrates up to 320kbps&lt;br /&gt;
* Two studio-quality X/Y pattern condenser microphones for true stereo recording&lt;br /&gt;
* Two combination XLR-1/4-inch input jacks with phantom power&lt;br /&gt;
* On-board studio effects compression, limiting and mic modeling&lt;br /&gt;
* 1/8-inch headphone jack provided for monitoring&lt;br /&gt;
* 512MB Secure Digital (SD) card included&lt;br /&gt;
* Using a 16GB SD memory card provides 24 hours of stereo WAV file recording in 44.1kHz/16-bit mode with CD Quality sound&lt;br /&gt;
* Up to 280 hours recording in MP3 stereo mode&lt;br /&gt;
* USB mass-storage interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Four hours of continuous recording operation from 2 AA batteries&lt;br /&gt;
* Back-lit, 128×64 pixel LCD provides the visual interface&lt;br /&gt;
* AC adapter, windshield cover, USB Cable and tripod adapter included &lt;br /&gt;
4-Track Recording&lt;br /&gt;
* 4-track audio in CD quality 16-bit PCM, 44.1 kHz sampling&lt;br /&gt;
* Combination high-impedance phone inputs for vocals, guitars, bass or keyboards.&lt;br /&gt;
* Built in guitar amp modeling equivalent to the Zoom G2 &lt;br /&gt;
Audio Interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Records directly to your computer as a USB audio interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Bundled with Cubase LE, 48-Track Digital Audio Workstation software&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bose {{T1}}===&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.bose.com/controller?url=/shop_online/speakers/portable_amplification_systems/accessories/l1_tonematch_acc.jsp&lt;br /&gt;
MSRP: $499.99  Street Price: $499.99&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:005 Bose T1.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Features===&lt;br /&gt;
* Digital multichannel mixer designed for use with Bose® L1® sound systems &lt;br /&gt;
* Features over 100 proprietary ToneMatch presets for instruments and microphones &lt;br /&gt;
* Includes Bose zEQ, storable scenes and a suite of studio-class effects &lt;br /&gt;
* Presets and firmware updates available free online&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Instructions for Recording==&lt;br /&gt;
I record our gigs into the Zoom H4 Recorder using two {{T1}}s.  This provides for separate channels (left and right) into the Zoom H4 Recorder.  In my case, I simply run one T1 AUX-OUT to Channel One of the H4 and the second T1 AUX-OUT to Channel Two of the H4.  Thus, I end up with 8 T1 channels into my Zoom H4 Recorder.  (&#039;&#039;If you are using a single T1 to record from, you may need to split your single T1 AUX-OUT signal into two signals as Left and Right inputs into your H4’s inputs.  There may be others options here.  I haven&#039;t given any thought on how to accomplish this with a single T1.)&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Step by Step Instructions===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;to be added soon!&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==L1 Configurations==&lt;br /&gt;
The Lodge Brothers use the following combination of Bose equipment for our engagements.  Our equipment consists of:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Model II&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - B1 Bass Modules&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - T1 ToneMatch® Audio Engines&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A unique thing about our band is that we are a dynamic band!  Sometimes, we add a second L1® system to our configuration when there are more than three of us playing.  We generally book gigs with just three of us playing.  But sometimes, there are as many as five “Lodge Brothers” playing a gig!  So, due to our personnel configurations, the job, or the request of the person hiring us, our band configuration can change.  Generally, when the fourth and fifth persons get added, we add another Bose system.  When that happens, our configuration is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Classic &lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Model II&lt;br /&gt;
*  4 - B1 Bass Modules&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - T1 ToneMatch® Audio Engines&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(I haven’t used the Zoom H4 Recorder when we have used two L1® Systems yet.  So, I haven’t figured out the configuration we would need in this situation.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The general flow diagram would look something like this when we are using just a single L1® System:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Microphone / instrument -&amp;gt; T1 -&amp;gt;  T1 AUX out -&amp;gt; Zoom H4 Recorder (L or R input)&lt;br /&gt;
*              T1 MAIN out -&amp;gt; L1 System&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Recording Results==&lt;br /&gt;
With the Zoom H4 connected and used as a recorder in this configuration you can expect to get exactly what you would hear from the T1 AUX OUT connector.  Provided you have enabled the AUX output on each T1 channel, you’ll hear what is plugged into the input of that channel, whether it’s a microphone, iPod, guitar, etc.  To enable the AUX OUTput on each channel you want to record, [[follow this link to setting AUX OUT per channel on your T1.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “mix” of all your T1 channels will be present at the T1 AUX OUT connector.  Therefore, you need to ensure your channel “mix” on the T1 is the way you want to record all the channels coming from the T1.  To establish your T1 AUX OUT “mix”, [[follow this link to setting the AUX OUT levels.]]  If you have a “Hot” channel, but don’t really realize it when listening to the L1’s output, you’ll have a “Hot” channel on your recording.  A way to determine this is to plug in a set of headphones to the AUX OUT connector and listen during sound check.  Be careful of the headphone volume.  Don’t blow your ears out!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==General Comments==&lt;br /&gt;
At the time I wrote this for the Wiki, I had only accomplished two recordings of our band using this method of recording.  The things I have noticed so far, are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Be careful with your channel mixes on the T1.  Ensure they are correct for your overall &amp;quot;live sound&amp;quot; mix on the L1 system.  Also, be aware you can change the &amp;quot;recording&amp;quot; mix by utilizing the AUX OUT level settings in the T1.  You can have between 0% and 100% of a channel going to your Zoom H4 recorder for recording.  This will affect your &amp;quot;recording&amp;quot; mix, but not your &amp;quot;live&amp;quot; mix.&lt;br /&gt;
# You’ll record whatever is picked up by your microphones.  This will be dependent on the types of microphones you use, their polar patterns, etc.  Just be aware, you’ll “hear” what the microphone hears!&lt;br /&gt;
# After the gig, use the playback feature of your H4 Recorder plugged into your L1 System.  You’ll be amazed that you’ll be hearing what your audience heard at the gig!  It’s a real eye opener, if you&#039;ve never listened to yourself through the {{L1}} system!!!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What I like about the products==&lt;br /&gt;
On the Zoom H4 Recorder I particularly like the fact it has two XLR/Phono plug inputs for Left and Right channels.  This allows you to use a guitar-type cable from the T1 AUX OUT connectors to the H4.  Nothing complicated.  Simple cables.  The recording quality I have gotten from this unit meets or exceeds my standard for something of this nature.  It’s not a multiple-thousand dollar recorder, but for the price I think it does a respectable job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I like the fact the {{T1}} offers the ability to output each of its channels to a single connector on the back of the T1.  Having this ability has allowed me to accomplish this procedure and for it to work I as I thought it would.  In addition, you can route only a single channel from the T1 to the H4, if you so chose.  This offers the gigging musician multiple solutions for getting output from the T1.  It’s a very flexible and intuitive product after you’ve had some time with it! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What I do not like about the products==&lt;br /&gt;
The Zoom H4 Recorder has a VERY small menu screen.  At times, it is hard to read, depending on the lighting in the room, etc.  In addition, the User Interface (method to select options, change values, etc.) takes some “hands on” time before you can become comfortable with it.  The thing I have found is, if you don’t use the H4 for some amount of time, you have to go through a small re-learning curve on how to negotiate the menus.  This is a quirk in the design of the product.  In my opinion, it could be more user friendly!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bose {{T1}} -  It takes a while to become familiar with all the features and functions of the unit.  It can be overwhelming for the first-time user.  But, once familiar with its operation, you should have no problems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Review Summary==&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a Bose {{L1}} and {{T1}}, then recording your music can be as easy as purchasing one of these new digital recorders (with external input capability), hooking it up and playing some music!  A recording of your gig has the potential to let your hear where you need a little extra practice on a song or two!  Who knows, you might also be able to use this to record your first “live CD”, with very little effort on your part!  Good luck and if you have questions about this procedure, hook-up, or anything related, please let me know.  I’ll be glad to answer your questions via the message board or email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Review Date==&lt;br /&gt;
2008-10-10&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jdnell</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=File:ZoomH4.jpg&amp;diff=8525</id>
		<title>File:ZoomH4.jpg</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=File:ZoomH4.jpg&amp;diff=8525"/>
		<updated>2008-10-08T04:49:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jdnell: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jdnell</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=Zoom_H4_and_T1%C2%AE_Usage&amp;diff=8524</id>
		<title>Zoom H4 and T1® Usage</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=Zoom_H4_and_T1%C2%AE_Usage&amp;diff=8524"/>
		<updated>2008-10-08T04:47:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jdnell: with photos&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Using a Zoom H4 Recorder via Two {{T1}}s to Record your Gig=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a “how to” narrative on using a Zoom H4 Handy Recorder and two {{T1}}s to record your gig, while performing through an {{L1}} System.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Products==&lt;br /&gt;
===Zoom H4 Handy Recorder=== &lt;br /&gt;
http://www.samsontech.com/products/productpage.cfm?prodID=1901&lt;br /&gt;
MSRP: $499.99  Street Price: $299.99&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:ZoomH4.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Features===&lt;br /&gt;
Mobile Field Recording&lt;br /&gt;
* Fits in the palm of your hand&lt;br /&gt;
* Ideal for infinite variety of mobile recording applications&lt;br /&gt;
* Records 24-bit/96 kHz digital audio as well as MP3 format with bitrates up to 320kbps&lt;br /&gt;
* Two studio-quality X/Y pattern condenser microphones for true stereo recording&lt;br /&gt;
* Two combination XLR-1/4-inch input jacks with phantom power&lt;br /&gt;
* On-board studio effects compression, limiting and mic modeling&lt;br /&gt;
* 1/8-inch headphone jack provided for monitoring&lt;br /&gt;
* 512MB Secure Digital (SD) card included&lt;br /&gt;
* Using a 16GB SD memory card provides 24 hours of stereo WAV file recording in 44.1kHz/16-bit mode with CD Quality sound&lt;br /&gt;
* Up to 280 hours recording in MP3 stereo mode&lt;br /&gt;
* USB mass-storage interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Four hours of continuous recording operation from 2 AA batteries&lt;br /&gt;
* Back-lit, 128×64 pixel LCD provides the visual interface&lt;br /&gt;
* AC adapter, windshield cover, USB Cable and tripod adapter included &lt;br /&gt;
4-Track Recording&lt;br /&gt;
* 4-track audio in CD quality 16-bit PCM, 44.1 kHz sampling&lt;br /&gt;
* Combination high-impedance phone inputs for vocals, guitars, bass or keyboards.&lt;br /&gt;
* Built in guitar amp modeling equivalent to the Zoom G2 &lt;br /&gt;
Audio Interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Records directly to your computer as a USB audio interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Bundled with Cubase LE, 48-Track Digital Audio Workstation software&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bose {{T1}}===&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.bose.com/controller?url=/shop_online/speakers/portable_amplification_systems/accessories/l1_tonematch_acc.jsp&lt;br /&gt;
MSRP: $499.99  Street Price: $499.99&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:005 Bose T1.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Features===&lt;br /&gt;
* Digital multichannel mixer designed for use with Bose® L1® sound systems &lt;br /&gt;
* Features over 100 proprietary ToneMatch presets for instruments and microphones &lt;br /&gt;
* Includes Bose zEQ, storable scenes and a suite of studio-class effects &lt;br /&gt;
* Presets and firmware updates available free online&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Instructions for Recording==&lt;br /&gt;
I record our gigs into the Zoom H4 Recorder using two {{T1}}s.  This provides for separate channels (left and right) into the Zoom H4 Recorder.  In my case, I simply run one T1 AUX-OUT to Channel One of the H4 and the second T1 AUX-OUT to Channel Two of the H4.  Thus, I end up with 8 T1 channels into my Zoom H4 Recorder.  (&#039;&#039;If you are using a single T1 to record from, you may need to split your single T1 AUX-OUT signal into two signals as Left and Right inputs into your H4’s inputs.  There may be others options here.  I haven&#039;t given any thought on how to accomplish this with a single T1.)&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Step by Step Instructions===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;to be added soon!&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==L1 Configurations==&lt;br /&gt;
The Lodge Brothers use the following combination of Bose equipment for our engagements.  Our equipment consists of:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Model II&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - B1 Bass Modules&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - T1 ToneMatch® Audio Engines&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A unique thing about our band is that we are a dynamic band!  Sometimes, we add a second L1® system to our configuration when there are more than three of us playing.  We generally book gigs with just three of us playing.  But sometimes, there are as many as five “Lodge Brothers” playing a gig!  So, due to our personnel configurations, the job, or the request of the person hiring us, our band configuration can change.  Generally, when the fourth and fifth persons get added, we add another Bose system.  When that happens, our configuration is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Classic &lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Model II&lt;br /&gt;
*  4 - B1 Bass Modules&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - T1 ToneMatch® Audio Engines&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(I haven’t used the Zoom H4 Recorder when we have used two L1® Systems yet.  So, I haven’t figured out the configuration we would need in this situation.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The general flow diagram would look something like this when we are using just a single L1® System:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Microphone / instrument -&amp;gt; T1 -&amp;gt;  T1 AUX out -&amp;gt; Zoom H4 Recorder (L or R input)&lt;br /&gt;
*              T1 MAIN out -&amp;gt; L1 System&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Recording Results==&lt;br /&gt;
With the Zoom H4 connected and used as a recorder in this configuration you can expect to get exactly what you would hear from the T1 AUX OUT connector.  Provided you have enabled the AUX output on each T1 channel, you’ll hear what is plugged into the input of that channel, whether it’s a microphone, iPod, guitar, etc.  To enable the AUX OUTput on each channel you want to record, [[follow this link to setting AUX OUT per channel on your T1.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “mix” of all your T1 channels will be present at the T1 AUX OUT connector.  Therefore, you need to ensure your channel “mix” on the T1 is the way you want to record all the channels coming from the T1.  To establish your T1 AUX OUT “mix”, [[follow this link to setting the AUX OUT levels.]]  If you have a “Hot” channel, but don’t really realize it when listening to the L1’s output, you’ll have a “Hot” channel on your recording.  A way to determine this is to plug in a set of headphones to the AUX OUT connector and listen during sound check.  Be careful of the headphone volume.  Don’t blow your ears out!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==General Comments==&lt;br /&gt;
At the time I wrote this for the Wiki, I had only accomplished two recordings of our band using this method of recording.  The things I have noticed so far, are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Be careful with your channel mixes on the T1.  Ensure they are correct for your overall &amp;quot;live sound&amp;quot; mix on the L1 system.  Also, be aware you can change the &amp;quot;recording&amp;quot; mix by utilizing the AUX OUT level settings in the T1.  You can have between 0% and 100% of a channel going to your Zoom H4 recorder for recording.  This will affect your &amp;quot;recording&amp;quot; mix, but not your &amp;quot;live&amp;quot; mix.&lt;br /&gt;
# You’ll record whatever is picked up by your microphones.  This will be dependent on the types of microphones you use, their polar patterns, etc.  Just be aware, you’ll “hear” what the microphone hears!&lt;br /&gt;
# After the gig, use the playback feature of your H4 Recorder plugged into your L1 System.  You’ll be amazed that you’ll be hearing what your audience heard at the gig!  It’s a real eye opener, if you&#039;ve never listened to yourself through the {{L1}} system!!!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What I like about the products==&lt;br /&gt;
On the Zoom H4 Recorder I particularly like the fact it has two XLR/Phono plug inputs for Left and Right channels.  This allows you to use a guitar-type cable from the T1 AUX OUT connectors to the H4.  Nothing complicated.  Simple cables.  The recording quality I have gotten from this unit meets or exceeds my standard for something of this nature.  It’s not a multiple-thousand dollar recorder, but for the price I think it does a respectable job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I like the fact the {{T1}} offers the ability to output each of its channels to a single connector on the back of the T1.  Having this ability has allowed me to accomplish this procedure and for it to work I as I thought it would.  In addition, you can route only a single channel from the T1 to the H4, if you so chose.  This offers the gigging musician multiple solutions for getting output from the T1.  It’s a very flexible and intuitive product after you’ve had some time with it! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What I do not like about the products==&lt;br /&gt;
The Zoom H4 Recorder has a VERY small menu screen.  At times, it is hard to read, depending on the lighting in the room, etc.  In addition, the User Interface (method to select options, change values, etc.) takes some “hands on” time before you can become comfortable with it.  The thing I have found is, if you don’t use the H4 for some amount of time, you have to go through a small re-learning curve on how to negotiate the menus.  This is a quirk in the design of the product.  In my opinion, it could be more user friendly!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bose {{T1}} -  It takes a while to become familiar with all the features and functions of the unit.  It can be overwhelming for the first-time user.  But, once familiar with its operation, you should have no problems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Review Summary==&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a Bose {{L1}} and {{T1}}, then recording your music can be as easy as purchasing one of these new digital recorders (with external input capability), hooking it up and playing some music!  A recording of your gig has the potential to let your hear where you need a little extra practice on a song or two!  Who knows, you might also be able to use this to record your first “live CD”, with very little effort on your part!  Good luck and if you have questions about this procedure, hook-up, or anything related, please let me know.  I’ll be glad to answer your questions via the message board or email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Review Date==&lt;br /&gt;
2008-10-10&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jdnell</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=Zoom_H4_and_T1%C2%AE_Usage&amp;diff=8523</id>
		<title>Zoom H4 and T1® Usage</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=Zoom_H4_and_T1%C2%AE_Usage&amp;diff=8523"/>
		<updated>2008-10-07T21:26:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jdnell: /* What I do not like about the products */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Using a Zoom H4 Recorder via Two {{T1}}s to Record your Gig=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a “how to” narrative on using a Zoom H4 Handy Recorder and two {{T1}}s to record your gig, while performing through an {{L1}} System.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Products==&lt;br /&gt;
===Zoom H4 Handy Recorder=== &lt;br /&gt;
http://www.samsontech.com/products/productpage.cfm?prodID=1901&lt;br /&gt;
MSRP: $499.99  Street Price: $299.99&lt;br /&gt;
[{image}ZoomH4.jpg]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Features===&lt;br /&gt;
Mobile Field Recording&lt;br /&gt;
* Fits in the palm of your hand&lt;br /&gt;
* Ideal for infinite variety of mobile recording applications&lt;br /&gt;
* Records 24-bit/96 kHz digital audio as well as MP3 format with bitrates up to 320kbps&lt;br /&gt;
* Two studio-quality X/Y pattern condenser microphones for true stereo recording&lt;br /&gt;
* Two combination XLR-1/4-inch input jacks with phantom power&lt;br /&gt;
* On-board studio effects compression, limiting and mic modeling&lt;br /&gt;
* 1/8-inch headphone jack provided for monitoring&lt;br /&gt;
* 512MB Secure Digital (SD) card included&lt;br /&gt;
* Using a 16GB SD memory card provides 24 hours of stereo WAV file recording in 44.1kHz/16-bit mode with CD Quality sound&lt;br /&gt;
* Up to 280 hours recording in MP3 stereo mode&lt;br /&gt;
* USB mass-storage interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Four hours of continuous recording operation from 2 AA batteries&lt;br /&gt;
* Back-lit, 128×64 pixel LCD provides the visual interface&lt;br /&gt;
* AC adapter, windshield cover, USB Cable and tripod adapter included &lt;br /&gt;
4-Track Recording&lt;br /&gt;
* 4-track audio in CD quality 16-bit PCM, 44.1 kHz sampling&lt;br /&gt;
* Combination high-impedance phone inputs for vocals, guitars, bass or keyboards.&lt;br /&gt;
* Built in guitar amp modeling equivalent to the Zoom G2 &lt;br /&gt;
Audio Interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Records directly to your computer as a USB audio interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Bundled with Cubase LE, 48-Track Digital Audio Workstation software&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bose {{T1}}===&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.bose.com/controller?url=/shop_online/speakers/portable_amplification_systems/accessories/l1_tonematch_acc.jsp&lt;br /&gt;
MSRP: $499.99  Street Price: $499.99&lt;br /&gt;
[{image}T1.jpg]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Features===&lt;br /&gt;
* Digital multichannel mixer designed for use with Bose® L1® sound systems &lt;br /&gt;
* Features over 100 proprietary ToneMatch presets for instruments and microphones &lt;br /&gt;
* Includes Bose zEQ, storable scenes and a suite of studio-class effects &lt;br /&gt;
* Presets and firmware updates available free online&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Instructions for Recording==&lt;br /&gt;
I record our gigs into the Zoom H4 Recorder using two {{T1}}s.  This provides for separate channels (left and right) into the Zoom H4 Recorder.  In my case, I simply run one T1 AUX-OUT to Channel One of the H4 and the second T1 AUX-OUT to Channel Two of the H4.  Thus, I end up with 8 T1 channels into my Zoom H4 Recorder.  (&#039;&#039;If you are using a single T1 to record from, you may need to split your single T1 AUX-OUT signal into two signals as Left and Right inputs into your H4’s inputs.  There may be others options here.  I haven&#039;t given any thought on how to accomplish this with a single T1.)&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Step by Step Instructions===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;to be added soon!&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==L1 Configurations==&lt;br /&gt;
The Lodge Brothers use the following combination of Bose equipment for our engagements.  Our equipment consists of:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Model II&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - B1 Bass Modules&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - T1 ToneMatch® Audio Engines&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A unique thing about our band is that we are a dynamic band!  Sometimes, we add a second L1® system to our configuration when there are more than three of us playing.  We generally book gigs with just three of us playing.  But sometimes, there are as many as five “Lodge Brothers” playing a gig!  So, due to our personnel configurations, the job, or the request of the person hiring us, our band configuration can change.  Generally, when the fourth and fifth persons get added, we add another Bose system.  When that happens, our configuration is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Classic &lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Model II&lt;br /&gt;
*  4 - B1 Bass Modules&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - T1 ToneMatch® Audio Engines&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(I haven’t used the Zoom H4 Recorder when we have used two L1® Systems yet.  So, I haven’t figured out the configuration we would need in this situation.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The general flow diagram would look something like this when we are using just a single L1® System:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Microphone / instrument -&amp;gt; T1 -&amp;gt;  T1 AUX out -&amp;gt; Zoom H4 Recorder (L or R input)&lt;br /&gt;
*              T1 MAIN out -&amp;gt; L1 System&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Recording Results==&lt;br /&gt;
With the Zoom H4 connected and used as a recorder in this configuration you can expect to get exactly what you would hear from the T1 AUX OUT connector.  Provided you have enabled the AUX output on each T1 channel, you’ll hear what is plugged into the input of that channel, whether it’s a microphone, iPod, guitar, etc.  To enable the AUX OUTput on each channel you want to record, [[follow this link to setting AUX OUT per channel on your T1.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “mix” of all your T1 channels will be present at the T1 AUX OUT connector.  Therefore, you need to ensure your channel “mix” on the T1 is the way you want to record all the channels coming from the T1.  To establish your T1 AUX OUT “mix”, [[follow this link to setting the AUX OUT levels.]]  If you have a “Hot” channel, but don’t really realize it when listening to the L1’s output, you’ll have a “Hot” channel on your recording.  A way to determine this is to plug in a set of headphones to the AUX OUT connector and listen during sound check.  Be careful of the headphone volume.  Don’t blow your ears out!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==General Comments==&lt;br /&gt;
At the time I wrote this for the Wiki, I had only accomplished two recordings of our band using this method of recording.  The things I have noticed so far, are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Be careful with your channel mixes on the T1.  Ensure they are correct for your overall &amp;quot;live sound&amp;quot; mix on the L1 system.  Also, be aware you can change the &amp;quot;recording&amp;quot; mix by utilizing the AUX OUT level settings in the T1.  You can have between 0% and 100% of a channel going to your Zoom H4 recorder for recording.  This will affect your &amp;quot;recording&amp;quot; mix, but not your &amp;quot;live&amp;quot; mix.&lt;br /&gt;
# You’ll record whatever is picked up by your microphones.  This will be dependent on the types of microphones you use, their polar patterns, etc.  Just be aware, you’ll “hear” what the microphone hears!&lt;br /&gt;
# After the gig, use the playback feature of your H4 Recorder plugged into your L1 System.  You’ll be amazed that you’ll be hearing what your audience heard at the gig!  It’s a real eye opener, if you&#039;ve never listened to yourself through the {{L1}} system!!!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What I like about the products==&lt;br /&gt;
On the Zoom H4 Recorder I particularly like the fact it has two XLR/Phono plug inputs for Left and Right channels.  This allows you to use a guitar-type cable from the T1 AUX OUT connectors to the H4.  Nothing complicated.  Simple cables.  The recording quality I have gotten from this unit meets or exceeds my standard for something of this nature.  It’s not a multiple-thousand dollar recorder, but for the price I think it does a respectable job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I like the fact the {{T1}} offers the ability to output each of its channels to a single connector on the back of the T1.  Having this ability has allowed me to accomplish this procedure and for it to work I as I thought it would.  In addition, you can route only a single channel from the T1 to the H4, if you so chose.  This offers the gigging musician multiple solutions for getting output from the T1.  It’s a very flexible and intuitive product after you’ve had some time with it! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What I do not like about the products==&lt;br /&gt;
The Zoom H4 Recorder has a VERY small menu screen.  At times, it is hard to read, depending on the lighting in the room, etc.  In addition, the User Interface (method to select options, change values, etc.) takes some “hands on” time before you can become comfortable with it.  The thing I have found is, if you don’t use the H4 for some amount of time, you have to go through a small re-learning curve on how to negotiate the menus.  This is a quirk in the design of the product.  In my opinion, it could be more user friendly!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bose {{T1}} -  It takes a while to become familiar with all the features and functions of the unit.  It can be overwhelming for the first-time user.  But, once familiar with its operation, you should have no problems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Review Summary==&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a Bose {{L1}} and {{T1}}, then recording your music can be as easy as purchasing one of these new digital recorders (with external input capability), hooking it up and playing some music!  A recording of your gig has the potential to let your hear where you need a little extra practice on a song or two!  Who knows, you might also be able to use this to record your first “live CD”, with very little effort on your part!  Good luck and if you have questions about this procedure, hook-up, or anything related, please let me know.  I’ll be glad to answer your questions via the message board or email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Review Date==&lt;br /&gt;
2008-10-10&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jdnell</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=Zoom_H4_and_T1%C2%AE_Usage&amp;diff=8522</id>
		<title>Zoom H4 and T1® Usage</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=Zoom_H4_and_T1%C2%AE_Usage&amp;diff=8522"/>
		<updated>2008-10-07T21:22:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jdnell: /* General Comments */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Using a Zoom H4 Recorder via Two {{T1}}s to Record your Gig=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a “how to” narrative on using a Zoom H4 Handy Recorder and two {{T1}}s to record your gig, while performing through an {{L1}} System.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Products==&lt;br /&gt;
===Zoom H4 Handy Recorder=== &lt;br /&gt;
http://www.samsontech.com/products/productpage.cfm?prodID=1901&lt;br /&gt;
MSRP: $499.99  Street Price: $299.99&lt;br /&gt;
[{image}ZoomH4.jpg]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Features===&lt;br /&gt;
Mobile Field Recording&lt;br /&gt;
* Fits in the palm of your hand&lt;br /&gt;
* Ideal for infinite variety of mobile recording applications&lt;br /&gt;
* Records 24-bit/96 kHz digital audio as well as MP3 format with bitrates up to 320kbps&lt;br /&gt;
* Two studio-quality X/Y pattern condenser microphones for true stereo recording&lt;br /&gt;
* Two combination XLR-1/4-inch input jacks with phantom power&lt;br /&gt;
* On-board studio effects compression, limiting and mic modeling&lt;br /&gt;
* 1/8-inch headphone jack provided for monitoring&lt;br /&gt;
* 512MB Secure Digital (SD) card included&lt;br /&gt;
* Using a 16GB SD memory card provides 24 hours of stereo WAV file recording in 44.1kHz/16-bit mode with CD Quality sound&lt;br /&gt;
* Up to 280 hours recording in MP3 stereo mode&lt;br /&gt;
* USB mass-storage interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Four hours of continuous recording operation from 2 AA batteries&lt;br /&gt;
* Back-lit, 128×64 pixel LCD provides the visual interface&lt;br /&gt;
* AC adapter, windshield cover, USB Cable and tripod adapter included &lt;br /&gt;
4-Track Recording&lt;br /&gt;
* 4-track audio in CD quality 16-bit PCM, 44.1 kHz sampling&lt;br /&gt;
* Combination high-impedance phone inputs for vocals, guitars, bass or keyboards.&lt;br /&gt;
* Built in guitar amp modeling equivalent to the Zoom G2 &lt;br /&gt;
Audio Interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Records directly to your computer as a USB audio interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Bundled with Cubase LE, 48-Track Digital Audio Workstation software&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bose {{T1}}===&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.bose.com/controller?url=/shop_online/speakers/portable_amplification_systems/accessories/l1_tonematch_acc.jsp&lt;br /&gt;
MSRP: $499.99  Street Price: $499.99&lt;br /&gt;
[{image}T1.jpg]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Features===&lt;br /&gt;
* Digital multichannel mixer designed for use with Bose® L1® sound systems &lt;br /&gt;
* Features over 100 proprietary ToneMatch presets for instruments and microphones &lt;br /&gt;
* Includes Bose zEQ, storable scenes and a suite of studio-class effects &lt;br /&gt;
* Presets and firmware updates available free online&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Instructions for Recording==&lt;br /&gt;
I record our gigs into the Zoom H4 Recorder using two {{T1}}s.  This provides for separate channels (left and right) into the Zoom H4 Recorder.  In my case, I simply run one T1 AUX-OUT to Channel One of the H4 and the second T1 AUX-OUT to Channel Two of the H4.  Thus, I end up with 8 T1 channels into my Zoom H4 Recorder.  (&#039;&#039;If you are using a single T1 to record from, you may need to split your single T1 AUX-OUT signal into two signals as Left and Right inputs into your H4’s inputs.  There may be others options here.  I haven&#039;t given any thought on how to accomplish this with a single T1.)&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Step by Step Instructions===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;to be added soon!&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==L1 Configurations==&lt;br /&gt;
The Lodge Brothers use the following combination of Bose equipment for our engagements.  Our equipment consists of:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Model II&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - B1 Bass Modules&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - T1 ToneMatch® Audio Engines&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A unique thing about our band is that we are a dynamic band!  Sometimes, we add a second L1® system to our configuration when there are more than three of us playing.  We generally book gigs with just three of us playing.  But sometimes, there are as many as five “Lodge Brothers” playing a gig!  So, due to our personnel configurations, the job, or the request of the person hiring us, our band configuration can change.  Generally, when the fourth and fifth persons get added, we add another Bose system.  When that happens, our configuration is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Classic &lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Model II&lt;br /&gt;
*  4 - B1 Bass Modules&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - T1 ToneMatch® Audio Engines&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(I haven’t used the Zoom H4 Recorder when we have used two L1® Systems yet.  So, I haven’t figured out the configuration we would need in this situation.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The general flow diagram would look something like this when we are using just a single L1® System:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Microphone / instrument -&amp;gt; T1 -&amp;gt;  T1 AUX out -&amp;gt; Zoom H4 Recorder (L or R input)&lt;br /&gt;
*              T1 MAIN out -&amp;gt; L1 System&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Recording Results==&lt;br /&gt;
With the Zoom H4 connected and used as a recorder in this configuration you can expect to get exactly what you would hear from the T1 AUX OUT connector.  Provided you have enabled the AUX output on each T1 channel, you’ll hear what is plugged into the input of that channel, whether it’s a microphone, iPod, guitar, etc.  To enable the AUX OUTput on each channel you want to record, [[follow this link to setting AUX OUT per channel on your T1.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “mix” of all your T1 channels will be present at the T1 AUX OUT connector.  Therefore, you need to ensure your channel “mix” on the T1 is the way you want to record all the channels coming from the T1.  To establish your T1 AUX OUT “mix”, [[follow this link to setting the AUX OUT levels.]]  If you have a “Hot” channel, but don’t really realize it when listening to the L1’s output, you’ll have a “Hot” channel on your recording.  A way to determine this is to plug in a set of headphones to the AUX OUT connector and listen during sound check.  Be careful of the headphone volume.  Don’t blow your ears out!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==General Comments==&lt;br /&gt;
At the time I wrote this for the Wiki, I had only accomplished two recordings of our band using this method of recording.  The things I have noticed so far, are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Be careful with your channel mixes on the T1.  Ensure they are correct for your overall &amp;quot;live sound&amp;quot; mix on the L1 system.  Also, be aware you can change the &amp;quot;recording&amp;quot; mix by utilizing the AUX OUT level settings in the T1.  You can have between 0% and 100% of a channel going to your Zoom H4 recorder for recording.  This will affect your &amp;quot;recording&amp;quot; mix, but not your &amp;quot;live&amp;quot; mix.&lt;br /&gt;
# You’ll record whatever is picked up by your microphones.  This will be dependent on the types of microphones you use, their polar patterns, etc.  Just be aware, you’ll “hear” what the microphone hears!&lt;br /&gt;
# After the gig, use the playback feature of your H4 Recorder plugged into your L1 System.  You’ll be amazed that you’ll be hearing what your audience heard at the gig!  It’s a real eye opener, if you&#039;ve never listened to yourself through the {{L1}} system!!!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What I like about the products==&lt;br /&gt;
On the Zoom H4 Recorder I particularly like the fact it has two XLR/Phono plug inputs for Left and Right channels.  This allows you to use a guitar-type cable from the T1 AUX OUT connectors to the H4.  Nothing complicated.  Simple cables.  The recording quality I have gotten from this unit meets or exceeds my standard for something of this nature.  It’s not a multiple-thousand dollar recorder, but for the price I think it does a respectable job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I like the fact the {{T1}} offers the ability to output each of its channels to a single connector on the back of the T1.  Having this ability has allowed me to accomplish this procedure and for it to work I as I thought it would.  In addition, you can route only a single channel from the T1 to the H4, if you so chose.  This offers the gigging musician multiple solutions for getting output from the T1.  It’s a very flexible and intuitive product after you’ve had some time with it! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What I do not like about the products==&lt;br /&gt;
The Zoom H4 Recorder has a VERY small menu screen.  At times, it is hard to read, depending on the lighting in the room, etc.  In addition, the User Interface (method to select options, change values, etc.) takes some amount of “hands on” time before you can become comfortable with it.  The thing I have found is, if you don’t use the H4 for some amount of time, you have to go through a small re-learning curve on how to negotiate the menus.  This is a quirk of the design of the product.  In my opinion, it could be more user friendly!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bose {{T1}} -  It takes a while to become familiar with all the features and functions of the unit.  It can be overwhelming for the first-time user. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Review Summary==&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a Bose {{L1}} and {{T1}}, then recording your music can be as easy as purchasing one of these new digital recorders (with external input capability), hooking it up and playing some music!  A recording of your gig has the potential to let your hear where you need a little extra practice on a song or two!  Who knows, you might also be able to use this to record your first “live CD”, with very little effort on your part!  Good luck and if you have questions about this procedure, hook-up, or anything related, please let me know.  I’ll be glad to answer your questions via the message board or email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Review Date==&lt;br /&gt;
2008-10-10&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jdnell</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=Zoom_H4_and_T1%C2%AE_Usage&amp;diff=8521</id>
		<title>Zoom H4 and T1® Usage</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=Zoom_H4_and_T1%C2%AE_Usage&amp;diff=8521"/>
		<updated>2008-10-07T19:43:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jdnell: Rev. 1&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Using a Zoom H4 Recorder via Two {{T1}}s to Record your Gig=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a “how to” narrative on using a Zoom H4 Handy Recorder and two {{T1}}s to record your gig, while performing through an {{L1}} System.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Products==&lt;br /&gt;
===Zoom H4 Handy Recorder=== &lt;br /&gt;
http://www.samsontech.com/products/productpage.cfm?prodID=1901&lt;br /&gt;
MSRP: $499.99  Street Price: $299.99&lt;br /&gt;
[{image}ZoomH4.jpg]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Features===&lt;br /&gt;
Mobile Field Recording&lt;br /&gt;
* Fits in the palm of your hand&lt;br /&gt;
* Ideal for infinite variety of mobile recording applications&lt;br /&gt;
* Records 24-bit/96 kHz digital audio as well as MP3 format with bitrates up to 320kbps&lt;br /&gt;
* Two studio-quality X/Y pattern condenser microphones for true stereo recording&lt;br /&gt;
* Two combination XLR-1/4-inch input jacks with phantom power&lt;br /&gt;
* On-board studio effects compression, limiting and mic modeling&lt;br /&gt;
* 1/8-inch headphone jack provided for monitoring&lt;br /&gt;
* 512MB Secure Digital (SD) card included&lt;br /&gt;
* Using a 16GB SD memory card provides 24 hours of stereo WAV file recording in 44.1kHz/16-bit mode with CD Quality sound&lt;br /&gt;
* Up to 280 hours recording in MP3 stereo mode&lt;br /&gt;
* USB mass-storage interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Four hours of continuous recording operation from 2 AA batteries&lt;br /&gt;
* Back-lit, 128×64 pixel LCD provides the visual interface&lt;br /&gt;
* AC adapter, windshield cover, USB Cable and tripod adapter included &lt;br /&gt;
4-Track Recording&lt;br /&gt;
* 4-track audio in CD quality 16-bit PCM, 44.1 kHz sampling&lt;br /&gt;
* Combination high-impedance phone inputs for vocals, guitars, bass or keyboards.&lt;br /&gt;
* Built in guitar amp modeling equivalent to the Zoom G2 &lt;br /&gt;
Audio Interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Records directly to your computer as a USB audio interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Bundled with Cubase LE, 48-Track Digital Audio Workstation software&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bose {{T1}}===&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.bose.com/controller?url=/shop_online/speakers/portable_amplification_systems/accessories/l1_tonematch_acc.jsp&lt;br /&gt;
MSRP: $499.99  Street Price: $499.99&lt;br /&gt;
[{image}T1.jpg]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Features===&lt;br /&gt;
* Digital multichannel mixer designed for use with Bose® L1® sound systems &lt;br /&gt;
* Features over 100 proprietary ToneMatch presets for instruments and microphones &lt;br /&gt;
* Includes Bose zEQ, storable scenes and a suite of studio-class effects &lt;br /&gt;
* Presets and firmware updates available free online&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Instructions for Recording==&lt;br /&gt;
I record our gigs into the Zoom H4 Recorder using two {{T1}}s.  This provides for separate channels (left and right) into the Zoom H4 Recorder.  In my case, I simply run one T1 AUX-OUT to Channel One of the H4 and the second T1 AUX-OUT to Channel Two of the H4.  Thus, I end up with 8 T1 channels into my Zoom H4 Recorder.  (&#039;&#039;If you are using a single T1 to record from, you may need to split your single T1 AUX-OUT signal into two signals as Left and Right inputs into your H4’s inputs.  There may be others options here.  I haven&#039;t given any thought on how to accomplish this with a single T1.)&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Step by Step Instructions===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;to be added soon!&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==L1 Configurations==&lt;br /&gt;
The Lodge Brothers use the following combination of Bose equipment for our engagements.  Our equipment consists of:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Model II&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - B1 Bass Modules&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - T1 ToneMatch® Audio Engines&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A unique thing about our band is that we are a dynamic band!  Sometimes, we add a second L1® system to our configuration when there are more than three of us playing.  We generally book gigs with just three of us playing.  But sometimes, there are as many as five “Lodge Brothers” playing a gig!  So, due to our personnel configurations, the job, or the request of the person hiring us, our band configuration can change.  Generally, when the fourth and fifth persons get added, we add another Bose system.  When that happens, our configuration is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Classic &lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Model II&lt;br /&gt;
*  4 - B1 Bass Modules&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - T1 ToneMatch® Audio Engines&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(I haven’t used the Zoom H4 Recorder when we have used two L1® Systems yet.  So, I haven’t figured out the configuration we would need in this situation.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The general flow diagram would look something like this when we are using just a single L1® System:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Microphone / instrument -&amp;gt; T1 -&amp;gt;  T1 AUX out -&amp;gt; Zoom H4 Recorder (L or R input)&lt;br /&gt;
*              T1 MAIN out -&amp;gt; L1 System&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Recording Results==&lt;br /&gt;
With the Zoom H4 connected and used as a recorder in this configuration you can expect to get exactly what you would hear from the T1 AUX OUT connector.  Provided you have enabled the AUX output on each T1 channel, you’ll hear what is plugged into the input of that channel, whether it’s a microphone, iPod, guitar, etc.  To enable the AUX OUTput on each channel you want to record, [[follow this link to setting AUX OUT per channel on your T1.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “mix” of all your T1 channels will be present at the T1 AUX OUT connector.  Therefore, you need to ensure your channel “mix” on the T1 is the way you want to record all the channels coming from the T1.  To establish your T1 AUX OUT “mix”, [[follow this link to setting the AUX OUT levels.]]  If you have a “Hot” channel, but don’t really realize it when listening to the L1’s output, you’ll have a “Hot” channel on your recording.  A way to determine this is to plug in a set of headphones to the AUX OUT connector and listen during sound check.  Be careful of the headphone volume.  Don’t blow your ears out!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==General Comments==&lt;br /&gt;
At the time I wrote this for the Wiki, I had only accomplished two recordings of our band using this method of recording.  The things I have noticed so far, are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Be careful with your channel mixes on the T1.  Ensure they are correct for your overall live sound &amp;quot;mix&amp;quot; on the L1 system.  Also, be aware you can change the recording “mix” by utilizing the AUX OUT level settings in the T1.  You can have between 0% and 100% of a channel going to your Zoom H4 recorder for recording.  This will affect your &amp;quot;recording&amp;quot; mix, but not your &amp;quot;live&amp;quot; mix.&lt;br /&gt;
# You’ll record whatever is picked up by your microphones.  This will be dependent on the types of microphones you use, their polar patterns, etc.  Just be aware, you’ll “hear” what the microphone hears!&lt;br /&gt;
# After the gig, use the playback feature of your H4 Recorder plugged into your L1 System.  You’ll be amazed that you’ll be hearing what your audience heard at the gig!  It’s a real eye opener, if you&#039;ve never listened to yourself through the {{L1}} system!!!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What I like about the products==&lt;br /&gt;
On the Zoom H4 Recorder I particularly like the fact it has two XLR/Phono plug inputs for Left and Right channels.  This allows you to use a guitar-type cable from the T1 AUX OUT connectors to the H4.  Nothing complicated.  Simple cables.  The recording quality I have gotten from this unit meets or exceeds my standard for something of this nature.  It’s not a multiple-thousand dollar recorder, but for the price I think it does a respectable job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I like the fact the {{T1}} offers the ability to output each of its channels to a single connector on the back of the T1.  Having this ability has allowed me to accomplish this procedure and for it to work I as I thought it would.  In addition, you can route only a single channel from the T1 to the H4, if you so chose.  This offers the gigging musician multiple solutions for getting output from the T1.  It’s a very flexible and intuitive product after you’ve had some time with it! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What I do not like about the products==&lt;br /&gt;
The Zoom H4 Recorder has a VERY small menu screen.  At times, it is hard to read, depending on the lighting in the room, etc.  In addition, the User Interface (method to select options, change values, etc.) takes some amount of “hands on” time before you can become comfortable with it.  The thing I have found is, if you don’t use the H4 for some amount of time, you have to go through a small re-learning curve on how to negotiate the menus.  This is a quirk of the design of the product.  In my opinion, it could be more user friendly!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bose {{T1}} -  It takes a while to become familiar with all the features and functions of the unit.  It can be overwhelming for the first-time user. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Review Summary==&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a Bose {{L1}} and {{T1}}, then recording your music can be as easy as purchasing one of these new digital recorders (with external input capability), hooking it up and playing some music!  A recording of your gig has the potential to let your hear where you need a little extra practice on a song or two!  Who knows, you might also be able to use this to record your first “live CD”, with very little effort on your part!  Good luck and if you have questions about this procedure, hook-up, or anything related, please let me know.  I’ll be glad to answer your questions via the message board or email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Review Date==&lt;br /&gt;
2008-10-10&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jdnell</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=Zoom_H4_and_T1%C2%AE_Usage&amp;diff=8520</id>
		<title>Zoom H4 and T1® Usage</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=Zoom_H4_and_T1%C2%AE_Usage&amp;diff=8520"/>
		<updated>2008-10-07T19:31:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jdnell: /* Interaction with the L1 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Using a Zoom H4 Recorder via Two {{T1}}s to Record your Gig==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a “how to” narrative on using a Zoom H4 Handy Recorder and two {{T1}}s to record your gig, while performing through an {{L1}} System.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Products==&lt;br /&gt;
===Zoom H4 Handy Recorder=== &lt;br /&gt;
http://www.samsontech.com/products/productpage.cfm?prodID=1901&lt;br /&gt;
MSRP: $499.99  Street Price: $299.99&lt;br /&gt;
[{image}ZoomH4.jpg]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bose {{T1}}===&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.bose.com/controller?url=/shop_online/speakers/portable_amplification_systems/accessories/l1_tonematch_acc.jsp&lt;br /&gt;
MSRP: $499.99  Street Price: $499.99&lt;br /&gt;
[{image}T1.jpg]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Features of Both Products==&lt;br /&gt;
===Zoom H4 Handy Recorder===&lt;br /&gt;
Mobile Field Recording&lt;br /&gt;
* Fits in the palm of your hand&lt;br /&gt;
* Ideal for infinite variety of mobile recording applications&lt;br /&gt;
* Records 24-bit/96 kHz digital audio as well as MP3 format with bitrates up to 320kbps&lt;br /&gt;
* Two studio-quality X/Y pattern condenser microphones for true stereo recording&lt;br /&gt;
* Two combination XLR-1/4-inch input jacks with phantom power&lt;br /&gt;
* On-board studio effects compression, limiting and mic modeling&lt;br /&gt;
* 1/8-inch headphone jack provided for monitoring&lt;br /&gt;
* 512MB Secure Digital (SD) card included&lt;br /&gt;
* Using a 16GB SD memory card provides 24 hours of stereo WAV file recording in 44.1kHz/16-bit mode with CD Quality sound&lt;br /&gt;
* Up to 280 hours recording in MP3 stereo mode&lt;br /&gt;
* USB mass-storage interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Four hours of continuous recording operation from 2 AA batteries&lt;br /&gt;
* Back-lit, 128×64 pixel LCD provides the visual interface&lt;br /&gt;
* AC adapter, windshield cover, USB Cable and tripod adapter included &lt;br /&gt;
4-Track Recording&lt;br /&gt;
* 4-track audio in CD quality 16-bit PCM, 44.1 kHz sampling&lt;br /&gt;
* Combination high-impedance phone inputs for vocals, guitars, bass or keyboards.&lt;br /&gt;
* Built in guitar amp modeling equivalent to the Zoom G2 &lt;br /&gt;
Audio Interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Records directly to your computer as a USB audio interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Bundled with Cubase LE, 48-Track Digital Audio Workstation software&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==={{T1}}===&lt;br /&gt;
* Digital multichannel mixer designed for use with Bose® L1® sound systems &lt;br /&gt;
* Features over 100 proprietary ToneMatch presets for instruments and microphones &lt;br /&gt;
* Includes Bose zEQ, storable scenes and a suite of studio-class effects &lt;br /&gt;
* Presets and firmware updates available free online&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Setup Instructions for Recording==&lt;br /&gt;
I record our gigs into the Zoom H4 Recorder using two {{T1}}s.  This provides for separate channels (left and right) into the Zoom H4 Recorder.  In my case, I simply run one T1 AUX-OUT to Channel One of the H4 and the second T1 AUX-OUT to Channel Two of the H4.  Thus, I end up with 8 T1 channels into my Zoom H4 Recorder.  (&#039;&#039;If you are using a single T1 to record from, you may need to split your single T1 AUX-OUT signal into two signals as Left and Right inputs into your H4’s inputs.  There may be others options here.  I haven&#039;t given any thought on how to accomplish this with a single T1.)&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Step by Step Instructions===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;to be added soon!&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==L1 Configurations==&lt;br /&gt;
The Lodge Brothers use the following combination of Bose equipment for our engagements.  Our equipment consists of:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Model II&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - B1 Bass Modules&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - T1 ToneMatch® Audio Engines&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A unique thing about our band is that we are a dynamic band!  Sometimes, we add a second L1® system to our configuration when there are more than three of us playing.  We generally book gigs with just three of us playing.  But sometimes, there are as many as five “Lodge Brothers” playing a gig!  So, due to our personnel configurations, the job, or the request of the person hiring us, our band configuration can change.  Generally, when the fourth and fifth persons get added, we add another Bose system.  When that happens, our configuration is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Classic &lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Model II&lt;br /&gt;
*  4 - B1 Bass Modules&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - T1 ToneMatch® Audio Engines&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(I haven’t used the Zoom H4 Recorder when we have used two L1® Systems yet.  So, I haven’t figured out the configuration we would need in this situation.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The general flow diagram would look something like this when we are using just a single L1® System:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Microphone / instrument -&amp;gt; T1 -&amp;gt;  T1 AUX out -&amp;gt; Zoom H4 Recorder (L or R input)&lt;br /&gt;
*              T1 MAIN out -&amp;gt; L1 System&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Recording Results==&lt;br /&gt;
With the Zoom H4 connected and used as a recorder in this configuration you can expect to get exactly what you would hear from the T1 AUX OUT connector.  Provided you have enabled the AUX output on each T1 channel, you’ll hear what is plugged into the input of that channel, whether it’s a microphone, iPod, guitar, etc.  To enable the AUX OUTput on each channel you want to record, [[follow this link to setting AUX OUT per channel on your T1.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “mix” of all your T1 channels will be present at the T1 AUX OUT connector.  Therefore, you need to ensure your channel “mix” on the T1 is the way you want to record all the channels coming from the T1.  To establish your T1 AUX OUT “mix”, [[follow this link to setting the AUX OUT levels.]]  If you have a “Hot” channel, but don’t really realize it when listening to the L1’s output, you’ll have a “Hot” channel on your recording.  A way to determine this is to plug in a set of headphones to the AUX OUT connector and listen during sound check.  Be careful of the headphone volume.  Don’t blow your ears out!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==General Comments==&lt;br /&gt;
At the time I wrote this for the Wiki, I had only accomplished two recordings of our band using this method of recording.  The things I have noticed so far, are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Be careful with your channel mixes on the T1.  Ensure they are correct for your overall live sound &amp;quot;mix&amp;quot; on the L1 system.  Also, be aware you can change the recording “mix” by utilizing the AUX OUT level settings in the T1.  You can have 100% or 0% of a channel going to your Zoom H4 recorder for recording.  This will affect your &amp;quot;recording&amp;quot; mix, but not your &amp;quot;live&amp;quot; mix.&lt;br /&gt;
# You’ll record whatever is picked up by your microphones.  This will be dependent on the types of microphones you use, their polar patterns, etc.  Just be aware, you’ll “hear” what the microphone hears!&lt;br /&gt;
# After the gig, use the playback feature of your H4 Recorder plugged into your L1 System.  You’ll be amazed that you’ll be hearing what your audience heard at the gig!  It’s a real eye opener, if you&#039;ve never listened to yourself through the {{L1}} system!!!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What I like about the products==&lt;br /&gt;
On the Zoom H4 Recorder I particularly like the fact it has two XLR/Phono plug inputs for Left and Right channels.  This allows you to use a guitar-type cable from the T1 AUX OUT connectors to the H4.  Nothing complicated.  Simple cables.  The recording quality I have gotten from this unit meets or exceeds my standard for something of this nature.  It’s not a multiple-thousand dollar recorder, but for the price I think it does a respectable job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I like the fact the {{T1}} offers the ability to output each of its channels to a single connector on the back of the T1.  Having this ability has allowed me to accomplish this procedure and for it to work I as I thought it would.  In addition, you can route only a single channel from the T1 to the H4, if you so chose.  This offers the gigging musician multiple solutions for getting output from the T1.  It’s a very flexible and intuitive product after you’ve had some time with it! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What I do not like about the products==&lt;br /&gt;
The Zoom H4 Recorder has a VERY small menu screen.  At times, it is hard to read, depending on the lighting in the room, etc.  In addition, the User Interface (method to select options, change values, etc.) takes some amount of “hands on” time before you can become comfortable with it.  The thing I have found is, if you don’t use the H4 for some amount of time, you have to go through a small re-learning curve on how to negotiate the menus.  This is a quirk of the design of the product.  In my opinion, it could be more user friendly!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bose {{T1}} -  It takes a while to become familiar with all the features and functions of the unit.  It can be overwhelming for the first-time user. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Review Summary==&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a Bose {{L1}} and {{T1}}, then recording your music can be as easy as purchasing one of these new digital recorders (with inputs), hooking it up and playing some music!  A recording of your gig has the potential to let your hear where you need a little extra practice on a song or two!  Who knows, you might also be able to use this to record your first “live CD”, with very little effort on your part!  Good luck and if you have questions about this procedure, hook-up, or anything related, please let me know.  I’ll be glad to answer your questions via the message board or email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Review Date==&lt;br /&gt;
2008-10-10&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jdnell</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=Zoom_H4_and_T1%C2%AE_Usage&amp;diff=8519</id>
		<title>Zoom H4 and T1® Usage</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=Zoom_H4_and_T1%C2%AE_Usage&amp;diff=8519"/>
		<updated>2008-10-07T19:22:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jdnell: /* Using a Zoom H4 Recorder via Two {{T1}}s to Record your Gig */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Using a Zoom H4 Recorder via Two {{T1}}s to Record your Gig==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a “how to” narrative on using a Zoom H4 Handy Recorder and two {{T1}}s to record your gig, while performing through an {{L1}} System.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Products==&lt;br /&gt;
===Zoom H4 Handy Recorder=== &lt;br /&gt;
http://www.samsontech.com/products/productpage.cfm?prodID=1901&lt;br /&gt;
MSRP: $499.99  Street Price: $299.99&lt;br /&gt;
[{image}ZoomH4.jpg]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bose {{T1}}===&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.bose.com/controller?url=/shop_online/speakers/portable_amplification_systems/accessories/l1_tonematch_acc.jsp&lt;br /&gt;
MSRP: $499.99  Street Price: $499.99&lt;br /&gt;
[{image}T1.jpg]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Features of Both Products==&lt;br /&gt;
===Zoom H4 Handy Recorder===&lt;br /&gt;
Mobile Field Recording&lt;br /&gt;
* Fits in the palm of your hand&lt;br /&gt;
* Ideal for infinite variety of mobile recording applications&lt;br /&gt;
* Records 24-bit/96 kHz digital audio as well as MP3 format with bitrates up to 320kbps&lt;br /&gt;
* Two studio-quality X/Y pattern condenser microphones for true stereo recording&lt;br /&gt;
* Two combination XLR-1/4-inch input jacks with phantom power&lt;br /&gt;
* On-board studio effects compression, limiting and mic modeling&lt;br /&gt;
* 1/8-inch headphone jack provided for monitoring&lt;br /&gt;
* 512MB Secure Digital (SD) card included&lt;br /&gt;
* Using a 16GB SD memory card provides 24 hours of stereo WAV file recording in 44.1kHz/16-bit mode with CD Quality sound&lt;br /&gt;
* Up to 280 hours recording in MP3 stereo mode&lt;br /&gt;
* USB mass-storage interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Four hours of continuous recording operation from 2 AA batteries&lt;br /&gt;
* Back-lit, 128×64 pixel LCD provides the visual interface&lt;br /&gt;
* AC adapter, windshield cover, USB Cable and tripod adapter included &lt;br /&gt;
4-Track Recording&lt;br /&gt;
* 4-track audio in CD quality 16-bit PCM, 44.1 kHz sampling&lt;br /&gt;
* Combination high-impedance phone inputs for vocals, guitars, bass or keyboards.&lt;br /&gt;
* Built in guitar amp modeling equivalent to the Zoom G2 &lt;br /&gt;
Audio Interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Records directly to your computer as a USB audio interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Bundled with Cubase LE, 48-Track Digital Audio Workstation software&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==={{T1}}===&lt;br /&gt;
* Digital multichannel mixer designed for use with Bose® L1® sound systems &lt;br /&gt;
* Features over 100 proprietary ToneMatch presets for instruments and microphones &lt;br /&gt;
* Includes Bose zEQ, storable scenes and a suite of studio-class effects &lt;br /&gt;
* Presets and firmware updates available free online&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Setup Instructions for Recording==&lt;br /&gt;
I record our gigs into the Zoom H4 Recorder using two {{T1}}s.  This provides for separate channels (left and right) into the Zoom H4 Recorder.  In my case, I simply run one T1 AUX-OUT to Channel One of the H4 and the second T1 AUX-OUT to Channel Two of the H4.  Thus, I end up with 8 T1 channels into my Zoom H4 Recorder.  (&#039;&#039;If you are using a single T1 to record from, you may need to split your single T1 AUX-OUT signal into two signals as Left and Right inputs into your H4’s inputs.  There may be others options here.  I haven&#039;t given any thought on how to accomplish this with a single T1.)&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Step by Step Instructions===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;to be added soon!&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Interaction with the L1==&lt;br /&gt;
The Lodge Brothers use the following combination of Bose equipment for our engagements.  Our equipment consists of:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Model II&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - B1 Bass Modules&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - T1 ToneMatch® Audio Engines&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A unique thing about our band is that we are a dynamic band!  Sometimes, we add a second L1® system to our configuration when there are more than three of us playing.  We generally book gigs with just three of us playing.  But sometimes, there are as many as five “Lodge Brothers” playing a gig!  So, due to our personnel configurations, the job, or the request of the person hiring us, our band configuration can change.  Generally, when the fourth and fifth persons get added, we add another Bose system.  When that happens, our configuration is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Classic &lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Model II&lt;br /&gt;
*  4 - B1 Bass Modules&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - T1 ToneMatch® Audio Engines&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(I haven’t used the Zoom H4 Recorder when we have used two L1® Systems yet.  So, I haven’t figured out the configuration we would need in this situation.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The general flow diagram would look something like this when we are using just a single L1® System:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Microphone -&amp;gt; T1 -&amp;gt;  T1 AUX out -&amp;gt; Zoom H4 Recorder (L or R input)&lt;br /&gt;
		     T1 MAIN out -&amp;gt; L1 System&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Recording Results==&lt;br /&gt;
With the Zoom H4 connected and used as a recorder in this configuration you can expect to get exactly what you would hear from the T1 AUX OUT connector.  Provided you have enabled the AUX output on each T1 channel, you’ll hear what is plugged into the input of that channel, whether it’s a microphone, iPod, guitar, etc.  To enable the AUX OUTput on each channel you want to record, [[follow this link to setting AUX OUT per channel on your T1.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “mix” of all your T1 channels will be present at the T1 AUX OUT connector.  Therefore, you need to ensure your channel “mix” on the T1 is the way you want to record all the channels coming from the T1.  To establish your T1 AUX OUT “mix”, [[follow this link to setting the AUX OUT levels.]]  If you have a “Hot” channel, but don’t really realize it when listening to the L1’s output, you’ll have a “Hot” channel on your recording.  A way to determine this is to plug in a set of headphones to the AUX OUT connector and listen during sound check.  Be careful of the headphone volume.  Don’t blow your ears out!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==General Comments==&lt;br /&gt;
At the time I wrote this for the Wiki, I had only accomplished two recordings of our band using this method of recording.  The things I have noticed so far, are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Be careful with your channel mixes on the T1.  Ensure they are correct for your overall live sound &amp;quot;mix&amp;quot; on the L1 system.  Also, be aware you can change the recording “mix” by utilizing the AUX OUT level settings in the T1.  You can have 100% or 0% of a channel going to your Zoom H4 recorder for recording.  This will affect your &amp;quot;recording&amp;quot; mix, but not your &amp;quot;live&amp;quot; mix.&lt;br /&gt;
# You’ll record whatever is picked up by your microphones.  This will be dependent on the types of microphones you use, their polar patterns, etc.  Just be aware, you’ll “hear” what the microphone hears!&lt;br /&gt;
# After the gig, use the playback feature of your H4 Recorder plugged into your L1 System.  You’ll be amazed that you’ll be hearing what your audience heard at the gig!  It’s a real eye opener, if you&#039;ve never listened to yourself through the {{L1}} system!!!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What I like about the products==&lt;br /&gt;
On the Zoom H4 Recorder I particularly like the fact it has two XLR/Phono plug inputs for Left and Right channels.  This allows you to use a guitar-type cable from the T1 AUX OUT connectors to the H4.  Nothing complicated.  Simple cables.  The recording quality I have gotten from this unit meets or exceeds my standard for something of this nature.  It’s not a multiple-thousand dollar recorder, but for the price I think it does a respectable job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I like the fact the {{T1}} offers the ability to output each of its channels to a single connector on the back of the T1.  Having this ability has allowed me to accomplish this procedure and for it to work I as I thought it would.  In addition, you can route only a single channel from the T1 to the H4, if you so chose.  This offers the gigging musician multiple solutions for getting output from the T1.  It’s a very flexible and intuitive product after you’ve had some time with it! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What I do not like about the products==&lt;br /&gt;
The Zoom H4 Recorder has a VERY small menu screen.  At times, it is hard to read, depending on the lighting in the room, etc.  In addition, the User Interface (method to select options, change values, etc.) takes some amount of “hands on” time before you can become comfortable with it.  The thing I have found is, if you don’t use the H4 for some amount of time, you have to go through a small re-learning curve on how to negotiate the menus.  This is a quirk of the design of the product.  In my opinion, it could be more user friendly!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bose {{T1}} -  It takes a while to become familiar with all the features and functions of the unit.  It can be overwhelming for the first-time user. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Review Summary==&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a Bose {{L1}} and {{T1}}, then recording your music can be as easy as purchasing one of these new digital recorders (with inputs), hooking it up and playing some music!  A recording of your gig has the potential to let your hear where you need a little extra practice on a song or two!  Who knows, you might also be able to use this to record your first “live CD”, with very little effort on your part!  Good luck and if you have questions about this procedure, hook-up, or anything related, please let me know.  I’ll be glad to answer your questions via the message board or email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Review Date==&lt;br /&gt;
2008-10-10&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jdnell</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=Zoom_H4_and_T1%C2%AE_Usage&amp;diff=8517</id>
		<title>Zoom H4 and T1® Usage</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=Zoom_H4_and_T1%C2%AE_Usage&amp;diff=8517"/>
		<updated>2008-10-07T19:21:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jdnell: /* Setup Instructions for Recording */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Using a Zoom H4 Recorder via Two {{T1}}s to Record your Gig==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a “how to” narrative on using a Zoom H4 Handy Recorder and a {{T1}} to record your gig, while performing through an {{L1}} System.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Products==&lt;br /&gt;
===Zoom H4 Handy Recorder=== &lt;br /&gt;
http://www.samsontech.com/products/productpage.cfm?prodID=1901&lt;br /&gt;
MSRP: $499.99  Street Price: $299.99&lt;br /&gt;
[{image}ZoomH4.jpg]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bose {{T1}}===&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.bose.com/controller?url=/shop_online/speakers/portable_amplification_systems/accessories/l1_tonematch_acc.jsp&lt;br /&gt;
MSRP: $499.99  Street Price: $499.99&lt;br /&gt;
[{image}T1.jpg]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Features of Both Products==&lt;br /&gt;
===Zoom H4 Handy Recorder===&lt;br /&gt;
Mobile Field Recording&lt;br /&gt;
* Fits in the palm of your hand&lt;br /&gt;
* Ideal for infinite variety of mobile recording applications&lt;br /&gt;
* Records 24-bit/96 kHz digital audio as well as MP3 format with bitrates up to 320kbps&lt;br /&gt;
* Two studio-quality X/Y pattern condenser microphones for true stereo recording&lt;br /&gt;
* Two combination XLR-1/4-inch input jacks with phantom power&lt;br /&gt;
* On-board studio effects compression, limiting and mic modeling&lt;br /&gt;
* 1/8-inch headphone jack provided for monitoring&lt;br /&gt;
* 512MB Secure Digital (SD) card included&lt;br /&gt;
* Using a 16GB SD memory card provides 24 hours of stereo WAV file recording in 44.1kHz/16-bit mode with CD Quality sound&lt;br /&gt;
* Up to 280 hours recording in MP3 stereo mode&lt;br /&gt;
* USB mass-storage interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Four hours of continuous recording operation from 2 AA batteries&lt;br /&gt;
* Back-lit, 128×64 pixel LCD provides the visual interface&lt;br /&gt;
* AC adapter, windshield cover, USB Cable and tripod adapter included &lt;br /&gt;
4-Track Recording&lt;br /&gt;
* 4-track audio in CD quality 16-bit PCM, 44.1 kHz sampling&lt;br /&gt;
* Combination high-impedance phone inputs for vocals, guitars, bass or keyboards.&lt;br /&gt;
* Built in guitar amp modeling equivalent to the Zoom G2 &lt;br /&gt;
Audio Interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Records directly to your computer as a USB audio interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Bundled with Cubase LE, 48-Track Digital Audio Workstation software&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==={{T1}}===&lt;br /&gt;
* Digital multichannel mixer designed for use with Bose® L1® sound systems &lt;br /&gt;
* Features over 100 proprietary ToneMatch presets for instruments and microphones &lt;br /&gt;
* Includes Bose zEQ, storable scenes and a suite of studio-class effects &lt;br /&gt;
* Presets and firmware updates available free online&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Setup Instructions for Recording==&lt;br /&gt;
I record our gigs into the Zoom H4 Recorder using two {{T1}}s.  This provides for separate channels (left and right) into the Zoom H4 Recorder.  In my case, I simply run one T1 AUX-OUT to Channel One of the H4 and the second T1 AUX-OUT to Channel Two of the H4.  Thus, I end up with 8 T1 channels into my Zoom H4 Recorder.  (&#039;&#039;If you are using a single T1 to record from, you may need to split your single T1 AUX-OUT signal into two signals as Left and Right inputs into your H4’s inputs.  There may be others options here.  I haven&#039;t given any thought on how to accomplish this with a single T1.)&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Step by Step Instructions===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;to be added soon!&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Interaction with the L1==&lt;br /&gt;
The Lodge Brothers use the following combination of Bose equipment for our engagements.  Our equipment consists of:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Model II&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - B1 Bass Modules&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - T1 ToneMatch® Audio Engines&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A unique thing about our band is that we are a dynamic band!  Sometimes, we add a second L1® system to our configuration when there are more than three of us playing.  We generally book gigs with just three of us playing.  But sometimes, there are as many as five “Lodge Brothers” playing a gig!  So, due to our personnel configurations, the job, or the request of the person hiring us, our band configuration can change.  Generally, when the fourth and fifth persons get added, we add another Bose system.  When that happens, our configuration is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Classic &lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Model II&lt;br /&gt;
*  4 - B1 Bass Modules&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - T1 ToneMatch® Audio Engines&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(I haven’t used the Zoom H4 Recorder when we have used two L1® Systems yet.  So, I haven’t figured out the configuration we would need in this situation.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The general flow diagram would look something like this when we are using just a single L1® System:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Microphone -&amp;gt; T1 -&amp;gt;  T1 AUX out -&amp;gt; Zoom H4 Recorder (L or R input)&lt;br /&gt;
		     T1 MAIN out -&amp;gt; L1 System&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Recording Results==&lt;br /&gt;
With the Zoom H4 connected and used as a recorder in this configuration you can expect to get exactly what you would hear from the T1 AUX OUT connector.  Provided you have enabled the AUX output on each T1 channel, you’ll hear what is plugged into the input of that channel, whether it’s a microphone, iPod, guitar, etc.  To enable the AUX OUTput on each channel you want to record, [[follow this link to setting AUX OUT per channel on your T1.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “mix” of all your T1 channels will be present at the T1 AUX OUT connector.  Therefore, you need to ensure your channel “mix” on the T1 is the way you want to record all the channels coming from the T1.  To establish your T1 AUX OUT “mix”, [[follow this link to setting the AUX OUT levels.]]  If you have a “Hot” channel, but don’t really realize it when listening to the L1’s output, you’ll have a “Hot” channel on your recording.  A way to determine this is to plug in a set of headphones to the AUX OUT connector and listen during sound check.  Be careful of the headphone volume.  Don’t blow your ears out!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==General Comments==&lt;br /&gt;
At the time I wrote this for the Wiki, I had only accomplished two recordings of our band using this method of recording.  The things I have noticed so far, are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Be careful with your channel mixes on the T1.  Ensure they are correct for your overall live sound &amp;quot;mix&amp;quot; on the L1 system.  Also, be aware you can change the recording “mix” by utilizing the AUX OUT level settings in the T1.  You can have 100% or 0% of a channel going to your Zoom H4 recorder for recording.  This will affect your &amp;quot;recording&amp;quot; mix, but not your &amp;quot;live&amp;quot; mix.&lt;br /&gt;
# You’ll record whatever is picked up by your microphones.  This will be dependent on the types of microphones you use, their polar patterns, etc.  Just be aware, you’ll “hear” what the microphone hears!&lt;br /&gt;
# After the gig, use the playback feature of your H4 Recorder plugged into your L1 System.  You’ll be amazed that you’ll be hearing what your audience heard at the gig!  It’s a real eye opener, if you&#039;ve never listened to yourself through the {{L1}} system!!!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What I like about the products==&lt;br /&gt;
On the Zoom H4 Recorder I particularly like the fact it has two XLR/Phono plug inputs for Left and Right channels.  This allows you to use a guitar-type cable from the T1 AUX OUT connectors to the H4.  Nothing complicated.  Simple cables.  The recording quality I have gotten from this unit meets or exceeds my standard for something of this nature.  It’s not a multiple-thousand dollar recorder, but for the price I think it does a respectable job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I like the fact the {{T1}} offers the ability to output each of its channels to a single connector on the back of the T1.  Having this ability has allowed me to accomplish this procedure and for it to work I as I thought it would.  In addition, you can route only a single channel from the T1 to the H4, if you so chose.  This offers the gigging musician multiple solutions for getting output from the T1.  It’s a very flexible and intuitive product after you’ve had some time with it! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What I do not like about the products==&lt;br /&gt;
The Zoom H4 Recorder has a VERY small menu screen.  At times, it is hard to read, depending on the lighting in the room, etc.  In addition, the User Interface (method to select options, change values, etc.) takes some amount of “hands on” time before you can become comfortable with it.  The thing I have found is, if you don’t use the H4 for some amount of time, you have to go through a small re-learning curve on how to negotiate the menus.  This is a quirk of the design of the product.  In my opinion, it could be more user friendly!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bose {{T1}} -  It takes a while to become familiar with all the features and functions of the unit.  It can be overwhelming for the first-time user. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Review Summary==&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a Bose {{L1}} and {{T1}}, then recording your music can be as easy as purchasing one of these new digital recorders (with inputs), hooking it up and playing some music!  A recording of your gig has the potential to let your hear where you need a little extra practice on a song or two!  Who knows, you might also be able to use this to record your first “live CD”, with very little effort on your part!  Good luck and if you have questions about this procedure, hook-up, or anything related, please let me know.  I’ll be glad to answer your questions via the message board or email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Review Date==&lt;br /&gt;
2008-10-10&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jdnell</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=Zoom_H4_and_T1%C2%AE_Usage&amp;diff=8516</id>
		<title>Zoom H4 and T1® Usage</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=Zoom_H4_and_T1%C2%AE_Usage&amp;diff=8516"/>
		<updated>2008-10-07T19:08:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jdnell: First Draft&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Using a Zoom H4 Recorder via Two {{T1}}s to Record your Gig==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a “how to” narrative on using a Zoom H4 Handy Recorder and a {{T1}} to record your gig, while performing through an {{L1}} System.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Products==&lt;br /&gt;
===Zoom H4 Handy Recorder=== &lt;br /&gt;
http://www.samsontech.com/products/productpage.cfm?prodID=1901&lt;br /&gt;
MSRP: $499.99  Street Price: $299.99&lt;br /&gt;
[{image}ZoomH4.jpg]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bose {{T1}}===&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.bose.com/controller?url=/shop_online/speakers/portable_amplification_systems/accessories/l1_tonematch_acc.jsp&lt;br /&gt;
MSRP: $499.99  Street Price: $499.99&lt;br /&gt;
[{image}T1.jpg]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Features of Both Products==&lt;br /&gt;
===Zoom H4 Handy Recorder===&lt;br /&gt;
Mobile Field Recording&lt;br /&gt;
* Fits in the palm of your hand&lt;br /&gt;
* Ideal for infinite variety of mobile recording applications&lt;br /&gt;
* Records 24-bit/96 kHz digital audio as well as MP3 format with bitrates up to 320kbps&lt;br /&gt;
* Two studio-quality X/Y pattern condenser microphones for true stereo recording&lt;br /&gt;
* Two combination XLR-1/4-inch input jacks with phantom power&lt;br /&gt;
* On-board studio effects compression, limiting and mic modeling&lt;br /&gt;
* 1/8-inch headphone jack provided for monitoring&lt;br /&gt;
* 512MB Secure Digital (SD) card included&lt;br /&gt;
* Using a 16GB SD memory card provides 24 hours of stereo WAV file recording in 44.1kHz/16-bit mode with CD Quality sound&lt;br /&gt;
* Up to 280 hours recording in MP3 stereo mode&lt;br /&gt;
* USB mass-storage interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Four hours of continuous recording operation from 2 AA batteries&lt;br /&gt;
* Back-lit, 128×64 pixel LCD provides the visual interface&lt;br /&gt;
* AC adapter, windshield cover, USB Cable and tripod adapter included &lt;br /&gt;
4-Track Recording&lt;br /&gt;
* 4-track audio in CD quality 16-bit PCM, 44.1 kHz sampling&lt;br /&gt;
* Combination high-impedance phone inputs for vocals, guitars, bass or keyboards.&lt;br /&gt;
* Built in guitar amp modeling equivalent to the Zoom G2 &lt;br /&gt;
Audio Interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Records directly to your computer as a USB audio interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Bundled with Cubase LE, 48-Track Digital Audio Workstation software&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==={{T1}}===&lt;br /&gt;
* Digital multichannel mixer designed for use with Bose® L1® sound systems &lt;br /&gt;
* Features over 100 proprietary ToneMatch presets for instruments and microphones &lt;br /&gt;
* Includes Bose zEQ, storable scenes and a suite of studio-class effects &lt;br /&gt;
* Presets and firmware updates available free online&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Setup Instructions for Recording==&lt;br /&gt;
I record our gigs into the Zoom H4 Recorder using two {{T1}}s.  This provides for separate channels (left and right) into the Zoom H4 Recorder.  In my case, I simply run one T1 AUX-OUT to Channel One of the H4 and the second T1 AUX-OUT to Channel Two of the H4.  Thus, I end up with 8 T1 channels into my Zoom H4 Recorder.  (&#039;&#039;If you are using a single T1 to record from, you may need to split your single T1 AUX-OUT signal into two signals as Left and Right inputs into your H4’s Channels.)&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Step by Step Instructions===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;to be added soon!&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Interaction with the L1==&lt;br /&gt;
The Lodge Brothers use the following combination of Bose equipment for our engagements.  Our equipment consists of:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Model II&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - B1 Bass Modules&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - T1 ToneMatch® Audio Engines&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A unique thing about our band is that we are a dynamic band!  Sometimes, we add a second L1® system to our configuration when there are more than three of us playing.  We generally book gigs with just three of us playing.  But sometimes, there are as many as five “Lodge Brothers” playing a gig!  So, due to our personnel configurations, the job, or the request of the person hiring us, our band configuration can change.  Generally, when the fourth and fifth persons get added, we add another Bose system.  When that happens, our configuration is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Classic &lt;br /&gt;
*  1 - L1® Model II&lt;br /&gt;
*  4 - B1 Bass Modules&lt;br /&gt;
*  2 - T1 ToneMatch® Audio Engines&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(I haven’t used the Zoom H4 Recorder when we have used two L1® Systems yet.  So, I haven’t figured out the configuration we would need in this situation.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The general flow diagram would look something like this when we are using just a single L1® System:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Microphone -&amp;gt; T1 -&amp;gt;  T1 AUX out -&amp;gt; Zoom H4 Recorder (L or R input)&lt;br /&gt;
		     T1 MAIN out -&amp;gt; L1 System&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Recording Results==&lt;br /&gt;
With the Zoom H4 connected and used as a recorder in this configuration you can expect to get exactly what you would hear from the T1 AUX OUT connector.  Provided you have enabled the AUX output on each T1 channel, you’ll hear what is plugged into the input of that channel, whether it’s a microphone, iPod, guitar, etc.  To enable the AUX OUTput on each channel you want to record, [[follow this link to setting AUX OUT per channel on your T1.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “mix” of all your T1 channels will be present at the T1 AUX OUT connector.  Therefore, you need to ensure your channel “mix” on the T1 is the way you want to record all the channels coming from the T1.  To establish your T1 AUX OUT “mix”, [[follow this link to setting the AUX OUT levels.]]  If you have a “Hot” channel, but don’t really realize it when listening to the L1’s output, you’ll have a “Hot” channel on your recording.  A way to determine this is to plug in a set of headphones to the AUX OUT connector and listen during sound check.  Be careful of the headphone volume.  Don’t blow your ears out!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==General Comments==&lt;br /&gt;
At the time I wrote this for the Wiki, I had only accomplished two recordings of our band using this method of recording.  The things I have noticed so far, are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Be careful with your channel mixes on the T1.  Ensure they are correct for your overall live sound &amp;quot;mix&amp;quot; on the L1 system.  Also, be aware you can change the recording “mix” by utilizing the AUX OUT level settings in the T1.  You can have 100% or 0% of a channel going to your Zoom H4 recorder for recording.  This will affect your &amp;quot;recording&amp;quot; mix, but not your &amp;quot;live&amp;quot; mix.&lt;br /&gt;
# You’ll record whatever is picked up by your microphones.  This will be dependent on the types of microphones you use, their polar patterns, etc.  Just be aware, you’ll “hear” what the microphone hears!&lt;br /&gt;
# After the gig, use the playback feature of your H4 Recorder plugged into your L1 System.  You’ll be amazed that you’ll be hearing what your audience heard at the gig!  It’s a real eye opener, if you&#039;ve never listened to yourself through the {{L1}} system!!!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What I like about the products==&lt;br /&gt;
On the Zoom H4 Recorder I particularly like the fact it has two XLR/Phono plug inputs for Left and Right channels.  This allows you to use a guitar-type cable from the T1 AUX OUT connectors to the H4.  Nothing complicated.  Simple cables.  The recording quality I have gotten from this unit meets or exceeds my standard for something of this nature.  It’s not a multiple-thousand dollar recorder, but for the price I think it does a respectable job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I like the fact the {{T1}} offers the ability to output each of its channels to a single connector on the back of the T1.  Having this ability has allowed me to accomplish this procedure and for it to work I as I thought it would.  In addition, you can route only a single channel from the T1 to the H4, if you so chose.  This offers the gigging musician multiple solutions for getting output from the T1.  It’s a very flexible and intuitive product after you’ve had some time with it! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What I do not like about the products==&lt;br /&gt;
The Zoom H4 Recorder has a VERY small menu screen.  At times, it is hard to read, depending on the lighting in the room, etc.  In addition, the User Interface (method to select options, change values, etc.) takes some amount of “hands on” time before you can become comfortable with it.  The thing I have found is, if you don’t use the H4 for some amount of time, you have to go through a small re-learning curve on how to negotiate the menus.  This is a quirk of the design of the product.  In my opinion, it could be more user friendly!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bose {{T1}} -  It takes a while to become familiar with all the features and functions of the unit.  It can be overwhelming for the first-time user. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Review Summary==&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a Bose {{L1}} and {{T1}}, then recording your music can be as easy as purchasing one of these new digital recorders (with inputs), hooking it up and playing some music!  A recording of your gig has the potential to let your hear where you need a little extra practice on a song or two!  Who knows, you might also be able to use this to record your first “live CD”, with very little effort on your part!  Good luck and if you have questions about this procedure, hook-up, or anything related, please let me know.  I’ll be glad to answer your questions via the message board or email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Review Date==&lt;br /&gt;
2008-10-10&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jdnell</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=South_Atlantic_States_L1%C2%AE_Conference_2008&amp;diff=7739</id>
		<title>South Atlantic States L1® Conference 2008</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=South_Atlantic_States_L1%C2%AE_Conference_2008&amp;diff=7739"/>
		<updated>2008-04-30T17:07:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jdnell: /* Stands and ... */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!-- please do not edit this section --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;table&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;300&amp;quot;&amp;gt;__TOC__&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:L1 SoAtlSt poster r00 web200.jpg|South Atlantic States L1® Conference - Little Switzerland]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Little Switzerland&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please use this page to share your ideas and plans for the event. To add  to the page Click the &#039;&#039;&#039;edit tab&#039;&#039;&#039; above.  If you create an account - please use the same &amp;quot;Name&amp;quot; as you use on the {{forum}} so we&#039;ll recognize you. The idea is to use this page for ideas that are fairly firm, and use the [http://bose.infopop.cc/eve/forums/a/frm/f/1591005925 message board discussions] for the ongoing conversation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Fast Facts ==&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s all so real that people are booking their rooms! [[User:ST|ST]] 14:49, 21 March 2008 (EDT)&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:LittleSwitzerlandNC.png|thumb|high level view of where we&#039;re headed]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Location: [http://maps.google.com/maps?f=q&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;geocode=&amp;amp;q=Switzerland+Inn,+Little+Switzerland,+NC,+28749&amp;amp;ie=UTF8&amp;amp;ll=35.848291,-82.077398&amp;amp;spn=0.059762,0.07184&amp;amp;z=14&amp;amp;iwloc=A Little Switzerland, North Carolina] (link to a map)&lt;br /&gt;
* Venue: [http://www.switzerlandinn.com/ Switzerland Inn]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;P.O. Box 399&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;86 High Ridge Road&amp;lt;br/ &amp;gt;Little Switzerland, NC 28749&amp;lt;br/ &amp;gt;Toll-free: 1-800-654-4026&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Phone: 1-828-765-2153&lt;br /&gt;
* Dates: May 4, 5, 6 (Sunday, Monday, Tuesday)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Talk:{{PAGENAME}}|How do I add information here?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Discussions about the conference ==&lt;br /&gt;
These are on the Bose Musicians  Message Boards&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://bose.infopop.cc/eve/forums/a/frm/f/1591005925 South Atlantic States Conference]  named [http://memory.loc.gov/ammem/gmdhtml/rrhtml/regdef.html South Atlantic States] to cover Florida, Georgia, North Carolina, South Carolina, Virginia&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Please edit from here down --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==  Venue  ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Switzerland Inn / Geneva Hall ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:SwitzerlandInnSiteMap.jpg|300px|right|Switzerland Inn site map]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.switzerlandinn.com/ Switzerland Inn]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Mountain View Restaurant&#039;&#039;&#039; (Buildings 12 and 13): quoting Eve-at-Bose&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Eve&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Eve-at-Bose notes [http://bose.infopop.cc/eve/forums/a/tpc/f/1591005925/m/6071077125?r=3131082925#3131082925 in the message board discussion]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;: &amp;quot;12+13. (Gary the Manager) said he&#039;ll let you guys use this room for free for your performances. It&#039;s actually 2 35&#039;x36&#039; foot rooms that used to have a wall between them, but the wall got knocked down, and there are some bathrooms built at either side, so that the opening is only 16&#039; wide, but he said he uses it as one big banquet room (35&#039;x72&#039;). &amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Another option is the Geneva Hall nearby. The Geneva Hall can be rented for $150 to $200 day. (probably weekend vs weekday rate). See John Sweets detailed notes: &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Called Switzerland Inn - spoke to nice man named Jack. &lt;br /&gt;
** Jack said Geneva Hall can be rented for $150 to $200 day. (probably weekend vs weekday rate).&lt;br /&gt;
** Their standard rooms rates on weekends are (for mountain view) $110 / night to $170 / night for a larger room with two queens.&lt;br /&gt;
** They discount the rooms (with a booking of 20 or more rooms) $30 on weekdays. (Sunday - Thursday).&lt;br /&gt;
** They can provide all meals and offer full bar service. Every Friday night they have a Prim Rib and Seafood buffet. Or, if we had 75 people or more, they&#039;d provide the buffet for us exclusively some other evening. They can do things like &amp;quot;three menu option&amp;quot; meals as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- some other details deleted as these are no longer required --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==== Geneva Hall ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Geneva Hall 001 (Medium).jpg|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Geneva Hall 008 (Medium).jpg|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Geneva Hall is a country meeting hall. It is all wood. Wood floors, walls, ceiling. Approximate dimensions are 30x60. There are approximately 50 metal fold-up chairs. There is a small raised stage in one corner. It is raised approximately 8&amp;quot;. There is a kitchen and refrigerator. We could provide beverage services. We do have a nice patio on the lobby of the lodge; it is not covered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pictures of Geneva Hall added today, 3-17-08.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Links broke when Ken moved the discussion - moot point anyway - I will delete this section soon.&lt;br /&gt;
[http://bose.infopop.cc/eve/forums/a/tpc/f/292105355/m/6071077125?r=7841027725#7841027725 notes from John Sweet]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://bose.infopop.cc/eve/forums/a/tpc/f/292105355/m/6071077125/p/6 Discussion turns to the Geneva Hall] in the message board.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lodging ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:SwitzerlandInnSiteMap.jpg|thumb|Switzerland Inn site map]]&lt;br /&gt;
We are booking rooms at the  [http://www.switzerlandinn.com/ Switzerland Inn]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Toll-free: 1-800-654-4026&lt;br /&gt;
* Phone: 1-828-765-2153&lt;br /&gt;
* Fax: 1-828-765-0049&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Office Hours: 9:00am - 5:00pm Monday - Saturday&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Email: info@switzerlandinn.com &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Quoting Eve-at-Bose&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Eve&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; (referring to the site map above)&lt;br /&gt;
:There is a good variety of rooms and prices. For those who want to save money and go more rustic, there is #19 (Edelweiss) which has 8 bedrooms for $50 each. The A-Frames are so cute, and there are more apartment type accommodations. He said that you can take $20 off whatever rate you see on the site. Right now there is no one else booked there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Update:&lt;br /&gt;
The rate is now &#039;&#039;&#039;$30 off&#039;&#039;&#039; whatever you see on the site. You must mention that you are with the Bose group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:RV&#039;s are fine. He has a space with electric and water hook up, but not sewer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Food ===&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.switzerlandinn.com/lunch.htm Menu at the Switzerland Inn]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bose will host one of the two dinners, probably Monday night.&lt;br /&gt;
- [http://bose.infopop.cc/eve/forums/a/tpc/f/1591005925/m/3571025925?r=3541031035#3541031035 Ken-at-Bose]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== On the Grid ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:LittleSwitzerlandOldghm100 0428-300.jpg|right|South Atlantic States L1® Conference - Little Switzerland - thanks Oldghm for the picture]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There will be wireless Internet access (being installed on April 15th). This should cover most of the area including the Mountain View Dining Room where most of the action will be. This should also cover the main lodge (Building 10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is good cell phone coverage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Airport ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Within easy driving distance:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Commercial Service:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Asheville, NC (AVL) - 1 1/2 hours&lt;br /&gt;
* Charlotte, NC (CLT) - 2 1/2 hours&lt;br /&gt;
* Blountville, TN (TRI) - 1 1/2 hours&lt;br /&gt;
* Greensboro, NC (GSO) - 2 3/4 hours&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you can fly yourself in:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Hickory, NC - 1 hour&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Date ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confirmed:  May 4, 5, 6 (Sunday Monday Tuesday)]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Events Sunday night, all day Monday, wrap up by mid-day Tuesday&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What will it cost ==&lt;br /&gt;
There is &#039;&#039;&#039;no&#039;&#039;&#039; cost to attend the conference. You are responsible for your own travel expenses, room and board.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See: [[{{PAGENAME}}#Lodging|Lodging]] for details of costs at the site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Things to do in the area ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Hiking is abundant.&lt;br /&gt;
** There are hiking trails to water falls very nearby and a mountain (by east coast standards) 15 miles away for a good 5 - 6 hour hike.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Take a tour of [http://www.biltmore.com/ Biltmore], possibly the largest residence ever constructed in America (by a Vanderbilt). Even if you are grossed out by the excess, you can&#039;t help but be amazed, over and over. Beyond the house are gardens, grounds and forests. Restaurants on premises. Arrive as soon as the estate opens in the morning for the best experience of the house.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Shop in the &amp;quot;quaint&amp;quot; district in nearby Asheville.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Weather - What to Wear ==&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.weather.com/weather/tenday/28749?par=OAP&amp;amp;site=GENXV&amp;amp;code=1015242964 10 Day Weather forecast for Little Switzerland, NC]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Info from [http://www.northcarolinavacation.com/regions/Little-Switzerland-North-Carolina.html a local tourism site]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;table&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;Month&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;High Temp&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;Low Temp&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;Rainfall&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;April&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt; 	65°F&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt; 	37°F&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt; 	4.60 in.&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;May&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt; 	72°F&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt; 	45°F&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt; 	5.32 in.&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Let us know you are coming ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please add your name to the list below if are coming or close to making your decision. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Put an asterix at the beginning of the line,  then your Bose Message Board name, your real name,  the number of people in your party and anything else you want others to know (examples: where you are coming from, arrival date, free seats in your car)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== L1® Owners and interested parties ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Col. Andy (2) Andy &amp;amp; Pam Rucker&lt;br /&gt;
* Drumr (2)     Julie &amp;amp; Pete Vredenburgh&lt;br /&gt;
* Roy (2)       Martha &amp;amp; Roy Swindelle + Dog Dyno Rat&lt;br /&gt;
* ST (1)        ST&lt;br /&gt;
* Tom Munch (1) Tom Munch&lt;br /&gt;
* gitarzan (1) Larry Myers&lt;br /&gt;
* Joelheck (1)  Joel Heckman (Villages/Orlando FL) Possible ride share, Leave FL 3rd, Return afternoon 6th&lt;br /&gt;
* Oldghm (1)    Wife and dog subject to change mind&lt;br /&gt;
* JohnNell (1)  John - arriving Sat., May 3, staying in Main Lodge&lt;br /&gt;
* Troisnoir (2) Tres &amp;amp; Rachel Black, ridesharing with JoelHeck, arriving/departing same as above&lt;br /&gt;
* PmP (1)       Mike Pinnick - Will attend and will take that RV site!&lt;br /&gt;
* BBE (1)       Nathan Carls, driving, Saturday afternoon through Tuesday, Lodge&lt;br /&gt;
* DanCornett (1) driving, arriving Sat mid-day, through mid-day Tuesday.&lt;br /&gt;
* Porchboard (3) Nadene Isackson, Bill Stevens, Dean Dwyer - Monday day/evening only&lt;br /&gt;
* rwj  (1)  Rick Jordan, driving, Sat. afternoon-Tues.noon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== People-at-Bose ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Chris-at-Bose (1) Chris Ickler (driving in Sunday PM, driving out Tuesday PM)&lt;br /&gt;
* Cliff-at-Bose (4) Cliff Henricksen and the 3 other members of the Cliff Henricksen band&lt;br /&gt;
* Eve-at-Bose (1) &lt;br /&gt;
* Ken-at-Bose (number of people) Ken Jacob&lt;br /&gt;
* MikeZ-at-Bose (Mike Zartarian)&lt;br /&gt;
* Steve-at-Bose (1) Steve Skillings&lt;br /&gt;
* Wiek-at-Bose (1) Wiechert Vermeulen (Bose Europe)&lt;br /&gt;
* Guy-at-Bose (1) Guy Balbeart (Bose Europe)&lt;br /&gt;
* Hideki-at-Bose (1) Hideki Yajima (Bose Japan)&lt;br /&gt;
* Hiroki-at-Bose (1) Hiroki Nagatani (Bose Japan)&lt;br /&gt;
* Neil-at-Bose (1) Neil Chauvin (Base Operations)&lt;br /&gt;
* Kensuke-at-Bose (1) Kensuke Yamamoto (Bose Japan)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Performers  ==&lt;br /&gt;
When we know when and where things are happening we will use this section to list who is performing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Cliff Henricksen Band ===&lt;br /&gt;
A note from Cliff-at-Bose&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;m delighted to announce that The Entire Cliff Henricksen Band will arrive at the Spring Conference in Ashville. Players are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Tom Beier, drums and vocals (Tom is a Bose employee and a great drummer and singer)&lt;br /&gt;
* Tom Yates, guitar and vocals (Tom is winner of GC&#039;s &amp;quot;King of the Blues&amp;quot; national contest, I think 3 times, sings lead too)&lt;br /&gt;
* GW Jenkins, bass and vocals (GW is playing a Steinberger Synapse bass, best definition we found yet)&lt;br /&gt;
* Me, keys and vocal&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When we&#039;re all playing and singing, it&#039;s a really full and rich 8-instrument presentation. I&#039;m so pleased this worked out and I think it will be a real treat for everyone. As always, our show will be very dynamic, kid-safe and not too loud.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We&#039;ll be doing a complete set of original tunes for you, including a walk-on announcement, time slot tbd (Ken). MikeZ asked if we could be lab rats for an in-process solo v/s ensemble tone workshop, including an all-invited onstage walk-about. I&#039;m also in the final stages of possibly organizing a very exciting workshop on making your musical enterprise more valuable (can you say &amp;quot;sales&amp;quot;?), including a surprise guest.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Recording ==&lt;br /&gt;
We’ll have a 2-track recording setup on hand.  Laptop with Audacity on it, an MAudio USB stereo interface/preamp and a pair of Shure SM81.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want a copy of any of the music you play, bring one of those ($12) 2GB memory sticks and take it home that way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Equipment Provided ==&lt;br /&gt;
Many of the people who might be driving volunteered to bring gear. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you don&#039;t see it here and want it, then plan on bringing it with you.  And if you &#039;&#039;are&#039;&#039; bringing something, then please sign in here and add your stuff to the list.  Thanks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== L1® Classics / Model I ===&lt;br /&gt;
* 2 L1 Classics with 3 B1&#039;s - PmP&lt;br /&gt;
* 3 L1 Classics with 4 B1&#039;s and 1 A1 are available if needed. - Gitarzan&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== L1®  Model II ===&lt;br /&gt;
* 2- Model IIs -   Drumr&lt;br /&gt;
* 2- Model IIs - Roy&lt;br /&gt;
* 2- Model IIs - Oldghm&lt;br /&gt;
* 1- Model II -  Col. Andy&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== T1® ===&lt;br /&gt;
* 2- T1&#039;s - Drumr&lt;br /&gt;
* 2- T1&#039;s - Roy&lt;br /&gt;
* 1- T1 - JohnNell (w/NS-Design presets)&lt;br /&gt;
* 1- T1 - Troisnoir&lt;br /&gt;
* 1- T1 - Col. Andy&lt;br /&gt;
* 1- T1 - Oldghm&lt;br /&gt;
* 1- T1 -rwj&lt;br /&gt;
* 2- T1&#039;s - Tom Munch&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== B1 ===&lt;br /&gt;
* 4 - B1&#039;s &amp;amp; Packlite - Drumr&lt;br /&gt;
* 4 - B1&#039;s - Roy&lt;br /&gt;
* # as needed, will confirm before departure, Oldghm&lt;br /&gt;
* 1 - B1  Col. Andy&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Instruments ===&lt;br /&gt;
* 4pc Acoustic drum set w/cymbals - Drumr&lt;br /&gt;
* TrapKAT electronic drum set  - Drumr&lt;br /&gt;
* drum rug &amp;amp; sticks/brushes - Drumr&lt;br /&gt;
* Korg N1 keyboard 88 weighted action w/stand -Roy&lt;br /&gt;
* I will bring an extra guitar for those who are flying in and don&#039;t to trust their&#039;s with the airline. Roy&lt;br /&gt;
* I don&#039;t mind if someone plays my electric. It&#039;s a PRS and I have a vox tone lab. The acoustic I mentioned is a Guild with a fishman pickup. Roy&lt;br /&gt;
* Gibson EB2D Bass Guitar - Joelheck&lt;br /&gt;
* Porchboard - Oldghm, DanCornett&lt;br /&gt;
* Taylor GS w/Expression System, - Troisnoir&lt;br /&gt;
* Resurrection Guitars Custom Electric, Takamine 12-String A/E, PODxtLive. Can bring plenty of other guitar gear as needed for those flying (Fender Tele, Brian Moore MIDI, Heritage 575, Roland VG-88&amp;amp;GR-30, Digitech GNX-3 available)&lt;br /&gt;
* NS-Wav4 EUB - JohnNell&lt;br /&gt;
* Taylor XXV-DR w/Expression System, Kramer American Pacer, Godin Multiac Steel, Mandolin, possibly others (guitar effects: POD XTL, Damage Control WMZ, Adrenalinn II)- Gitarzan&lt;br /&gt;
* 2 Takamine Natural Series acoustic guitars w cool tube preamps - Neil-at-Bose&lt;br /&gt;
* 2 Ovation acoustics Model TBD - Neil-at-Bose&lt;br /&gt;
* GEM RPX piano module - Cliff-at-Bose&lt;br /&gt;
* Nord Electro 61 organ (great Wurlitzer and Hammond/Leslie)- Cliff-at-Bose&lt;br /&gt;
* Seagull acoustic guitar w/ pickup - DanCornett&lt;br /&gt;
* old Epiphone electric bass - DanCornett&lt;br /&gt;
* nice sounding d&#039;jembe - DanCornett&lt;br /&gt;
* misc. small percussive instruments - DanCornett&lt;br /&gt;
* Acoustic Variax 700 + one other real acoustic/electric to be determined. Anyone is welcome to use these. - Col. Andy&lt;br /&gt;
* Tele, Strat ... maybe a Les Paul.  Some &amp;quot;been there, played that&amp;quot; guitars. - Steve-at-Bose&lt;br /&gt;
* Taylor 414 ce le with expression system and Lr baggs imix installed.  taylor nylon string-  rwj&lt;br /&gt;
* Larrivee OM5 or Collings C10 - Tom Munch&lt;br /&gt;
* Fishman Pocket Blender - Tom Munch&lt;br /&gt;
* Fishman Dreadnought Aura pedal - Tom Munch&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other ===&lt;br /&gt;
* 1 - Audix OM5 &amp;amp; D6 - Drumr&lt;br /&gt;
* 3 - Senn. E604 - Drumr&lt;br /&gt;
* 1 - Wireless EV767 - Joelheck&lt;br /&gt;
* 2 - EV 767&#039;s other assorted mics and stands - Roy&lt;br /&gt;
* 1 - SM58 - Troisnoir&lt;br /&gt;
* Have a Digitech VocalistLive 2 if anyone wants to check one out before buying. PmP&lt;br /&gt;
* 1 - SH55 Series II - BBE&lt;br /&gt;
* Audix OM5 &amp;amp; OM6, AudioTechica - Gitarzan&lt;br /&gt;
* 1 - Crown CM311A headset wireless - DanCornett&lt;br /&gt;
* 1 - Shure Beta 58A Col. Andy&lt;br /&gt;
* 1 - AKG 535 - Tom Munch&lt;br /&gt;
* 1 - Damage Control WMZ and Demonizer - Steve-at-Bose&lt;br /&gt;
* 1 - Blackheart 3~5 Watt guitar amp - Steve-at-Bose&lt;br /&gt;
* 1 - Senn e609 guitar cabinet mic &amp;amp; cable - Steve-at-Bose&lt;br /&gt;
* 1 - Pedal board with various pedals (Wah, TubeScreamer, delay, etc.) - Steve-at-Bose&lt;br /&gt;
==== Stands and ... ====&lt;br /&gt;
* 2 - Mic Stand w/boom  - Drumr&lt;br /&gt;
* 1 - Mic stand w/boom  - Joelheck&lt;br /&gt;
* 1 - Mic stand w/boom, (1) music stand (if I have room) Troisnoir&lt;br /&gt;
* 2 - Mic stand w/boom, Behringer mini mixer (if necessary), assorted power and mic cables - Gitarzan&lt;br /&gt;
* 2-3 - music stands - DanCornett&lt;br /&gt;
* 4 - Mic Stand - Roy&lt;br /&gt;
* 4 - Mic Stand w/boom - John Nell&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Lights ====&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.chauvetlighting.com/fixtures/rocknlitepack_fix.shtml Chauvet PK-1 ]Rocklite compact lighting pkg w/stands (if needed) - Drumr&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Program Agenda ==&lt;br /&gt;
This is preliminary - and unfortunately, not in an easy format to edit. At this point all that should be required is to add the names of the performers for the musical interludes marked TBD. If you have information to add for those sections please {{STPM}}&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[http://bose.infopop.cc/eve/forums/a/tpc/f/1591005925/m/2471025925 Agenda Possibilities]&lt;br /&gt;
ongoing discussion of potential topics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{:South Atlantic States L1® Conference 2008 / Agenda}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Monday Night ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Jazz Loft Project|The Jazz Loft Project]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;linkedimage&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
wikipage=Jazz Loft Project&lt;br /&gt;
tooltip=Monk:The Jazz Loft Project&lt;br /&gt;
img_src=MonkKenJacob.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
img_width=200px&lt;br /&gt;
img_alt=Monk: The Jazz Loft Project&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/linkedimage&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- [[Image:MonkKenJacob.jpg|thumb]] --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other Presentations ===&lt;br /&gt;
* NOTE: My portable DLP projector (2000 lumens) and screen will be available for anyone needing to show a slide presentation - JohnNell&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;Photos of the Day&amp;quot; - Continuous slideshow of informal pictures taken during the conference will be available for viewing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Music Sign Up Sheet ==&lt;br /&gt;
Add your name below if you would like to perform (Start each new line with an asterix)  &lt;br /&gt;
=== Sunday Night ===&lt;br /&gt;
* i will give it a shot. Sunday or Monday works for me - Roy&lt;br /&gt;
* Either night- no problem, besides someone always needs a Bass player - Joelheck&lt;br /&gt;
* Willing/able to sit in (primarily rhythm guitar) with anyone/most any style. You don&#039;t want me to sing...PmP&lt;br /&gt;
* I would play - either night - Tom (I&#039;d rather hear someone who hasn&#039;t played at one of these yet though)&lt;br /&gt;
* Either - DanCornett&lt;br /&gt;
* I&#039;ll play either night (using my stereo Taylor setup)  Rick Jordan&lt;br /&gt;
* Oldghm, Drumr, ST - or Monday - &lt;br /&gt;
* ST or Monday&lt;br /&gt;
* I can do 2-3 solo acoustic songs - Troisnoir&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Monday Night===&lt;br /&gt;
* Either night- no problem, besides someone always needs a Bass player - Joelheck&lt;br /&gt;
* Willing/able to sit in (primarily rhythm guitar) with anyone/most any style. You STILL don&#039;t want me to sing...PmP&lt;br /&gt;
* Nathan Carls &amp;amp; The Impromptones&lt;br /&gt;
* I&#039;m an accompanist -- whoever wants to have added keys, bass, percussives, humms or harmonies, ... - DanCornett&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Oldghm, Drumr, ST - or Sunday&lt;br /&gt;
* ST - or Sunday&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- please do not edit below this line --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== ToneMatch® Custom Preset Filter - Sign up ==&lt;br /&gt;
Please add your name  here if you would like to work with Cliff and Mike to create a custom ToneMatch&amp;amp;reg; Preset Filter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Baby Blue Eyes - Shure SH55 Series II microphone&lt;br /&gt;
* Gitarzan - Taylor XXV-DR, Godin Multiac Steel&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Extra-Curricular Activities - Sign up ==&lt;br /&gt;
Some people have expressed an interest in having some activities that are not formally included in the conference agenda. Please use the space below to indicate your interest in activities like this. Note: The Mountain View Room and the Geneva Hall are booked for conference activities. You will need to make separate arrangements if you need a venue for your activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sunday Hike ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== Details ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Organizer __________________&lt;br /&gt;
* Meet at time  _________________&lt;br /&gt;
* Meet at location  _________________&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Participants ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Tom Munch&lt;br /&gt;
* Larry Myers&lt;br /&gt;
* O..&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sunday Worship ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== Details ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Organizer - Nathan Carls&lt;br /&gt;
* Meet at time - Tentatively 9:30 (post breakfast, anyway) Depending on hikers, who may also want to do this, we can adjust the time.&lt;br /&gt;
* Meet at location - I&#039;m hoping we can do this outside somewhere.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Participants ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Nathan Carls&lt;br /&gt;
* Rick Jordan&lt;br /&gt;
* Larry Myers&lt;br /&gt;
* Dan Cornett&lt;br /&gt;
* O..&lt;br /&gt;
* Pete&lt;br /&gt;
* Tres &amp;amp; Rachel Black&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other Activities ===&lt;br /&gt;
Example if you want to add a new  extra curricular activity&lt;br /&gt;
==== Details ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Organizer __________________&lt;br /&gt;
* Meet at time _________________&lt;br /&gt;
* Meet at location _________________&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Make this your signature ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{:South Atlantic States L1® Conference 2008 Message Board Signature}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- you can edit below this line --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- please do not edit below this line --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:South Atlantic States L1® Conference 2008]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Community]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jdnell</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=Vocal_and_Guitar_Performance_Techniques&amp;diff=7352</id>
		<title>Vocal and Guitar Performance Techniques</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=Vocal_and_Guitar_Performance_Techniques&amp;diff=7352"/>
		<updated>2008-03-30T05:15:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jdnell: /* Dynamics */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;table&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;350&amp;quot;&amp;gt;__TOC__&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Presentation by Tom Munch&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a video recorded at the [[2007 Fall Rocky Mountain Conference]] held in Cuchara Colorado in 2007.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Videos&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;html&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;border:1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;table&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;a href=&amp;quot;http://toonz.ca/bose/video/cuchara/TomMunchPerformanceVocal.htm&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;img src=&amp;quot;http://toonz.ca/bose/wiki/images/7/7b/TomMunchCuchara.png&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; title = &amp;quot;Tom talks about Vocal Tone &amp;quot; alt = &amp;quot;Tom talks about Vocal Tone &amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Vocal Tone &amp;amp;mdash; 25 minutes&amp;lt;/a&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h4&amp;gt;Vocal Techniques for Great Tone&amp;lt;/h4&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;a href=&amp;quot;http://toonz.ca/bose/video/cuchara/TomMunchPerformanceGuitar.htm&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;img src=&amp;quot;http://toonz.ca/bose/wiki/images/6/6b/TomMunchPerformanceGuitarTone.png&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; title = &amp;quot;Tom talks about Guitar Tone and Performance Tips&amp;quot; alt = &amp;quot;Tom talks about Guitar Tone and Performance Tips&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Guitar Tone &amp;amp; Performing Tips &amp;amp;mdash; 35 minutes&amp;lt;/a&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h4&amp;gt;Guitar Techniques for Great Tone&amp;lt;/h4&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;a href=&amp;quot;http://toonz.ca/bose/video/cuchara/TomMunchPerforming.htm&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;img src=&amp;quot;http://toonz.ca/bose/wiki/images/1/1f/TomMunchPerforming.png&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; title = &amp;quot;Tom talks about Performing&amp;quot; alt = &amp;quot;Tom talks about Performing&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Performing &amp;amp;mdash; 19 minutes&amp;lt;/a&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h4&amp;gt;Performing&amp;lt;/h4&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This is the last section. It is included in the segment above but I split it out as a separate section that you can review separately. This starts with Tom talking about Performing (section three) with &amp;quot;Dynamics&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/html&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* All sections above all in one - There are two versions:&lt;br /&gt;
** [http://toonz.ca/bose/video/cuchara/TomMunchCuchara.htm 320 x 240] smaller video - better for slow connections.&lt;br /&gt;
** [http://toonz.ca/bose/video/cuchara/TomMunchCuchara640.htm 640 x 480 ] larger video - best if you have a really fast connection. The video is approximately 60 minutes long.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Related documents: &lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cliff Goodwin|Cliff Goodwin - Goodsy as referred to by Tom]] Tom mentioned Cliff Goodwin at Ashland. This link is to Cliff Goodwin&#039;s talk there.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Acoustic Guitar Tone &amp;amp; the L1®]] also by Tom Munch.&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.npr.org/templates/story/story.php?storyId=10115699 Larry Adler interview] Tom mentions in the third section.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;html&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/html&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After you watch the videos please help us add some point form notes below. I started with Tom&#039;s outline for the headings. You can add content or other points.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then join the [http://bose.infopop.cc/eve/forums/a/tpc/f/2191098384/m/4241001925 ongoing discussion in the Bose Musicians Community Message Boards].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Vocal Tone ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Good air ===&lt;br /&gt;
=== Diction ===&lt;br /&gt;
=== Consonants, Ending consonants ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== Plosives ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Having trouble with popping consonants? Move closer to the microphone. Eliminate plosives by keeping  your lips on the windscreen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Chest, throat, nose ===&lt;br /&gt;
=== EQing with technique ===&lt;br /&gt;
=== Shape mouth, throat ===&lt;br /&gt;
=== Push forward or back ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== Working the Mic ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Moving back from the microphone robs you of tone.&lt;br /&gt;
* The ToneMatch® Filters were created for close microphone technique. &lt;br /&gt;
==== Stay Glued to the Windscreen ====&lt;br /&gt;
* If you move your head around the microphone, swivel so that you mouth is always pointed at the windscreen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Mic is an instrument ===&lt;br /&gt;
=== Listen &amp;amp; experiment ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Guitar Tone ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Flesh/nail/pick ===&lt;br /&gt;
=== EQ with fingers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Flesh &amp;amp; nail ===&lt;br /&gt;
=== Picks ===&lt;br /&gt;
=== Hand position ===&lt;br /&gt;
=== Find good instrument tones for your instrument ===&lt;br /&gt;
=== Cover all frequencies ===&lt;br /&gt;
=== Tailor to function in mix ===&lt;br /&gt;
=== Listen &amp;amp; experiment ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Performing ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Good use of dynamics in any performance is a &amp;quot;value add&amp;quot; for your audience.  Learning how to perform with dynamics will increase your enjoyment of playing/singing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Stay out of own way ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Be aware of the relative roles and volumes of your Vocals and your Guitar. Don&#039;t compete with yourself by overplaying Guitar while singing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Match EQ to mix ===&lt;br /&gt;
=== Don&#039;t push/press harmonica player ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Harmonica player = Larry Adler&lt;br /&gt;
** [http://www.npr.org/templates/story/story.php?storyId=10115699 Larry Adler interview] Tom mentioned with the follow up [http://bose.infopop.cc/eve/forums?a=tpc&amp;amp;f=4806048934&amp;amp;m=8371092864 discussion on the Message Board]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== turn up if necessary &amp;amp; pull back ===&lt;br /&gt;
=== Avoid tension ===&lt;br /&gt;
=== Listen &amp;amp; experiment ===&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusion ===&lt;br /&gt;
=== Good tone a function of listening &amp;amp; experimenting ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Technical Notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
Tom used the following gear in the videos&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* {{Model II}} and {{T1}}. &lt;br /&gt;
* AKG C535 vocal microphone. &lt;br /&gt;
* Lowden L32CP with EMG film UST (like Fishman Matrix) &amp;amp; Joe Mills mic mounted just inside the sound hole perpendicular to soundboard.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fishman Pocket Blender for Mills mic &amp;amp; EMG on Lowden&lt;br /&gt;
* Simon &amp;amp; Patrick with LR Baggs Duet System (older with LB6 saddle)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Please do not edit below this line --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Acoustic Guitar]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Editorial]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vocals]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jdnell</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=South_Atlantic_States_L1%C2%AE_Conference_2008&amp;diff=7318</id>
		<title>South Atlantic States L1® Conference 2008</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=South_Atlantic_States_L1%C2%AE_Conference_2008&amp;diff=7318"/>
		<updated>2008-03-28T18:46:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jdnell: /* Other Presentations */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!-- please do not edit this section --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;table&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;300&amp;quot;&amp;gt;__TOC__&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:L1 SoAtlSt poster r00 web200.jpg|South Atlantic States L1® Conference - Little Switzerland]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Little Switzerland&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please use this page to share your ideas and plans for the event. To add  to the page Click the &#039;&#039;&#039;edit tab&#039;&#039;&#039; above.  If you create an account - please use the same &amp;quot;Name&amp;quot; as you use on the {{forum}} so we&#039;ll recognize you. The idea is to use this page for ideas that are fairly firm, and use the [http://bose.infopop.cc/eve/forums/a/frm/f/1591005925 message board discussions] for the ongoing conversation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Fast Facts ==&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s all so real that people are booking their rooms! [[User:ST|ST]] 14:49, 21 March 2008 (EDT)&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:LittleSwitzerlandNC.png|thumb|high level view of where we&#039;re headed]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Location: [http://maps.google.com/maps?f=q&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;geocode=&amp;amp;q=Switzerland+Inn,+Little+Switzerland,+NC,+28749&amp;amp;ie=UTF8&amp;amp;ll=35.848291,-82.077398&amp;amp;spn=0.059762,0.07184&amp;amp;z=14&amp;amp;iwloc=A Little Switzerland, North Carolina] (link to a map)&lt;br /&gt;
* Venue: [http://www.switzerlandinn.com/ Switzerland Inn]&lt;br /&gt;
* Dates: May 4, 5, 6 (Sunday, Monday, Tuesday)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Talk:{{PAGENAME}}|How do I add information here?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Discussions about the conference ==&lt;br /&gt;
These are on the Bose Musicians  Message Boards&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://bose.infopop.cc/eve/forums/a/frm/f/1591005925 South Atlantic States Conference]  named [http://memory.loc.gov/ammem/gmdhtml/rrhtml/regdef.html South Atlantic States] to cover Florida, Georgia, North Carolina, South Carolina, Virginia&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Please edit from here down --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==  Venue  ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Switzerland Inn / Geneva Hall ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:SwitzerlandInnSiteMap.jpg|300px|right|Switzerland Inn site map]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.switzerlandinn.com/ Switzerland Inn]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Mountain View Restaurant&#039;&#039;&#039; (Buildings 12 and 13): quoting Eve-at-Bose&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Eve&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Eve-at-Bose notes [http://bose.infopop.cc/eve/forums/a/tpc/f/1591005925/m/6071077125?r=3131082925#3131082925 in the message board discussion]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;: &amp;quot;12+13. (Gary the Manager) said he&#039;ll let you guys use this room for free for your performances. It&#039;s actually 2 35&#039;x36&#039; foot rooms that used to have a wall between them, but the wall got knocked down, and there are some bathrooms built at either side, so that the opening is only 16&#039; wide, but he said he uses it as one big banquet room (35&#039;x72&#039;). &amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Another option is the Geneva Hall nearby. The Geneva Hall can be rented for $150 to $200 day. (probably weekend vs weekday rate). See John Sweets detailed notes: &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Called Switzerland Inn - spoke to nice man named Jack. &lt;br /&gt;
** Jack said Geneva Hall can be rented for $150 to $200 day. (probably weekend vs weekday rate).&lt;br /&gt;
** Their standard rooms rates on weekends are (for mountain view) $110 / night to $170 / night for a larger room with two queens.&lt;br /&gt;
** They discount the rooms (with a booking of 20 or more rooms) $30 on weekdays. (Sunday - Thursday).&lt;br /&gt;
** They can provide all meals and offer full bar service. Every Friday night they have a Prim Rib and Seafood buffet. Or, if we had 75 people or more, they&#039;d provide the buffet for us exclusively some other evening. They can do things like &amp;quot;three menu option&amp;quot; meals as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- some other details deleted as these are no longer required --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==== Geneva Hall ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Geneva Hall 001 (Medium).jpg|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Geneva Hall 008 (Medium).jpg|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Geneva Hall is a country meeting hall. It is all wood. Wood floors, walls, ceiling. Approximate dimensions are 30x60. There are approximately 50 metal fold-up chairs. There is a small raised stage in one corner. It is raised approximately 8&amp;quot;. There is a kitchen and refrigerator. We could provide beverage services. We do have a nice patio on the lobby of the lodge; it is not covered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pictures of Geneva Hall added today, 3-17-08.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Links broke when Ken moved the discussion - moot point anyway - I will delete this section soon.&lt;br /&gt;
[http://bose.infopop.cc/eve/forums/a/tpc/f/292105355/m/6071077125?r=7841027725#7841027725 notes from John Sweet]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://bose.infopop.cc/eve/forums/a/tpc/f/292105355/m/6071077125/p/6 Discussion turns to the Geneva Hall] in the message board.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lodging ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:SwitzerlandInnSiteMap.jpg|thumb|Switzerland Inn site map]]&lt;br /&gt;
We are booking rooms at the  [http://www.switzerlandinn.com/ Switzerland Inn]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Toll-free: 1-800-654-4026&lt;br /&gt;
* Phone: 1-828-765-2153&lt;br /&gt;
* Fax: 1-828-765-0049&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Office Hours: 9:00am - 5:00pm Monday - Saturday&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Email: info@switzerlandinn.com &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Quoting Eve-at-Bose&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Eve&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; (referring to the site map above)&lt;br /&gt;
:There is a good variety of rooms and prices. For those who want to save money and go more rustic, there is #19 (Edelweiss) which has 8 bedrooms for $50 each. The A-Frames are so cute, and there are more apartment type accommodations. He said that you can take $20 off whatever rate you see on the site. Right now there is no one else booked there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Update:&lt;br /&gt;
The rate is now &#039;&#039;&#039;$30 off&#039;&#039;&#039; whatever you see on the site. You must mention that you are with the Bose group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:RV&#039;s are fine. He has a space with electric and water hook up, but not sewer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Food ===&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.switzerlandinn.com/lunch.htm Menu at the Switzerland Inn]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bose will host one of the two dinners, probably Monday night.&lt;br /&gt;
- [http://bose.infopop.cc/eve/forums/a/tpc/f/1591005925/m/3571025925?r=3541031035#3541031035 Ken-at-Bose]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== On the Grid ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:LittleSwitzerlandOldghm100 0428-300.jpg|right|South Atlantic States L1® Conference - Little Switzerland - thanks Oldghm for the picture]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There will be wireless Internet access (being installed on April 15th). This should cover most of the area including the Mountain View Dining Room where most of the action will be. This should also cover the main lodge (Building 10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is good cell phone coverage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Airport ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Within easy driving distance:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Commercial Service:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Asheville, NC (AVL) - 1 1/2 hours&lt;br /&gt;
* Charlotte, NC (CLT) - 2 1/2 hours&lt;br /&gt;
* Blountville, TN (TRI) - 1 1/2 hours&lt;br /&gt;
* Greensboro, NC (GSO) - 2 3/4 hours&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you can fly yourself in:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Hickory, NC - 1 hour&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Date ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confirmed:  May 4, 5, 6 (Sunday Monday Tuesday)]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Events Sunday night, all day Monday, wrap up by mid-day Tuesday&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What will it cost ==&lt;br /&gt;
There is &#039;&#039;&#039;no&#039;&#039;&#039; cost to attend the conference. You are responsible for your own travel expenses, room and board.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See: [[{{PAGENAME}}#Lodging|Lodging]] for details of costs at the site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Things to do in the area ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Hiking is abundant.&lt;br /&gt;
** There are hiking trails to water falls very nearby and a mountain (by east coast standards) 15 miles away for a good 5 - 6 hour hike.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Take a tour of [http://www.biltmore.com/ Biltmore], possibly the largest residence ever constructed in America (by a Vanderbilt). Even if you are grossed out by the excess, you can&#039;t help but be amazed, over and over. Beyond the house are gardens, grounds and forests. Restaurants on premises. Arrive as soon as the estate opens in the morning for the best experience of the house.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Shop in the &amp;quot;quaint&amp;quot; district in nearby Asheville.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Weather - What to Wear ==&lt;br /&gt;
Info from [http://www.northcarolinavacation.com/regions/Little-Switzerland-North-Carolina.html a local tourism site]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;table&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;Month&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;High Temp&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;Low Temp&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;Rainfall&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;April&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt; 	65°F&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt; 	37°F&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt; 	4.60 in.&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;May&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt; 	72°F&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt; 	45°F&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt; 	5.32 in.&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Let us know you are coming ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please add your name to the list below if are coming or close to making your decision. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Put an asterix at the beginning of the line,  then your Bose Message Board name, your real name,  the number of people in your party and anything else you want others to know (examples: where you are coming from, arrival date, free seats in your car)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== L1® Owners and interested parties ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Col. Andy (2) Andy &amp;amp; Pam Rucker&lt;br /&gt;
* Drumr (2)     Julie &amp;amp; Pete Vredenburgh&lt;br /&gt;
* Roy (2)       Martha &amp;amp; Roy Swindelle + Dog Dyno Rat&lt;br /&gt;
* ST (1)        ST&lt;br /&gt;
* Tom Munch (1) Tom Munch&lt;br /&gt;
* gitarzan (1) Larry Myers&lt;br /&gt;
* Joelheck (1)  Joel Heckman (Villages/Orlando FL) Possible ride share, Leave FL 3rd, Return afternoon 6th&lt;br /&gt;
* Oldghm (1)    Wife and dog subject to change mind&lt;br /&gt;
* JohnNell (1)  John - arriving Sat., May 3, staying in Main Lodge&lt;br /&gt;
* Troisnoir (2) Tres &amp;amp; Rachel Black, ridesharing with JoelHeck, arriving/departing same as above&lt;br /&gt;
* PmP (1)       Mike Pinnick - Will attend and will take that RV site!&lt;br /&gt;
* BBE (1)       Nathan Carls, driving, details are closer yet&lt;br /&gt;
* Porchboard (3) Nadene, Bill, Dean - Monday day/evening only&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== People-at-Bose ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Chris-at-Bose (1) Chris Ickler&lt;br /&gt;
* Cliff-at-Bose (1) Cliff Henricksen&lt;br /&gt;
* Ken-at-Bose (number of people) Ken Jacob&lt;br /&gt;
* MikeZ-at-Bose (Mike Zartarian)&lt;br /&gt;
* Steve-at-Bose (1) Steve Skillings&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Performers  ==&lt;br /&gt;
When we know when and where things are happening we will use this section to list who is performing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Equipment Provided ==&lt;br /&gt;
Many of the people who might be driving volunteered to bring gear. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you don&#039;t see it here and want it, then plan on bringing it with you.  And if you &#039;&#039;are&#039;&#039; bringing something, then please sign in here and add your stuff to the list.  Thanks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== L1® Classics / Model I ===&lt;br /&gt;
* 2 L1 Classics with 3 B1&#039;s - PmP&lt;br /&gt;
* 3 L1 Classics with 4 B1&#039;s and 1 A1 are available if needed. - Gitarzan&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== L1®  Model II ===&lt;br /&gt;
* 1- Model II -   Drumr&lt;br /&gt;
* 2- Model II&#039;s - Roy&lt;br /&gt;
* 2- Model II&#039;s - Oldghm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== T1® ===&lt;br /&gt;
* 2- T1&#039;s - Drumr&lt;br /&gt;
* 2- T1&#039;s - Roy&lt;br /&gt;
* 1- T1 - JohnNell (w/NS-Design presets)&lt;br /&gt;
* 1- T1 - Troisnoir&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== B1 ===&lt;br /&gt;
* 4 - B1&#039;s &amp;amp; Packlite - Drumr&lt;br /&gt;
* 4 - B1&#039;s - Roy&lt;br /&gt;
* # as needed, will confirm before departure, Oldghm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Instruments ===&lt;br /&gt;
* 4pc Acoustic drum set w/cymbals - Drumr&lt;br /&gt;
* TrapKAT electronic drum set  - Drumr&lt;br /&gt;
* drum rug &amp;amp; sticks/brushes - Drumr&lt;br /&gt;
* Korg N1 keyboard 88 weighted action w/stand -Roy&lt;br /&gt;
* I will bring an extra guitar for those who are flying in and don&#039;t to trust their&#039;s with the airline. Roy&lt;br /&gt;
* I don&#039;t mind if someone plays my electric. It&#039;s a PRS and I have a vox tone lab. The acoustic I mentioned is a Guild with a fishman pickup. Roy&lt;br /&gt;
* Gibson EB2D Bass Guitar - Joelheck&lt;br /&gt;
* Porchboard - Oldghm&lt;br /&gt;
* Taylor GS w/Expression System, - Troisnoir&lt;br /&gt;
* Resurrection Guitars Custom Electric, Takamine 12-String A/E, PODxtLive. Can bring plenty of other guitar gear as needed for those flying (Fender Tele, Brian Moore MIDI, Heritage 575, Roland VG-88&amp;amp;GR-30, Digitech GNX-3 available)&lt;br /&gt;
* NS-Wav4 EUB - JohnNell&lt;br /&gt;
* Taylor XXV-DR w/Expression System, Kramer American Pacer, Godin Multiac Steel, Mandolin, possibly others (guitar effects: POD XTL, Damage Control WMZ, Adrenalinn II)- Gitarzan&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other ===&lt;br /&gt;
* 1 - Audix OM5 &amp;amp; D6 - Drumr&lt;br /&gt;
* 3 - Senn. E604 - Drumr&lt;br /&gt;
* 1 - Wireless EV767 - Joelheck&lt;br /&gt;
* 2 - EV 767&#039;s other assorted mics and stands - Roy&lt;br /&gt;
* 1 - SM58 - Troisnoir&lt;br /&gt;
* Have a Digitech VocalistLive 2 if anyone wants to check one out before buying. PmP&lt;br /&gt;
* 1 - SH55 Series II - BBE&lt;br /&gt;
* Audix OM5 &amp;amp; OM6, AudioTechica - Gitarzan&lt;br /&gt;
==== Stands and ... ====&lt;br /&gt;
* 2 - Mic Stand w/boom  - Drumr&lt;br /&gt;
* 1 - Mic stand w/boom  - Joelheck&lt;br /&gt;
* 1 - Mic stand w/boom, (1) music stand (if I have room) Troisnoir&lt;br /&gt;
* 2 - Mic stand w/boom, Behringer mini mixer (if necessary), assorted power and mic cables - Gitarzan&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Lights ====&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.chauvetlighting.com/fixtures/rocknlitepack_fix.shtml Chauvet PK-1 ]Rocklite compact lighting pkg w/stands (if needed) - Drumr&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Program Agenda ==&lt;br /&gt;
[http://bose.infopop.cc/eve/forums/a/tpc/f/1591005925/m/2471025925 Agenda Possibilities] ongoing discussion of potential topics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Order to be announced and subject to change without notice)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sunday ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== Arrivals and Casual Social ====&lt;br /&gt;
==== Sunday Evening ====&lt;br /&gt;
===== Presentation by Bose =====&lt;br /&gt;
tba&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Music =====&lt;br /&gt;
Performances by attendees&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looking for someone to organize this&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Monday===&lt;br /&gt;
==== Presentations all day ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Monday Night ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Jazz Loft Project|The Jazz Loft Project]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;linkedimage&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
wikipage=Jazz Loft Project&lt;br /&gt;
tooltip=Monk:The Jazz Loft Project&lt;br /&gt;
img_src=MonkKenJacob.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
img_width=200px&lt;br /&gt;
img_alt=Monk: The Jazz Loft Project&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/linkedimage&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- [[Image:MonkKenJacob.jpg|thumb]] --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Music ====&lt;br /&gt;
Performances by attendees&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looking for someone to organize this&lt;br /&gt;
* I am not sure what is involved with this but I organize a lot of the entertainment for benefits in my area, kind of like a stage manager. I will give it the old college try (for what it&#039;s worth I never went to college). Roy&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* I&#039;ll be glad to help Roy out with this - Joel&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Tuesday ===&lt;br /&gt;
Nothing firm yet, but we should be finished by mid day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Bose Presentations ===&lt;br /&gt;
*Chris-at-Bose will talk about psycho-acoustics (human hearing)&lt;br /&gt;
* Steve-at-Bose will talk about electric guitars and L1 and why they are a match made in heaven!&lt;br /&gt;
More to be announced&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other Presentations ===&lt;br /&gt;
* NOTE: My portable DLP projector (2000 lumens) and screen will be available for anyone needing to show a slide presentation - JohnNell&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;Photos of the Day&amp;quot; - Continuous slideshow of informal pictures taken during the conference will be available for viewing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Music Sign Up Sheet ==&lt;br /&gt;
Add your name below if you would like to perform (Start each new line with an asterix)  &lt;br /&gt;
=== Sunday Night ===&lt;br /&gt;
* i will give it a shot. Sunday or Monday works for me - Roy&lt;br /&gt;
* Either night- no problem, besides someone always needs a Bass player - Joelheck&lt;br /&gt;
* Willing/able to sit in (primarily rhythm guitar) with anyone/most any style. You don&#039;t want me to sing...PmP&lt;br /&gt;
* Yes, please. - BBE/NC&lt;br /&gt;
* I would play - either night - Tom (I&#039;d rather hear someone who hasn&#039;t played at one of these yet though)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Monday Night===&lt;br /&gt;
* Either night- no problem, besides someone always needs a Bass player - Joelheck&lt;br /&gt;
* Willing/able to sit in (primarily rhythm guitar) with anyone/most any style. You STILL don&#039;t want me to sing...PmP&lt;br /&gt;
* Here, too, or instead of Sunday. - BBE/NC&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- please do not edit below this line --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Make this your signature ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{:South Atlantic States L1® Conference 2008 Message Board Signature}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- you can edit below this line --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- please do not edit below this line --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:South Atlantic States L1® Conference 2008]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Community]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jdnell</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=South_Atlantic_States_L1%C2%AE_Conference_2008&amp;diff=7279</id>
		<title>South Atlantic States L1® Conference 2008</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=South_Atlantic_States_L1%C2%AE_Conference_2008&amp;diff=7279"/>
		<updated>2008-03-26T21:35:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jdnell: /* Other Presentations */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!-- please do not edit this section --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;table&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;300&amp;quot;&amp;gt;__TOC__&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:L1 SoAtlSt poster r00 web200.jpg|South Atlantic States L1® Conference - Little Switzerland]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Little Switzerland&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please use this page to share your ideas and plans for the event. To add  to the page Click the &#039;&#039;&#039;edit tab&#039;&#039;&#039; above.  If you create an account - please use the same &amp;quot;Name&amp;quot; as you use on the {{forum}} so we&#039;ll recognize you. The idea is to use this page for ideas that are fairly firm, and use the [http://bose.infopop.cc/eve/forums/a/frm/f/1591005925 message board discussions] for the ongoing conversation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Fast Facts ==&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s all so real that people are booking their rooms! [[User:ST|ST]] 14:49, 21 March 2008 (EDT)&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:LittleSwitzerlandNC.png|thumb|high level view of where we&#039;re headed]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Location: [http://maps.google.com/maps?f=q&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;geocode=&amp;amp;q=Switzerland+Inn,+Little+Switzerland,+NC,+28749&amp;amp;ie=UTF8&amp;amp;ll=35.848291,-82.077398&amp;amp;spn=0.059762,0.07184&amp;amp;z=14&amp;amp;iwloc=A Little Switzerland, North Carolina] (link to a map)&lt;br /&gt;
* Venue: [http://www.switzerlandinn.com/ Switzerland Inn]&lt;br /&gt;
* Dates: May 4, 5, 6 (Sunday, Monday, Tuesday)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Talk:{{PAGENAME}}|How do I add information here?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Discussions about the conference ==&lt;br /&gt;
These are on the Bose Musicians  Message Boards&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://bose.infopop.cc/eve/forums/a/frm/f/1591005925 South Atlantic States Conference]  named [http://memory.loc.gov/ammem/gmdhtml/rrhtml/regdef.html South Atlantic States] to cover Florida, Georgia, North Carolina, South Carolina, Virginia&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Please edit from here down --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==  Venue  ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Switzerland Inn / Geneva Hall ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:SwitzerlandInnSiteMap.jpg|300px|right|Switzerland Inn site map]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.switzerlandinn.com/ Switzerland Inn]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Mountain View Restaurant&#039;&#039;&#039; (Buildings 12 and 13): quoting Eve-at-Bose&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Eve&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Eve-at-Bose notes [http://bose.infopop.cc/eve/forums/a/tpc/f/1591005925/m/6071077125?r=3131082925#3131082925 in the message board discussion]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;: &amp;quot;12+13. (Gary the Manager) said he&#039;ll let you guys use this room for free for your performances. It&#039;s actually 2 35&#039;x36&#039; foot rooms that used to have a wall between them, but the wall got knocked down, and there are some bathrooms built at either side, so that the opening is only 16&#039; wide, but he said he uses it as one big banquet room (35&#039;x72&#039;). &amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Another option is the Geneva Hall nearby. The Geneva Hall can be rented for $150 to $200 day. (probably weekend vs weekday rate). See John Sweets detailed notes: &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Called Switzerland Inn - spoke to nice man named Jack. &lt;br /&gt;
** Jack said Geneva Hall can be rented for $150 to $200 day. (probably weekend vs weekday rate).&lt;br /&gt;
** Their standard rooms rates on weekends are (for mountain view) $110 / night to $170 / night for a larger room with two queens.&lt;br /&gt;
** They discount the rooms (with a booking of 20 or more rooms) $30 on weekdays. (Sunday - Thursday).&lt;br /&gt;
** They can provide all meals and offer full bar service. Every Friday night they have a Prim Rib and Seafood buffet. Or, if we had 75 people or more, they&#039;d provide the buffet for us exclusively some other evening. They can do things like &amp;quot;three menu option&amp;quot; meals as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- some other details deleted as these are no longer required --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==== Geneva Hall ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Geneva Hall 001 (Medium).jpg|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Geneva Hall 008 (Medium).jpg|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Geneva Hall is a country meeting hall. It is all wood. Wood floors, walls, ceiling. Approximate dimensions are 30x60. There are approximately 50 metal fold-up chairs. There is a small raised stage in one corner. It is raised approximately 8&amp;quot;. There is a kitchen and refrigerator. We could provide beverage services. We do have a nice patio on the lobby of the lodge; it is not covered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pictures of Geneva Hall added today, 3-17-08.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Links broke when Ken moved the discussion - moot point anyway - I will delete this section soon.&lt;br /&gt;
[http://bose.infopop.cc/eve/forums/a/tpc/f/292105355/m/6071077125?r=7841027725#7841027725 notes from John Sweet]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://bose.infopop.cc/eve/forums/a/tpc/f/292105355/m/6071077125/p/6 Discussion turns to the Geneva Hall] in the message board.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lodging ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:SwitzerlandInnSiteMap.jpg|thumb|Switzerland Inn site map]]&lt;br /&gt;
We are booking rooms at the  [http://www.switzerlandinn.com/ Switzerland Inn]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Toll-free: 1-800-654-4026&lt;br /&gt;
* Phone: 1-828-765-2153&lt;br /&gt;
* Fax: 1-828-765-0049&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Office Hours: 9:00am - 5:00pm Monday - Saturday&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Email: info@switzerlandinn.com &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Quoting Eve-at-Bose&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Eve&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; (referring to the site map above)&lt;br /&gt;
:There is a good variety of rooms and prices. For those who want to save money and go more rustic, there is #19 (Edelweiss) which has 8 bedrooms for $50 each. The A-Frames are so cute, and there are more apartment type accommodations. He said that you can take $20 off whatever rate you see on the site. Right now there is no one else booked there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Update:&lt;br /&gt;
The rate is now &#039;&#039;&#039;$30 off&#039;&#039;&#039; whatever you see on the site. You must mention that you are with the Bose group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:RV&#039;s are fine. He has a space with electric and water hook up, but not sewer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Food ===&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.switzerlandinn.com/lunch.htm Menu at the Switzerland Inn]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bose will host one of the two dinners, probably Monday night.&lt;br /&gt;
- [http://bose.infopop.cc/eve/forums/a/tpc/f/1591005925/m/3571025925?r=3541031035#3541031035 Ken-at-Bose]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== On the Grid ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:LittleSwitzerlandOldghm100 0428-300.jpg|right|South Atlantic States L1® Conference - Little Switzerland - thanks Oldghm for the picture]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There will be wireless Internet access (being installed on April 15th). This should cover most of the area including the Mountain View Dining Room where most of the action will be. This should also cover the main lodge (Building 10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is good cell phone coverage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Airport ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Within easy driving distance:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Commercial Service:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Asheville, NC (AVL) - 1 1/2 hours&lt;br /&gt;
* Charlotte, NC (CLT) - 2 1/2 hours&lt;br /&gt;
* Blountville, TN (TRI) - 1 1/2 hours&lt;br /&gt;
* Greensboro, NC (GSO) - 2 3/4 hours&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you can fly yourself in:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Hickory, NC - 1 hour&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Date ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confirmed:  May 4, 5, 6 (Sunday Monday Tuesday)]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Events Sunday night, all day Monday, wrap up by mid-day Tuesday&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What will it cost ==&lt;br /&gt;
There is &#039;&#039;&#039;no&#039;&#039;&#039; cost to attend the conference. You are responsible for your own travel expenses, room and board.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See: [[{{PAGENAME}}#Lodging|Lodging]] for details of costs at the site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Things to do in the area ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Hiking is abundant.&lt;br /&gt;
** There are hiking trails to water falls very nearby and a mountain (by east coast standards) 15 miles away for a good 5 - 6 hour hike.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Take a tour of [http://www.biltmore.com/ Biltmore], possibly the largest residence ever constructed in America (by a Vanderbilt). Even if you are grossed out by the excess, you can&#039;t help but be amazed, over and over. Beyond the house are gardens, grounds and forests. Restaurants on premises. Arrive as soon as the estate opens in the morning for the best experience of the house.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Shop in the &amp;quot;quaint&amp;quot; district in nearby Asheville.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Weather - What to Wear ==&lt;br /&gt;
Info from [http://www.northcarolinavacation.com/regions/Little-Switzerland-North-Carolina.html a local tourism site]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;table&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;Month&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;High Temp&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;Low Temp&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;Rainfall&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;April&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt; 	65°F&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt; 	37°F&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt; 	4.60 in.&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;May&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt; 	72°F&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt; 	45°F&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt; 	5.32 in.&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Let us know you are coming ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please add your name to the list below if are coming or close to making your decision. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Put an asterix at the beginning of the line,  then your Bose Message Board name, your real name,  the number of people in your party and anything else you want others to know (examples: where you are coming from, arrival date, free seats in your car)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== L1® Owners and interested parties ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Col. Andy (2) Andy &amp;amp; Pam Rucker&lt;br /&gt;
* Drumr (2)     Julie &amp;amp; Pete Vredenburgh&lt;br /&gt;
* Roy (2)       Martha &amp;amp; Roy Swindelle + Dog Dyno Rat&lt;br /&gt;
* ST (1)        ST&lt;br /&gt;
* Tom Munch (1) Tom Munch&lt;br /&gt;
* Joelheck (1)  Joel Heckman (Villages/Orlando FL) Possible ride share, Leave FL 3rd, Return afternoon 6th&lt;br /&gt;
* Oldghm (1)    Wife and dog subject to change mind&lt;br /&gt;
* JohnNell (1)  John - arriving Sat., May 3, staying in Main Lodge&lt;br /&gt;
* Troisnoir (2) Tres &amp;amp; Rachel Black, ridesharing with JoelHeck, arriving/departing same as above&lt;br /&gt;
* PmP (1)       Mike Pinnick - Will attend and will take that RV site!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== People-at-Bose ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Chris-at-Bose (1) Chris Ickler&lt;br /&gt;
* Ken-at-Bose (number of people) Ken Jacob&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Performers  ==&lt;br /&gt;
When we know when and where things are happening we will use this section to list who is performing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Equipment Provided ==&lt;br /&gt;
Many of the people who might be driving volunteered to bring gear. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you don&#039;t see it here and want it, then plan on bringing it with you.  And if you &#039;&#039;are&#039;&#039; bringing something, then please sign in here and add your stuff to the list.  Thanks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== L1® Classics / Model I ===&lt;br /&gt;
* 2 L1 Classics with 3 B1&#039;s - PmP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== L1®  Model II ===&lt;br /&gt;
* 1- Model II -   Drumr&lt;br /&gt;
* 2- Model II&#039;s - Roy&lt;br /&gt;
* 2- Model II&#039;s - Oldghm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== T1® ===&lt;br /&gt;
* 2- T1&#039;s - Drumr&lt;br /&gt;
* 2- T1&#039;s - Roy&lt;br /&gt;
* 1- T1 - JohnNell (w/NS-Design presets)&lt;br /&gt;
* 1- T1 - Troisnoir&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== B1 ===&lt;br /&gt;
* 4 - B1&#039;s &amp;amp; Packlite - Drumr&lt;br /&gt;
* 4 - B1&#039;s - Roy&lt;br /&gt;
* # as needed, will confirm before departure, Oldghm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Instruments ===&lt;br /&gt;
* 4pc Acoustic drum set w/cymbals - Drumr&lt;br /&gt;
* TrapKAT electronic drum set  - Drumr&lt;br /&gt;
* drum rug &amp;amp; sticks/brushes - Drumr&lt;br /&gt;
* Korg N1 keyboard 88 weighted action w/stand -Roy&lt;br /&gt;
* I will bring an extra guitar for those who are flying in and don&#039;t to trust their&#039;s with the airline. Roy&lt;br /&gt;
* I don&#039;t mind if someone plays my electric. It&#039;s a PRS and I have a vox tone lab. The acoustic I mentioned is a Guild with a fishman pickup. Roy&lt;br /&gt;
* Gibson EB2D Bass Guitar - Joelheck&lt;br /&gt;
* Porchboard - Oldghm&lt;br /&gt;
* Taylor GS w/Expression System, - Troisnoir&lt;br /&gt;
* Resurrection Guitars Custom Electric, Takamine 12-String A/E, PODxtLive. Can bring plenty of other guitar gear as needed for those flying (Fender Tele, Brian Moore MIDI, Heritage 575, Roland VG-88&amp;amp;GR-30, Digitech GNX-3 available)&lt;br /&gt;
* NS-Wav4 EUB - JohnNell&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other ===&lt;br /&gt;
* 1 - Audix OM5 &amp;amp; D6 - Drumr&lt;br /&gt;
* 3 - Senn. E604 - Drumr&lt;br /&gt;
* 1 - Wireless EV767 - Joelheck&lt;br /&gt;
* 2 - EV 767&#039;s other assorted mics and stands - Roy&lt;br /&gt;
* 1 - SM58 - Troisnoir&lt;br /&gt;
* Have a Digitech VocalistLive 2 if anyone wants to check one out before buying. PmP&lt;br /&gt;
==== Stands and ... ====&lt;br /&gt;
* 2 - Mic Stand w/boom  - Drumr&lt;br /&gt;
* 1 - Mic stand w/boom  - Joelheck&lt;br /&gt;
* 1 - Mic stand w/boom, (1) music stand (if I have room) Troisnoir&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Lights ====&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.chauvetlighting.com/fixtures/rocknlitepack_fix.shtml Chauvet PK-1 ]Rocklite compact lighting pkg w/stands (if needed) - Drumr&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Program Agenda ==&lt;br /&gt;
[http://bose.infopop.cc/eve/forums/a/tpc/f/1591005925/m/2471025925 Agenda Possibilities] ongoing discussion of potential topics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Order to be announced and subject to change without notice)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sunday ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== Arrivals and Casual Social ====&lt;br /&gt;
==== Sunday Evening ====&lt;br /&gt;
===== Presentation by Bose =====&lt;br /&gt;
Topic to come&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Music =====&lt;br /&gt;
Performances by attendees&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looking for someone to organize this&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Monday===&lt;br /&gt;
==== Presentations all day ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Monday Night ====&lt;br /&gt;
Major event - not to be missed! Details coming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Music ====&lt;br /&gt;
Performances by attendees&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looking for someone to organize this&lt;br /&gt;
* I am not sure what is involed with this but I organize alot of the entertainment for benifits in my area, kind of like a stage manager. I will give it the old college try (for what it&#039;s worth I never went to college). Roy&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Tuesday ===&lt;br /&gt;
Nothing firm yet, but we should be finished by mid day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Bose Presentations ===&lt;br /&gt;
*Chris-at-Bose will talk about psycho-acoustics (human hearing)&lt;br /&gt;
More to be announced&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other Presentations ===&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;Photos of the Day&amp;quot; - Continuous slideshow of informal pictures taken during the conference will be available for viewing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Music Sign Up Sheet ==&lt;br /&gt;
Add your name below if you would like to perform (Start each new line with an asterix)  &lt;br /&gt;
=== Sunday Night ===&lt;br /&gt;
* i will give it a shot. Sunday or Monday works for me - Roy&lt;br /&gt;
* Either night- no problem, besides someone always needs a Bass player - Joelheck&lt;br /&gt;
* Willing/able to sit in (primarily rhythm guitar) with anyone/most any style. You don&#039;t want me to sing...PmP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Monday Night===&lt;br /&gt;
* Either night- no problem, besides someone always needs a Bass player - Joelheck&lt;br /&gt;
* Willing/able to sit in (primarily rhythm guitar) with anyone/most any style. You STILL don&#039;t want me to sing...PmP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- please do not edit below this line --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Make this your signature ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{:South Atlantic States L1® Conference 2008 Message Board Signature}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- you can edit below this line --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- please do not edit below this line --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:South Atlantic States L1® Conference 2008]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Community]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jdnell</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=South_Atlantic_States_L1%C2%AE_Conference_2008&amp;diff=7273</id>
		<title>South Atlantic States L1® Conference 2008</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=South_Atlantic_States_L1%C2%AE_Conference_2008&amp;diff=7273"/>
		<updated>2008-03-26T15:01:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jdnell: /* Instruments */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!-- please do not edit this section --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;table&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;300&amp;quot;&amp;gt;__TOC__&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:L1 SoAtlSt poster r00 web200.jpg|South Atlantic States L1® Conference - Little Switzerland]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Little Switzerland&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please use this page to share your ideas and plans for the event. To add  to the page Click the &#039;&#039;&#039;edit tab&#039;&#039;&#039; above.  If you create an account - please use the same &amp;quot;Name&amp;quot; as you use on the {{forum}} so we&#039;ll recognize you. The idea is to use this page for ideas that are fairly firm, and use the [http://bose.infopop.cc/eve/forums/a/frm/f/1591005925 message board discussions] for the ongoing conversation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Fast Facts ==&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s all so real that people are booking their rooms! [[User:ST|ST]] 14:49, 21 March 2008 (EDT)&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:LittleSwitzerlandNC.png|thumb|high level view of where we&#039;re headed]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Location: [http://maps.google.com/maps?f=q&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;geocode=&amp;amp;q=Switzerland+Inn,+Little+Switzerland,+NC,+28749&amp;amp;ie=UTF8&amp;amp;ll=35.848291,-82.077398&amp;amp;spn=0.059762,0.07184&amp;amp;z=14&amp;amp;iwloc=A Little Switzerland, North Carolina] (link to a map)&lt;br /&gt;
* Venue: [http://www.switzerlandinn.com/ Switzerland Inn]&lt;br /&gt;
* Dates: May 4, 5, 6 (Sunday, Monday, Tuesday)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Talk:{{PAGENAME}}|How do I add information here?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Discussions about the conference ==&lt;br /&gt;
These are on the Bose Musicians  Message Boards&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://bose.infopop.cc/eve/forums/a/frm/f/1591005925 South Atlantic States Conference]  named [http://memory.loc.gov/ammem/gmdhtml/rrhtml/regdef.html South Atlantic States] to cover Florida, Georgia, North Carolina, South Carolina, Virginia&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Please edit from here down --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==  Venue  ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Switzerland Inn / Geneva Hall ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:SwitzerlandInnSiteMap.jpg|300px|right|Switzerland Inn site map]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.switzerlandinn.com/ Switzerland Inn]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Mountain View Restaurant&#039;&#039;&#039; (Buildings 12 and 13): quoting Eve-at-Bose&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Eve&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Eve-at-Bose notes [http://bose.infopop.cc/eve/forums/a/tpc/f/1591005925/m/6071077125?r=3131082925#3131082925 in the message board discussion]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;: &amp;quot;12+13. (Gary the Manager) said he&#039;ll let you guys use this room for free for your performances. It&#039;s actually 2 35&#039;x36&#039; foot rooms that used to have a wall between them, but the wall got knocked down, and there are some bathrooms built at either side, so that the opening is only 16&#039; wide, but he said he uses it as one big banquet room (35&#039;x72&#039;). &amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Another option is the Geneva Hall nearby. The Geneva Hall can be rented for $150 to $200 day. (probably weekend vs weekday rate). See John Sweets detailed notes: &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Called Switzerland Inn - spoke to nice man named Jack. &lt;br /&gt;
** Jack said Geneva Hall can be rented for $150 to $200 day. (probably weekend vs weekday rate).&lt;br /&gt;
** Their standard rooms rates on weekends are (for mountain view) $110 / night to $170 / night for a larger room with two queens.&lt;br /&gt;
** They discount the rooms (with a booking of 20 or more rooms) $30 on weekdays. (Sunday - Thursday).&lt;br /&gt;
** They can provide all meals and offer full bar service. Every Friday night they have a Prim Rib and Seafood buffet. Or, if we had 75 people or more, they&#039;d provide the buffet for us exclusively some other evening. They can do things like &amp;quot;three menu option&amp;quot; meals as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- some other details deleted as these are no longer required --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==== Geneva Hall ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Geneva Hall 001 (Medium).jpg|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Geneva Hall 008 (Medium).jpg|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Geneva Hall is a country meeting hall. It is all wood. Wood floors, walls, ceiling. Approximate dimensions are 30x60. There are approximately 50 metal fold-up chairs. There is a small raised stage in one corner. It is raised approximately 8&amp;quot;. There is a kitchen and refrigerator. We could provide beverage services. We do have a nice patio on the lobby of the lodge; it is not covered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pictures of Geneva Hall added today, 3-17-08.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Links broke when Ken moved the discussion - moot point anyway - I will delete this section soon.&lt;br /&gt;
[http://bose.infopop.cc/eve/forums/a/tpc/f/292105355/m/6071077125?r=7841027725#7841027725 notes from John Sweet]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://bose.infopop.cc/eve/forums/a/tpc/f/292105355/m/6071077125/p/6 Discussion turns to the Geneva Hall] in the message board.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lodging ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:SwitzerlandInnSiteMap.jpg|thumb|Switzerland Inn site map]]&lt;br /&gt;
We are booking rooms at the  [http://www.switzerlandinn.com/ Switzerland Inn]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Toll-free: 1-800-654-4026&lt;br /&gt;
* Phone: 1-828-765-2153&lt;br /&gt;
* Fax: 1-828-765-0049&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Office Hours: 9:00am - 5:00pm Monday - Saturday&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Email: info@switzerlandinn.com &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Quoting Eve-at-Bose&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Eve&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; (referring to the site map above)&lt;br /&gt;
:There is a good variety of rooms and prices. For those who want to save money and go more rustic, there is #19 (Edelweiss) which has 8 bedrooms for $50 each. The A-Frames are so cute, and there are more apartment type accommodations. He said that you can take $20 off whatever rate you see on the site. Right now there is no one else booked there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Update:&lt;br /&gt;
The rate is now &#039;&#039;&#039;$30 off&#039;&#039;&#039; whatever you see on the site. You must mention that you are with the Bose group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:RV&#039;s are fine. He has a space with electric and water hook up, but not sewer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Food ===&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.switzerlandinn.com/lunch.htm Menu at the Switzerland Inn]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bose will host one of the two dinners, probably Monday night.&lt;br /&gt;
- [http://bose.infopop.cc/eve/forums/a/tpc/f/1591005925/m/3571025925?r=3541031035#3541031035 Ken-at-Bose]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== On the Grid ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:LittleSwitzerlandOldghm100 0428-300.jpg|right|South Atlantic States L1® Conference - Little Switzerland - thanks Oldghm for the picture]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There will be wireless Internet access (being installed on April 15th). This should cover most of the area including the Mountain View Dining Room where most of the action will be. This should also cover the main lodge (Building 10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is good cell phone coverage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Airport ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Within easy driving distance:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Commercial Service:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Asheville, NC (AVL) - 1 1/2 hours&lt;br /&gt;
* Charlotte, NC (CLT) - 2 1/2 hours&lt;br /&gt;
* Blountville, TN (TRI) - 1 1/2 hours&lt;br /&gt;
* Greensboro, NC (GSO) - 2 3/4 hours&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you can fly yourself in:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Hickory, NC - 1 hour&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Date ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confirmed:  May 4, 5, 6 (Sunday Monday Tuesday)]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Events Sunday night, all day Monday, wrap up by mid-day Tuesday&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What will it cost ==&lt;br /&gt;
There is &#039;&#039;&#039;no&#039;&#039;&#039; cost to attend the conference. You are responsible for your own travel expenses, room and board.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See: [[{{PAGENAME}}#Lodging|Lodging]] for details of costs at the site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Things to do in the area ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Hiking is abundant.&lt;br /&gt;
** There are hiking trails to water falls very nearby and a mountain (by east coast standards) 15 miles away for a good 5 - 6 hour hike.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Take a tour of [http://www.biltmore.com/ Biltmore], possibly the largest residence ever constructed in America (by a Vanderbilt). Even if you are grossed out by the excess, you can&#039;t help but be amazed, over and over. Beyond the house are gardens, grounds and forests. Restaurants on premises. Arrive as soon as the estate opens in the morning for the best experience of the house.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Shop in the &amp;quot;quaint&amp;quot; district in nearby Asheville.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Weather - What to Wear ==&lt;br /&gt;
Info from [http://www.northcarolinavacation.com/regions/Little-Switzerland-North-Carolina.html a local tourism site]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;table&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;Month&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;High Temp&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;Low Temp&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;Rainfall&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;April&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt; 	65°F&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt; 	37°F&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt; 	4.60 in.&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;May&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt; 	72°F&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt; 	45°F&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt; 	5.32 in.&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Let us know you are coming ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please add your name to the list below if are coming or close to making your decision. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Put an asterix at the beginning of the line,  then your Bose Message Board name, your real name,  the number of people in your party and anything else you want others to know (examples: where you are coming from, arrival date, free seats in your car)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== L1® Owners and interested parties ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Col. Andy (2) Andy &amp;amp; Pam Rucker&lt;br /&gt;
* Drumr (2)     Julie &amp;amp; Pete Vredenburgh&lt;br /&gt;
* Roy (2)       Martha &amp;amp; Roy Swindelle + Dog Dyno Rat&lt;br /&gt;
* ST (1)        ST&lt;br /&gt;
* Tom Munch (1) Tom Munch&lt;br /&gt;
* Joelheck (1)  Joel Heckman (Villages/Orlando FL) Possible ride share, Leave FL 3rd, Return afternoon 6th&lt;br /&gt;
* Oldghm (1)    Wife and dog subject to change mind&lt;br /&gt;
* JohnNell (1)  John - arriving Sat., May 3, staying in Main Lodge&lt;br /&gt;
* Troisnoir (2) Tres &amp;amp; Rachel Black - planning to attend, trusting it will all work out. Looks good...&lt;br /&gt;
* PmP (1)       Mike Pinnick - Will attend and will take that RV site!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== People-at-Bose ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Chris-at-Bose (1) Chris Ickler&lt;br /&gt;
* Ken-at-Bose (number of people) Ken Jacob&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Performers  ==&lt;br /&gt;
When we know when and where things are happening we will use this section to list who is performing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Equipment Provided ==&lt;br /&gt;
Many of the people who might be driving volunteered to bring gear. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you don&#039;t see it here and want it, then plan on bringing it with you.  And if you &#039;&#039;are&#039;&#039; bringing something, then please sign in here and add your stuff to the list.  Thanks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== L1® Classics / Model I ===&lt;br /&gt;
* 2 L1 Classics with 3 B1&#039;s - PmP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== L1®  Model II ===&lt;br /&gt;
* 1- Model II -   Drumr&lt;br /&gt;
* 2- Model II&#039;s - Roy&lt;br /&gt;
* 2- Model II&#039;s - Oldghm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== T1® ===&lt;br /&gt;
* 2- T1&#039;s - Drumr&lt;br /&gt;
* 2- T1&#039;s - Roy&lt;br /&gt;
* 1- T1 - JohnNell (w/NS-Design presets)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== B1 ===&lt;br /&gt;
* 4 - B1&#039;s &amp;amp; Packlite - Drumr&lt;br /&gt;
* 4 - B1&#039;s - Roy&lt;br /&gt;
* # as needed, will confirm before departure, Oldghm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Instruments ===&lt;br /&gt;
* 4pc Acoustic drum set w/cymbals - Drumr&lt;br /&gt;
* TrapKAT electronic drum set  - Drumr&lt;br /&gt;
* drum rug &amp;amp; sticks/brushes - Drumr&lt;br /&gt;
* Korg N1 keyboard 88 weighted action w/stand -Roy&lt;br /&gt;
* I will bring an extra guitar for those who are flying in and don&#039;t to trust their&#039;s with the airline. Roy&lt;br /&gt;
* I don&#039;t mind if someone plays my electric. It&#039;s a PRS and I have a vox tone lab. The acoustic I mentioned is a Guild with a fishman pickup. Roy&lt;br /&gt;
* Gibson EB2D Bass Guitar - Joelheck&lt;br /&gt;
* Porchboard - Oldghm&lt;br /&gt;
* Taylor GS w/Expression System, Strat, Boss GT-8, direct box (1)&lt;br /&gt;
* Resurrection Guitars Custom Electric, Takamine 12-String A/E, PODxtLive. Can bring plenty of other guitar gear as needed for those flying (Fender Tele, Brian Moore MIDI, Heritage 575, Roland VG-88&amp;amp;GR-30, Digitech GNX-3 available)&lt;br /&gt;
* NS-Wav4 EUB - JohnNell&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other ===&lt;br /&gt;
* 1 - Audix OM5 &amp;amp; D6 - Drumr&lt;br /&gt;
* 3 - Senn. E604 - Drumr&lt;br /&gt;
* 1 - Wireless EV767 - Joelheck&lt;br /&gt;
* 2 - EV 767&#039;s other assorted mics and stands - Roy&lt;br /&gt;
* 1 - SM58 - Troisnoir&lt;br /&gt;
* Have a Digitech VocalistLive 2 if anyone wants to check one out before buying. PmP&lt;br /&gt;
==== Stands and ... ====&lt;br /&gt;
* 2 - Mic Stand w/boom  - Drumr&lt;br /&gt;
* 1 - Mic stand w/boom  - Joelheck&lt;br /&gt;
* 1 - Mic stand w/boom, music stand (if I have room) Troisnoir&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Lights ====&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.chauvetlighting.com/fixtures/rocknlitepack_fix.shtml Chauvet PK-1 ]Rocklite compact lighting pkg w/stands (if needed) - Drumr&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Program Agenda ==&lt;br /&gt;
[http://bose.infopop.cc/eve/forums/a/tpc/f/1591005925/m/2471025925 Agenda Possibilities] ongoing discussion of potential topics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Order to be announced and subject to change without notice)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sunday ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== Arrivals and Casual Social ====&lt;br /&gt;
==== Sunday Evening ====&lt;br /&gt;
===== Presentation by Bose =====&lt;br /&gt;
Topic to come&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Music =====&lt;br /&gt;
Performances by attendees&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looking for someone to organize this&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Monday===&lt;br /&gt;
==== Presentations all day ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Monday Night ====&lt;br /&gt;
Major event - not to be missed! Details coming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Music ====&lt;br /&gt;
Performances by attendees&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looking for someone to organize this&lt;br /&gt;
* I am not sure what is involed with this but I organize alot of the entertainment for benifits in my area, kind of like a stage manager. I will give it the old college try (for what it&#039;s worth I never went to college). Roy&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Tuesday ===&lt;br /&gt;
Nothing firm yet, but we should be finished by mid day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Bose Presentations ===&lt;br /&gt;
*Chris-at-Bose will talk about psycho-acoustics (human hearing)&lt;br /&gt;
More to be announced&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other Presentations ===&lt;br /&gt;
To be announced&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Music Sign Up Sheet ==&lt;br /&gt;
Add your name below if you would like to perform (Start each new line with an asterix)  &lt;br /&gt;
=== Sunday Night ===&lt;br /&gt;
* i will give it a shot. Sunday or Monday works for me - Roy&lt;br /&gt;
* Either night- no problem, besides someone always needs a Bass player - Joelheck&lt;br /&gt;
* Willing/able to sit in (primarily rhythm guitar) with anyone/most any style. You don&#039;t want me to sing...PmP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Monday Night===&lt;br /&gt;
* Either night- no problem, besides someone always needs a Bass player - Joelheck&lt;br /&gt;
* Willing/able to sit in (primarily rhythm guitar) with anyone/most any style. You STILL don&#039;t want me to sing...PmP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- please do not edit below this line --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Make this your signature ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{:South Atlantic States L1® Conference 2008 Message Board Signature}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- you can edit below this line --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- please do not edit below this line --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:South Atlantic States L1® Conference 2008]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Community]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jdnell</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=South_Atlantic_States_L1%C2%AE_Conference_2008&amp;diff=7272</id>
		<title>South Atlantic States L1® Conference 2008</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=South_Atlantic_States_L1%C2%AE_Conference_2008&amp;diff=7272"/>
		<updated>2008-03-26T15:00:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jdnell: /* T1® */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!-- please do not edit this section --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;table&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;300&amp;quot;&amp;gt;__TOC__&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:L1 SoAtlSt poster r00 web200.jpg|South Atlantic States L1® Conference - Little Switzerland]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Little Switzerland&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please use this page to share your ideas and plans for the event. To add  to the page Click the &#039;&#039;&#039;edit tab&#039;&#039;&#039; above.  If you create an account - please use the same &amp;quot;Name&amp;quot; as you use on the {{forum}} so we&#039;ll recognize you. The idea is to use this page for ideas that are fairly firm, and use the [http://bose.infopop.cc/eve/forums/a/frm/f/1591005925 message board discussions] for the ongoing conversation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Fast Facts ==&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s all so real that people are booking their rooms! [[User:ST|ST]] 14:49, 21 March 2008 (EDT)&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:LittleSwitzerlandNC.png|thumb|high level view of where we&#039;re headed]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Location: [http://maps.google.com/maps?f=q&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;geocode=&amp;amp;q=Switzerland+Inn,+Little+Switzerland,+NC,+28749&amp;amp;ie=UTF8&amp;amp;ll=35.848291,-82.077398&amp;amp;spn=0.059762,0.07184&amp;amp;z=14&amp;amp;iwloc=A Little Switzerland, North Carolina] (link to a map)&lt;br /&gt;
* Venue: [http://www.switzerlandinn.com/ Switzerland Inn]&lt;br /&gt;
* Dates: May 4, 5, 6 (Sunday, Monday, Tuesday)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Talk:{{PAGENAME}}|How do I add information here?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Discussions about the conference ==&lt;br /&gt;
These are on the Bose Musicians  Message Boards&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://bose.infopop.cc/eve/forums/a/frm/f/1591005925 South Atlantic States Conference]  named [http://memory.loc.gov/ammem/gmdhtml/rrhtml/regdef.html South Atlantic States] to cover Florida, Georgia, North Carolina, South Carolina, Virginia&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Please edit from here down --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==  Venue  ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Switzerland Inn / Geneva Hall ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:SwitzerlandInnSiteMap.jpg|300px|right|Switzerland Inn site map]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.switzerlandinn.com/ Switzerland Inn]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Mountain View Restaurant&#039;&#039;&#039; (Buildings 12 and 13): quoting Eve-at-Bose&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Eve&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Eve-at-Bose notes [http://bose.infopop.cc/eve/forums/a/tpc/f/1591005925/m/6071077125?r=3131082925#3131082925 in the message board discussion]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;: &amp;quot;12+13. (Gary the Manager) said he&#039;ll let you guys use this room for free for your performances. It&#039;s actually 2 35&#039;x36&#039; foot rooms that used to have a wall between them, but the wall got knocked down, and there are some bathrooms built at either side, so that the opening is only 16&#039; wide, but he said he uses it as one big banquet room (35&#039;x72&#039;). &amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Another option is the Geneva Hall nearby. The Geneva Hall can be rented for $150 to $200 day. (probably weekend vs weekday rate). See John Sweets detailed notes: &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Called Switzerland Inn - spoke to nice man named Jack. &lt;br /&gt;
** Jack said Geneva Hall can be rented for $150 to $200 day. (probably weekend vs weekday rate).&lt;br /&gt;
** Their standard rooms rates on weekends are (for mountain view) $110 / night to $170 / night for a larger room with two queens.&lt;br /&gt;
** They discount the rooms (with a booking of 20 or more rooms) $30 on weekdays. (Sunday - Thursday).&lt;br /&gt;
** They can provide all meals and offer full bar service. Every Friday night they have a Prim Rib and Seafood buffet. Or, if we had 75 people or more, they&#039;d provide the buffet for us exclusively some other evening. They can do things like &amp;quot;three menu option&amp;quot; meals as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- some other details deleted as these are no longer required --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==== Geneva Hall ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Geneva Hall 001 (Medium).jpg|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Geneva Hall 008 (Medium).jpg|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Geneva Hall is a country meeting hall. It is all wood. Wood floors, walls, ceiling. Approximate dimensions are 30x60. There are approximately 50 metal fold-up chairs. There is a small raised stage in one corner. It is raised approximately 8&amp;quot;. There is a kitchen and refrigerator. We could provide beverage services. We do have a nice patio on the lobby of the lodge; it is not covered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pictures of Geneva Hall added today, 3-17-08.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Links broke when Ken moved the discussion - moot point anyway - I will delete this section soon.&lt;br /&gt;
[http://bose.infopop.cc/eve/forums/a/tpc/f/292105355/m/6071077125?r=7841027725#7841027725 notes from John Sweet]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://bose.infopop.cc/eve/forums/a/tpc/f/292105355/m/6071077125/p/6 Discussion turns to the Geneva Hall] in the message board.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lodging ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:SwitzerlandInnSiteMap.jpg|thumb|Switzerland Inn site map]]&lt;br /&gt;
We are booking rooms at the  [http://www.switzerlandinn.com/ Switzerland Inn]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Toll-free: 1-800-654-4026&lt;br /&gt;
* Phone: 1-828-765-2153&lt;br /&gt;
* Fax: 1-828-765-0049&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Office Hours: 9:00am - 5:00pm Monday - Saturday&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Email: info@switzerlandinn.com &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Quoting Eve-at-Bose&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Eve&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; (referring to the site map above)&lt;br /&gt;
:There is a good variety of rooms and prices. For those who want to save money and go more rustic, there is #19 (Edelweiss) which has 8 bedrooms for $50 each. The A-Frames are so cute, and there are more apartment type accommodations. He said that you can take $20 off whatever rate you see on the site. Right now there is no one else booked there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Update:&lt;br /&gt;
The rate is now &#039;&#039;&#039;$30 off&#039;&#039;&#039; whatever you see on the site. You must mention that you are with the Bose group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:RV&#039;s are fine. He has a space with electric and water hook up, but not sewer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Food ===&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.switzerlandinn.com/lunch.htm Menu at the Switzerland Inn]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bose will host one of the two dinners, probably Monday night.&lt;br /&gt;
- [http://bose.infopop.cc/eve/forums/a/tpc/f/1591005925/m/3571025925?r=3541031035#3541031035 Ken-at-Bose]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== On the Grid ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:LittleSwitzerlandOldghm100 0428-300.jpg|right|South Atlantic States L1® Conference - Little Switzerland - thanks Oldghm for the picture]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There will be wireless Internet access (being installed on April 15th). This should cover most of the area including the Mountain View Dining Room where most of the action will be. This should also cover the main lodge (Building 10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is good cell phone coverage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Airport ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Within easy driving distance:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Commercial Service:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Asheville, NC (AVL) - 1 1/2 hours&lt;br /&gt;
* Charlotte, NC (CLT) - 2 1/2 hours&lt;br /&gt;
* Blountville, TN (TRI) - 1 1/2 hours&lt;br /&gt;
* Greensboro, NC (GSO) - 2 3/4 hours&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you can fly yourself in:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Hickory, NC - 1 hour&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Date ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confirmed:  May 4, 5, 6 (Sunday Monday Tuesday)]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Events Sunday night, all day Monday, wrap up by mid-day Tuesday&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What will it cost ==&lt;br /&gt;
There is &#039;&#039;&#039;no&#039;&#039;&#039; cost to attend the conference. You are responsible for your own travel expenses, room and board.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See: [[{{PAGENAME}}#Lodging|Lodging]] for details of costs at the site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Things to do in the area ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Hiking is abundant.&lt;br /&gt;
** There are hiking trails to water falls very nearby and a mountain (by east coast standards) 15 miles away for a good 5 - 6 hour hike.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Take a tour of [http://www.biltmore.com/ Biltmore], possibly the largest residence ever constructed in America (by a Vanderbilt). Even if you are grossed out by the excess, you can&#039;t help but be amazed, over and over. Beyond the house are gardens, grounds and forests. Restaurants on premises. Arrive as soon as the estate opens in the morning for the best experience of the house.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Shop in the &amp;quot;quaint&amp;quot; district in nearby Asheville.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Weather - What to Wear ==&lt;br /&gt;
Info from [http://www.northcarolinavacation.com/regions/Little-Switzerland-North-Carolina.html a local tourism site]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;table&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;Month&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;High Temp&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;Low Temp&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;Rainfall&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;April&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt; 	65°F&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt; 	37°F&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt; 	4.60 in.&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;May&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt; 	72°F&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt; 	45°F&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt; 	5.32 in.&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Let us know you are coming ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please add your name to the list below if are coming or close to making your decision. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Put an asterix at the beginning of the line,  then your Bose Message Board name, your real name,  the number of people in your party and anything else you want others to know (examples: where you are coming from, arrival date, free seats in your car)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== L1® Owners and interested parties ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Col. Andy (2) Andy &amp;amp; Pam Rucker&lt;br /&gt;
* Drumr (2)     Julie &amp;amp; Pete Vredenburgh&lt;br /&gt;
* Roy (2)       Martha &amp;amp; Roy Swindelle + Dog Dyno Rat&lt;br /&gt;
* ST (1)        ST&lt;br /&gt;
* Tom Munch (1) Tom Munch&lt;br /&gt;
* Joelheck (1)  Joel Heckman (Villages/Orlando FL) Possible ride share, Leave FL 3rd, Return afternoon 6th&lt;br /&gt;
* Oldghm (1)    Wife and dog subject to change mind&lt;br /&gt;
* JohnNell (1)  John - arriving Sat., May 3, staying in Main Lodge&lt;br /&gt;
* Troisnoir (2) Tres &amp;amp; Rachel Black - planning to attend, trusting it will all work out. Looks good...&lt;br /&gt;
* PmP (1)       Mike Pinnick - Will attend and will take that RV site!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== People-at-Bose ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Chris-at-Bose (1) Chris Ickler&lt;br /&gt;
* Ken-at-Bose (number of people) Ken Jacob&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Performers  ==&lt;br /&gt;
When we know when and where things are happening we will use this section to list who is performing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Equipment Provided ==&lt;br /&gt;
Many of the people who might be driving volunteered to bring gear. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you don&#039;t see it here and want it, then plan on bringing it with you.  And if you &#039;&#039;are&#039;&#039; bringing something, then please sign in here and add your stuff to the list.  Thanks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== L1® Classics / Model I ===&lt;br /&gt;
* 2 L1 Classics with 3 B1&#039;s - PmP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== L1®  Model II ===&lt;br /&gt;
* 1- Model II -   Drumr&lt;br /&gt;
* 2- Model II&#039;s - Roy&lt;br /&gt;
* 2- Model II&#039;s - Oldghm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== T1® ===&lt;br /&gt;
* 2- T1&#039;s - Drumr&lt;br /&gt;
* 2- T1&#039;s - Roy&lt;br /&gt;
* 1- T1 - JohnNell (w/NS-Design presets)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== B1 ===&lt;br /&gt;
* 4 - B1&#039;s &amp;amp; Packlite - Drumr&lt;br /&gt;
* 4 - B1&#039;s - Roy&lt;br /&gt;
* # as needed, will confirm before departure, Oldghm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Instruments ===&lt;br /&gt;
* 4pc Acoustic drum set w/cymbals - Drumr&lt;br /&gt;
* TrapKAT electronic drum set  - Drumr&lt;br /&gt;
* drum rug &amp;amp; sticks/brushes - Drumr&lt;br /&gt;
* Korg N1 keyboard 88 weighted action w/stand -Roy&lt;br /&gt;
* I will bring an extra guitar for those who are flying in and don&#039;t to trust their&#039;s with the airline. Roy&lt;br /&gt;
* I don&#039;t mind if someone plays my electric. It&#039;s a PRS and I have a vox tone lab. The acoustic I mentioned is a Guild with a fishman pickup. Roy&lt;br /&gt;
* Gibson EB2D Bass Guitar - Joelheck&lt;br /&gt;
* Porchboard - Oldghm&lt;br /&gt;
* Taylor GS w/Expression System, Strat, Boss GT-8, direct box (1)&lt;br /&gt;
* Resurrection Guitars Custom Electric, Takamine 12-String A/E, PODxtLive. Can bring plenty of other guitar gear as needed for those flying (Fender Tele, Brian Moore MIDI, Heritage 575, Roland VG-88&amp;amp;GR-30, Digitech GNX-3 available)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other ===&lt;br /&gt;
* 1 - Audix OM5 &amp;amp; D6 - Drumr&lt;br /&gt;
* 3 - Senn. E604 - Drumr&lt;br /&gt;
* 1 - Wireless EV767 - Joelheck&lt;br /&gt;
* 2 - EV 767&#039;s other assorted mics and stands - Roy&lt;br /&gt;
* 1 - SM58 - Troisnoir&lt;br /&gt;
* Have a Digitech VocalistLive 2 if anyone wants to check one out before buying. PmP&lt;br /&gt;
==== Stands and ... ====&lt;br /&gt;
* 2 - Mic Stand w/boom  - Drumr&lt;br /&gt;
* 1 - Mic stand w/boom  - Joelheck&lt;br /&gt;
* 1 - Mic stand w/boom, music stand (if I have room) Troisnoir&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Lights ====&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.chauvetlighting.com/fixtures/rocknlitepack_fix.shtml Chauvet PK-1 ]Rocklite compact lighting pkg w/stands (if needed) - Drumr&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Program Agenda ==&lt;br /&gt;
[http://bose.infopop.cc/eve/forums/a/tpc/f/1591005925/m/2471025925 Agenda Possibilities] ongoing discussion of potential topics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Order to be announced and subject to change without notice)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sunday ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== Arrivals and Casual Social ====&lt;br /&gt;
==== Sunday Evening ====&lt;br /&gt;
===== Presentation by Bose =====&lt;br /&gt;
Topic to come&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Music =====&lt;br /&gt;
Performances by attendees&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looking for someone to organize this&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Monday===&lt;br /&gt;
==== Presentations all day ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Monday Night ====&lt;br /&gt;
Major event - not to be missed! Details coming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Music ====&lt;br /&gt;
Performances by attendees&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looking for someone to organize this&lt;br /&gt;
* I am not sure what is involed with this but I organize alot of the entertainment for benifits in my area, kind of like a stage manager. I will give it the old college try (for what it&#039;s worth I never went to college). Roy&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Tuesday ===&lt;br /&gt;
Nothing firm yet, but we should be finished by mid day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Bose Presentations ===&lt;br /&gt;
*Chris-at-Bose will talk about psycho-acoustics (human hearing)&lt;br /&gt;
More to be announced&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other Presentations ===&lt;br /&gt;
To be announced&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Music Sign Up Sheet ==&lt;br /&gt;
Add your name below if you would like to perform (Start each new line with an asterix)  &lt;br /&gt;
=== Sunday Night ===&lt;br /&gt;
* i will give it a shot. Sunday or Monday works for me - Roy&lt;br /&gt;
* Either night- no problem, besides someone always needs a Bass player - Joelheck&lt;br /&gt;
* Willing/able to sit in (primarily rhythm guitar) with anyone/most any style. You don&#039;t want me to sing...PmP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Monday Night===&lt;br /&gt;
* Either night- no problem, besides someone always needs a Bass player - Joelheck&lt;br /&gt;
* Willing/able to sit in (primarily rhythm guitar) with anyone/most any style. You STILL don&#039;t want me to sing...PmP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- please do not edit below this line --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Make this your signature ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{:South Atlantic States L1® Conference 2008 Message Board Signature}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- you can edit below this line --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- please do not edit below this line --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:South Atlantic States L1® Conference 2008]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Community]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jdnell</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=South_Atlantic_States_L1%C2%AE_Conference_2008&amp;diff=7271</id>
		<title>South Atlantic States L1® Conference 2008</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=South_Atlantic_States_L1%C2%AE_Conference_2008&amp;diff=7271"/>
		<updated>2008-03-26T14:59:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jdnell: /* L1® Owners and interested parties */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!-- please do not edit this section --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;table&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;300&amp;quot;&amp;gt;__TOC__&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:L1 SoAtlSt poster r00 web200.jpg|South Atlantic States L1® Conference - Little Switzerland]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Little Switzerland&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please use this page to share your ideas and plans for the event. To add  to the page Click the &#039;&#039;&#039;edit tab&#039;&#039;&#039; above.  If you create an account - please use the same &amp;quot;Name&amp;quot; as you use on the {{forum}} so we&#039;ll recognize you. The idea is to use this page for ideas that are fairly firm, and use the [http://bose.infopop.cc/eve/forums/a/frm/f/1591005925 message board discussions] for the ongoing conversation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Fast Facts ==&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s all so real that people are booking their rooms! [[User:ST|ST]] 14:49, 21 March 2008 (EDT)&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:LittleSwitzerlandNC.png|thumb|high level view of where we&#039;re headed]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Location: [http://maps.google.com/maps?f=q&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;geocode=&amp;amp;q=Switzerland+Inn,+Little+Switzerland,+NC,+28749&amp;amp;ie=UTF8&amp;amp;ll=35.848291,-82.077398&amp;amp;spn=0.059762,0.07184&amp;amp;z=14&amp;amp;iwloc=A Little Switzerland, North Carolina] (link to a map)&lt;br /&gt;
* Venue: [http://www.switzerlandinn.com/ Switzerland Inn]&lt;br /&gt;
* Dates: May 4, 5, 6 (Sunday, Monday, Tuesday)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Talk:{{PAGENAME}}|How do I add information here?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Discussions about the conference ==&lt;br /&gt;
These are on the Bose Musicians  Message Boards&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://bose.infopop.cc/eve/forums/a/frm/f/1591005925 South Atlantic States Conference]  named [http://memory.loc.gov/ammem/gmdhtml/rrhtml/regdef.html South Atlantic States] to cover Florida, Georgia, North Carolina, South Carolina, Virginia&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Please edit from here down --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==  Venue  ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Switzerland Inn / Geneva Hall ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:SwitzerlandInnSiteMap.jpg|300px|right|Switzerland Inn site map]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.switzerlandinn.com/ Switzerland Inn]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Mountain View Restaurant&#039;&#039;&#039; (Buildings 12 and 13): quoting Eve-at-Bose&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Eve&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Eve-at-Bose notes [http://bose.infopop.cc/eve/forums/a/tpc/f/1591005925/m/6071077125?r=3131082925#3131082925 in the message board discussion]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;: &amp;quot;12+13. (Gary the Manager) said he&#039;ll let you guys use this room for free for your performances. It&#039;s actually 2 35&#039;x36&#039; foot rooms that used to have a wall between them, but the wall got knocked down, and there are some bathrooms built at either side, so that the opening is only 16&#039; wide, but he said he uses it as one big banquet room (35&#039;x72&#039;). &amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Another option is the Geneva Hall nearby. The Geneva Hall can be rented for $150 to $200 day. (probably weekend vs weekday rate). See John Sweets detailed notes: &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Called Switzerland Inn - spoke to nice man named Jack. &lt;br /&gt;
** Jack said Geneva Hall can be rented for $150 to $200 day. (probably weekend vs weekday rate).&lt;br /&gt;
** Their standard rooms rates on weekends are (for mountain view) $110 / night to $170 / night for a larger room with two queens.&lt;br /&gt;
** They discount the rooms (with a booking of 20 or more rooms) $30 on weekdays. (Sunday - Thursday).&lt;br /&gt;
** They can provide all meals and offer full bar service. Every Friday night they have a Prim Rib and Seafood buffet. Or, if we had 75 people or more, they&#039;d provide the buffet for us exclusively some other evening. They can do things like &amp;quot;three menu option&amp;quot; meals as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- some other details deleted as these are no longer required --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==== Geneva Hall ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Geneva Hall 001 (Medium).jpg|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Geneva Hall 008 (Medium).jpg|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Geneva Hall is a country meeting hall. It is all wood. Wood floors, walls, ceiling. Approximate dimensions are 30x60. There are approximately 50 metal fold-up chairs. There is a small raised stage in one corner. It is raised approximately 8&amp;quot;. There is a kitchen and refrigerator. We could provide beverage services. We do have a nice patio on the lobby of the lodge; it is not covered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pictures of Geneva Hall added today, 3-17-08.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Links broke when Ken moved the discussion - moot point anyway - I will delete this section soon.&lt;br /&gt;
[http://bose.infopop.cc/eve/forums/a/tpc/f/292105355/m/6071077125?r=7841027725#7841027725 notes from John Sweet]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://bose.infopop.cc/eve/forums/a/tpc/f/292105355/m/6071077125/p/6 Discussion turns to the Geneva Hall] in the message board.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lodging ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:SwitzerlandInnSiteMap.jpg|thumb|Switzerland Inn site map]]&lt;br /&gt;
We are booking rooms at the  [http://www.switzerlandinn.com/ Switzerland Inn]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Toll-free: 1-800-654-4026&lt;br /&gt;
* Phone: 1-828-765-2153&lt;br /&gt;
* Fax: 1-828-765-0049&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Office Hours: 9:00am - 5:00pm Monday - Saturday&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Email: info@switzerlandinn.com &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Quoting Eve-at-Bose&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Eve&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; (referring to the site map above)&lt;br /&gt;
:There is a good variety of rooms and prices. For those who want to save money and go more rustic, there is #19 (Edelweiss) which has 8 bedrooms for $50 each. The A-Frames are so cute, and there are more apartment type accommodations. He said that you can take $20 off whatever rate you see on the site. Right now there is no one else booked there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Update:&lt;br /&gt;
The rate is now &#039;&#039;&#039;$30 off&#039;&#039;&#039; whatever you see on the site. You must mention that you are with the Bose group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:RV&#039;s are fine. He has a space with electric and water hook up, but not sewer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Food ===&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.switzerlandinn.com/lunch.htm Menu at the Switzerland Inn]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bose will host one of the two dinners, probably Monday night.&lt;br /&gt;
- [http://bose.infopop.cc/eve/forums/a/tpc/f/1591005925/m/3571025925?r=3541031035#3541031035 Ken-at-Bose]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== On the Grid ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:LittleSwitzerlandOldghm100 0428-300.jpg|right|South Atlantic States L1® Conference - Little Switzerland - thanks Oldghm for the picture]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There will be wireless Internet access (being installed on April 15th). This should cover most of the area including the Mountain View Dining Room where most of the action will be. This should also cover the main lodge (Building 10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is good cell phone coverage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Airport ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Within easy driving distance:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Commercial Service:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Asheville, NC (AVL) - 1 1/2 hours&lt;br /&gt;
* Charlotte, NC (CLT) - 2 1/2 hours&lt;br /&gt;
* Blountville, TN (TRI) - 1 1/2 hours&lt;br /&gt;
* Greensboro, NC (GSO) - 2 3/4 hours&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you can fly yourself in:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Hickory, NC - 1 hour&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Date ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confirmed:  May 4, 5, 6 (Sunday Monday Tuesday)]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Events Sunday night, all day Monday, wrap up by mid-day Tuesday&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What will it cost ==&lt;br /&gt;
There is &#039;&#039;&#039;no&#039;&#039;&#039; cost to attend the conference. You are responsible for your own travel expenses, room and board.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See: [[{{PAGENAME}}#Lodging|Lodging]] for details of costs at the site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Things to do in the area ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Hiking is abundant.&lt;br /&gt;
** There are hiking trails to water falls very nearby and a mountain (by east coast standards) 15 miles away for a good 5 - 6 hour hike.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Take a tour of [http://www.biltmore.com/ Biltmore], possibly the largest residence ever constructed in America (by a Vanderbilt). Even if you are grossed out by the excess, you can&#039;t help but be amazed, over and over. Beyond the house are gardens, grounds and forests. Restaurants on premises. Arrive as soon as the estate opens in the morning for the best experience of the house.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Shop in the &amp;quot;quaint&amp;quot; district in nearby Asheville.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Weather - What to Wear ==&lt;br /&gt;
Info from [http://www.northcarolinavacation.com/regions/Little-Switzerland-North-Carolina.html a local tourism site]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;table&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;Month&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;High Temp&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;Low Temp&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;Rainfall&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;April&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt; 	65°F&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt; 	37°F&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt; 	4.60 in.&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;May&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt; 	72°F&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt; 	45°F&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt; 	5.32 in.&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Let us know you are coming ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please add your name to the list below if are coming or close to making your decision. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Put an asterix at the beginning of the line,  then your Bose Message Board name, your real name,  the number of people in your party and anything else you want others to know (examples: where you are coming from, arrival date, free seats in your car)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== L1® Owners and interested parties ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Col. Andy (2) Andy &amp;amp; Pam Rucker&lt;br /&gt;
* Drumr (2)     Julie &amp;amp; Pete Vredenburgh&lt;br /&gt;
* Roy (2)       Martha &amp;amp; Roy Swindelle + Dog Dyno Rat&lt;br /&gt;
* ST (1)        ST&lt;br /&gt;
* Tom Munch (1) Tom Munch&lt;br /&gt;
* Joelheck (1)  Joel Heckman (Villages/Orlando FL) Possible ride share, Leave FL 3rd, Return afternoon 6th&lt;br /&gt;
* Oldghm (1)    Wife and dog subject to change mind&lt;br /&gt;
* JohnNell (1)  John - arriving Sat., May 3, staying in Main Lodge&lt;br /&gt;
* Troisnoir (2) Tres &amp;amp; Rachel Black - planning to attend, trusting it will all work out. Looks good...&lt;br /&gt;
* PmP (1)       Mike Pinnick - Will attend and will take that RV site!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== People-at-Bose ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Chris-at-Bose (1) Chris Ickler&lt;br /&gt;
* Ken-at-Bose (number of people) Ken Jacob&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Performers  ==&lt;br /&gt;
When we know when and where things are happening we will use this section to list who is performing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Equipment Provided ==&lt;br /&gt;
Many of the people who might be driving volunteered to bring gear. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you don&#039;t see it here and want it, then plan on bringing it with you.  And if you &#039;&#039;are&#039;&#039; bringing something, then please sign in here and add your stuff to the list.  Thanks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== L1® Classics / Model I ===&lt;br /&gt;
* 2 L1 Classics with 3 B1&#039;s - PmP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== L1®  Model II ===&lt;br /&gt;
* 1- Model II -   Drumr&lt;br /&gt;
* 2- Model II&#039;s - Roy&lt;br /&gt;
* 2- Model II&#039;s - Oldghm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== T1® ===&lt;br /&gt;
* 2- T1&#039;s - Drumr&lt;br /&gt;
* 2- T1&#039;s - Roy&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== B1 ===&lt;br /&gt;
* 4 - B1&#039;s &amp;amp; Packlite - Drumr&lt;br /&gt;
* 4 - B1&#039;s - Roy&lt;br /&gt;
* # as needed, will confirm before departure, Oldghm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Instruments ===&lt;br /&gt;
* 4pc Acoustic drum set w/cymbals - Drumr&lt;br /&gt;
* TrapKAT electronic drum set  - Drumr&lt;br /&gt;
* drum rug &amp;amp; sticks/brushes - Drumr&lt;br /&gt;
* Korg N1 keyboard 88 weighted action w/stand -Roy&lt;br /&gt;
* I will bring an extra guitar for those who are flying in and don&#039;t to trust their&#039;s with the airline. Roy&lt;br /&gt;
* I don&#039;t mind if someone plays my electric. It&#039;s a PRS and I have a vox tone lab. The acoustic I mentioned is a Guild with a fishman pickup. Roy&lt;br /&gt;
* Gibson EB2D Bass Guitar - Joelheck&lt;br /&gt;
* Porchboard - Oldghm&lt;br /&gt;
* Taylor GS w/Expression System, Strat, Boss GT-8, direct box (1)&lt;br /&gt;
* Resurrection Guitars Custom Electric, Takamine 12-String A/E, PODxtLive. Can bring plenty of other guitar gear as needed for those flying (Fender Tele, Brian Moore MIDI, Heritage 575, Roland VG-88&amp;amp;GR-30, Digitech GNX-3 available)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other ===&lt;br /&gt;
* 1 - Audix OM5 &amp;amp; D6 - Drumr&lt;br /&gt;
* 3 - Senn. E604 - Drumr&lt;br /&gt;
* 1 - Wireless EV767 - Joelheck&lt;br /&gt;
* 2 - EV 767&#039;s other assorted mics and stands - Roy&lt;br /&gt;
* 1 - SM58 - Troisnoir&lt;br /&gt;
* Have a Digitech VocalistLive 2 if anyone wants to check one out before buying. PmP&lt;br /&gt;
==== Stands and ... ====&lt;br /&gt;
* 2 - Mic Stand w/boom  - Drumr&lt;br /&gt;
* 1 - Mic stand w/boom  - Joelheck&lt;br /&gt;
* 1 - Mic stand w/boom, music stand (if I have room) Troisnoir&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Lights ====&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.chauvetlighting.com/fixtures/rocknlitepack_fix.shtml Chauvet PK-1 ]Rocklite compact lighting pkg w/stands (if needed) - Drumr&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Program Agenda ==&lt;br /&gt;
[http://bose.infopop.cc/eve/forums/a/tpc/f/1591005925/m/2471025925 Agenda Possibilities] ongoing discussion of potential topics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Order to be announced and subject to change without notice)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sunday ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== Arrivals and Casual Social ====&lt;br /&gt;
==== Sunday Evening ====&lt;br /&gt;
===== Presentation by Bose =====&lt;br /&gt;
Topic to come&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Music =====&lt;br /&gt;
Performances by attendees&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looking for someone to organize this&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Monday===&lt;br /&gt;
==== Presentations all day ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Monday Night ====&lt;br /&gt;
Major event - not to be missed! Details coming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Music ====&lt;br /&gt;
Performances by attendees&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looking for someone to organize this&lt;br /&gt;
* I am not sure what is involed with this but I organize alot of the entertainment for benifits in my area, kind of like a stage manager. I will give it the old college try (for what it&#039;s worth I never went to college). Roy&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Tuesday ===&lt;br /&gt;
Nothing firm yet, but we should be finished by mid day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Bose Presentations ===&lt;br /&gt;
*Chris-at-Bose will talk about psycho-acoustics (human hearing)&lt;br /&gt;
More to be announced&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other Presentations ===&lt;br /&gt;
To be announced&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Music Sign Up Sheet ==&lt;br /&gt;
Add your name below if you would like to perform (Start each new line with an asterix)  &lt;br /&gt;
=== Sunday Night ===&lt;br /&gt;
* i will give it a shot. Sunday or Monday works for me - Roy&lt;br /&gt;
* Either night- no problem, besides someone always needs a Bass player - Joelheck&lt;br /&gt;
* Willing/able to sit in (primarily rhythm guitar) with anyone/most any style. You don&#039;t want me to sing...PmP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Monday Night===&lt;br /&gt;
* Either night- no problem, besides someone always needs a Bass player - Joelheck&lt;br /&gt;
* Willing/able to sit in (primarily rhythm guitar) with anyone/most any style. You STILL don&#039;t want me to sing...PmP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- please do not edit below this line --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Make this your signature ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{:South Atlantic States L1® Conference 2008 Message Board Signature}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- you can edit below this line --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- please do not edit below this line --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:South Atlantic States L1® Conference 2008]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Community]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jdnell</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=South_Atlantic_States_L1%C2%AE_Conference_2008&amp;diff=7216</id>
		<title>South Atlantic States L1® Conference 2008</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=South_Atlantic_States_L1%C2%AE_Conference_2008&amp;diff=7216"/>
		<updated>2008-03-23T03:49:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jdnell: /* L1® Owners and interested parties */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!-- please do not edit this section --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;table&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;300&amp;quot;&amp;gt;__TOC__&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Please use this page to share your ideas and plans for the event. To add  to the page Click the &#039;&#039;&#039;edit tab&#039;&#039;&#039; above.  If you create an account - please use the same &amp;quot;Name&amp;quot; as you use on the {{forum}} so we&#039;ll recognize you. The idea is to use this page for ideas that are fairly firm, and use the message board discussion (link below) for the ongoing conversation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Fast Facts ==&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s all so real that people are booking their rooms! [[User:ST|ST]] 14:49, 21 March 2008 (EDT)&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:LittleSwitzerlandNC.png|thumb|high level view of where we&#039;re headed]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Location: [http://maps.google.com/maps?f=q&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;geocode=&amp;amp;q=Switzerland+Inn,+Little+Switzerland,+NC,+28749&amp;amp;ie=UTF8&amp;amp;ll=35.848291,-82.077398&amp;amp;spn=0.059762,0.07184&amp;amp;z=14&amp;amp;iwloc=A Little Switzerland, North Carolina] (link to a map)&lt;br /&gt;
* Venue: [http://www.switzerlandinn.com/ Switzerland Inn]&lt;br /&gt;
* Dates: May 4, 5, 6 (Sunday, Monday, Tuesday)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Talk:{{PAGENAME}}|How do I add information here]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Discussions about the conference ==&lt;br /&gt;
These are on the Bose Musicians  Message Boards&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://bose.infopop.cc/eve/forums/a/tpc/f/1591005925/m/6071077125 Bose Southeast Conference possibilities]  named [http://memory.loc.gov/ammem/gmdhtml/rrhtml/regdef.html South Atlantic States] to cover Florida, Georgia, North Carolina, South Carolina, Virginia&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Please edit from here down --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==  Venue  ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Switzerland Inn / Geneva Hall ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:SwitzerlandInnSiteMap.jpg|300px|right|Switzerland Inn site map]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.switzerlandinn.com/ Switzerland Inn]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Mountain View Restaurant&#039;&#039;&#039; (Buildings 12 and 13): quoting Eve-at-Bose&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Eve&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Eve-at-Bose notes [http://bose.infopop.cc/eve/forums/a/tpc/f/1591005925/m/6071077125?r=3131082925#3131082925 in the message board discussion]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;: &amp;quot;12+13. (Gary the Manager) said he&#039;ll let you guys use this room for free for your performances. It&#039;s actually 2 35&#039;x36&#039; foot rooms that used to have a wall between them, but the wall got knocked down, and there are some bathrooms built at either side, so that the opening is only 16&#039; wide, but he said he uses it as one big banquet room (35&#039;x72&#039;). &amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Another option is the Geneva Hall nearby. The Geneva Hall can be rented for $150 to $200 day. (probably weekend vs weekday rate). See John Sweets detailed notes: &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Called Switzerland Inn - spoke to nice man named Jack. &lt;br /&gt;
** Jack said Geneva Hall can be rented for $150 to $200 day. (probably weekend vs weekday rate).&lt;br /&gt;
** Their standard rooms rates on weekends are (for mountain view) $110 / night to $170 / night for a larger room with two queens.&lt;br /&gt;
** They discount the rooms (with a booking of 20 or more rooms) $30 on weekdays. (Sunday - Thursday).&lt;br /&gt;
** They can provide all meals and offer full bar service. Every Friday night they have a Prim Rib and Seafood buffet. Or, if we had 75 people or more, they&#039;d provide the buffet for us exclusively some other evening. They can do things like &amp;quot;three menu option&amp;quot; meals as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- some other details deleted as these are no longer required --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==== Geneva Hall ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Geneva Hall 001 (Medium).jpg|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Geneva Hall 008 (Medium).jpg|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Geneva Hall is a country meeting hall. It is all wood. Wood floors, walls, ceiling. Approximate dimensions are 30x60. There are approximately 50 metal fold-up chairs. There is a small raised stage in one corner. It is raised approximately 8&amp;quot;. There is a kitchen and refrigerator. We could provide beverage services. We do have a nice patio on the lobby of the lodge; it is not covered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pictures of Geneva Hall added today, 3-17-08.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Links broke when Ken moved the discussion - moot point anyway - I will delete this section soon.&lt;br /&gt;
[http://bose.infopop.cc/eve/forums/a/tpc/f/292105355/m/6071077125?r=7841027725#7841027725 notes from John Sweet]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://bose.infopop.cc/eve/forums/a/tpc/f/292105355/m/6071077125/p/6 Discussion turns to the Geneva Hall] in the message board.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lodging ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:SwitzerlandInnSiteMap.jpg|thumb|Switzerland Inn site map]]&lt;br /&gt;
We are booking rooms at the  [http://www.switzerlandinn.com/ Switzerland Inn]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Toll-free: 1-800-654-4026&lt;br /&gt;
* Phone: 1-828-765-2153&lt;br /&gt;
* Fax: 1-828-765-0049&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Office Hours: 9:00am - 5:00pm Monday - Saturday&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Email: info@switzerlandinn.com &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Quoting Eve-at-Bose&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Eve&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; (referring to the site map above)&lt;br /&gt;
:There is a good variety of rooms and prices. For those who want to save money and go more rustic, there is #19 (Edelweiss) which has 8 bedrooms for $50 each. The A-Frames are so cute, and there are more apartment type accommodations. He said that you can take $20 off whatever rate you see on the site. Right now there is no one else booked there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Update:&lt;br /&gt;
The rate is now &#039;&#039;&#039;$30 off&#039;&#039;&#039; whatever you see on the site. You must mention that you are with the Bose group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:RV&#039;s are fine. He has a space with electric and water hook up, but not sewer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== On the Grid ===&lt;br /&gt;
There will be wireless Internet access (being installed on April 15th). This should cover most of the area including the Mountain View restaurant where most of the action will be. This should also cover the main lodge (Building 10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is good cell phone coverage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Airport ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Within easy driving distance:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Asheville - 1 1/2 hours&lt;br /&gt;
* Charlotte - 2 1/2 hours&lt;br /&gt;
* Hickory - 1 hour&lt;br /&gt;
* Johnson City - 1 1/2 hours&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Date ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confirmed:  May 4, 5, 6 (Sunday Monday Tuesday)]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Events Sunday night, all day Monday, wrap up by mid-day Tuesday&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What will it cost ==&lt;br /&gt;
There is &#039;&#039;&#039;no&#039;&#039;&#039; cost to attend the conference. You are responsible for your own travel expenses, room and board.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See: [[{{PAGENAME}}#Lodging|Lodging]] for details of costs at the site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Things to do in the area ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Hiking is abundant.&lt;br /&gt;
** There are hiking trails to water falls very nearby and a mountain (by east coast standards) 15 miles away for a good 5 - 6 hour hike.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Take a tour of [http://www.biltmore.com/ Biltmore], possibly the largest residence ever constructed in America (by a Vanderbilt). Even if you are grossed out by the excess, you can&#039;t help but be amazed, over and over. Beyond the house are gardens, grounds and forests. Restaurants on premises. Arrive as soon as the estate opens in the morning for the best experience of the house.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Shop in the &amp;quot;quaint&amp;quot; district in nearby Asheville.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Weather - What to Wear ==&lt;br /&gt;
Info from [http://www.northcarolinavacation.com/regions/Little-Switzerland-North-Carolina.html a local tourism site]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;table&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;Month&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;High Temp&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;Low Temp&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;Rainfall&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;April&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt; 	65°F&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt; 	37°F&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt; 	4.60 in.&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;May&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt; 	72°F&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt; 	45°F&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt; 	5.32 in.&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Let us know you are coming ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please add your name to the list below if are coming or close to making your decision. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Put an asterix at the beginning of the line,  then your Bose Message Board name, your real name,  the number of people in your party and anything else you want others to know (examples: where you are coming from, arrival date, free seats in your car)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== L1® Owners and interested parties ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Col. Andy (2) Andy &amp;amp; Pam Rucker&lt;br /&gt;
* Drumr (number of people) Pete&lt;br /&gt;
* Roy (2) Martha &amp;amp; Roy Swindelle + Dog Dyno Rat&lt;br /&gt;
* ST (1) ST&lt;br /&gt;
* Tom Munch (1) Tom Munch&lt;br /&gt;
* Joelheck (1) Joel Heckman (Villages/Orlando FL) Possible ride share, Leave FL 3rd, Return afternoon 6th&lt;br /&gt;
* Oldghm (1) wife and dog subject to change mind&lt;br /&gt;
* JohnNell (1) John - planning to attend, have not finalized everything for trip yet, no room reservations yet (as of 3/23/08)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== People-at-Bose ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Chris-at-Bose (1) Chris Ickler&lt;br /&gt;
* Ken-at-Bose (number of people) Ken Jacob&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Performers  ==&lt;br /&gt;
When we know when and where things are happening we will use this section to list who is performing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Equipment Provided ==&lt;br /&gt;
Many of the people who might be driving volunteered to bring gear. When the venue is finalized, we can list who is bringing what in this section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you don&#039;t see it here and want it, then plan on bringing it with you.  And if you &#039;&#039;are&#039;&#039; bringing something, then please sign in here and add your stuff to the list.  Thanks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== L1® Classics / Model I ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== L1®  Model II ===&lt;br /&gt;
* 1- Model II (or two systems if needed). - Drumr&lt;br /&gt;
* 2- Model II&#039;s - Roy&lt;br /&gt;
* 2 Model II&#039;s - Oldghm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== T1® ===&lt;br /&gt;
* 1 - T1 Tonematch (or two if needed). - Drumr&lt;br /&gt;
* 2- T1&#039;s - Roy&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== B1 ===&lt;br /&gt;
* 6 - B1 Modules, 2 Packlites - Drumr&lt;br /&gt;
* 4 - B1&#039;s - Roy&lt;br /&gt;
* # as needed, will confirm before departure, Oldghm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Instruments ===&lt;br /&gt;
* 4pc Acoustic drum set w/cymbals - Drumr&lt;br /&gt;
* TrapKAT electronic drum set  - Drumr&lt;br /&gt;
* drum rug &amp;amp; sticks/brushes - Drumr&lt;br /&gt;
* Korg N1 keyboard 88 weighted action w/stand -Roy&lt;br /&gt;
* I will bring an extra guitar for those who are flying in and don&#039;t to trust their&#039;s with the airline. Roy&lt;br /&gt;
* I don&#039;t mind if someone plays my electric. It&#039;s a PRS and I have a vox tone lab. The acoustic I mentioned is a Guild with a fishman pickup. Roy&lt;br /&gt;
* Gibson EB2D Bass Guitar - Joelheck&lt;br /&gt;
* Porchboard - Oldghm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other ===&lt;br /&gt;
* 1 - Audix OM5 microphone - Drumr&lt;br /&gt;
* 1 - Audix D6 - Drumr&lt;br /&gt;
* 2 - Senn. E604 - Drumr&lt;br /&gt;
* 1 - Wireless EV767 - Joelheck&lt;br /&gt;
* 2 - EV 767&#039;s other assorted mics and stands - Roy&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Stands and ... ====&lt;br /&gt;
*1 - Beyer Mic Stand w/boom (more if needed)  - Drumr&lt;br /&gt;
* 1 - Mic stand w/boom  - Joelheck&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Lights ====&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.chauvetlighting.com/fixtures/rocknlitepack_fix.shtml Chauvet PK-1 ]Rocklite compact lighting pkg w/stands (if needed) - Drumr&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Program ==&lt;br /&gt;
(Order to be announced and subject to change without notice)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sunday ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== Arrivals and Casual Social ====&lt;br /&gt;
==== Sunday Evening ====&lt;br /&gt;
===== Presentation by Bose =====&lt;br /&gt;
Topic to come&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Music =====&lt;br /&gt;
Performances by attendees&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looking for someone to organize this&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Monday===&lt;br /&gt;
==== Presentations all day ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Monday Night ====&lt;br /&gt;
Major event - not to be missed! Details coming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Music ====&lt;br /&gt;
Performances by attendees&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looking for someone to organize this&lt;br /&gt;
* I am not sure what is involed with this but I organize alot of the entertainment for benifits in my area, kind of like a stage manager. I will give it the old college try (for what it&#039;s worth I never went to college). Roy&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Tuesday ===&lt;br /&gt;
Nothing firm yet, but we should be finished by mid day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Bose Presentations ===&lt;br /&gt;
*Chris-at-Bose will talk about psycho-acoustics (human hearing)&lt;br /&gt;
More to be announced&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other Presentations ===&lt;br /&gt;
To be announced&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Music Sign Up Sheet ==&lt;br /&gt;
Add your name below if you would like to perform (Start each new line with an asterix)  &lt;br /&gt;
=== Sunday Night ===&lt;br /&gt;
* i will give it a shot. Sunday or Monday works for me - Roy&lt;br /&gt;
* Either night- no problem, besides someone always needs a Bass player - Joelheck&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Monday Night===&lt;br /&gt;
* Either night- no problem, besides someone always needs a Bass player - Joelheck&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- please do not edit below this line --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Make this your signature ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{:South Atlantic States L1® Conference 2008 Message Board Signature}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- you can edit below this line --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- please do not edit below this line --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:South Atlantic States L1® Conference 2008]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Community]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jdnell</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=Midwest_L1_Enthusiasts_2007&amp;diff=3955</id>
		<title>Midwest L1 Enthusiasts 2007</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=Midwest_L1_Enthusiasts_2007&amp;diff=3955"/>
		<updated>2007-04-30T14:32:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jdnell: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Please use this page to share your ideas and plans for the event. Click the &#039;&#039;&#039;edit tab&#039;&#039;&#039; above.  If you create an account - please use the same &amp;quot;Name&amp;quot; as you use on the {{forum}} so we&#039;ll recognize you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Discussions on the Message Boards&lt;br /&gt;
[http://bose.infopop.cc/eve/forums/a/frm/f/5771031524 Midwest L1&amp;amp;trade; Enthusiasts 2007]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ideas:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==  Venue Ideas ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
St. Louis Metro Area &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Indoors&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Details forthcoming as costs and attendance are ironed out...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Date ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;JULY 14 - barring unforeseen circumstances&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As details develop, and interest becomes more concrete, more days &#039;&#039;may&#039;&#039; be added&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== ACTS &amp;amp; ATTENDEES ==&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.studio9music.com/cubs/cubs.htm THE CUBS] (Drumr&#039;s 60&#039;s trio)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.studio9music.com/upstandards Nathan Carls &amp;amp; The upStandard Citizens]  (The 30&#039;s &amp;amp; 40&#039;s swing combo lead by BabyBlueEyes - or some derivative thereof)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Lodge Brothers (Old-tyme, Celtic, Acoustic music trio) (JohnNell&#039;s band)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.houndz.com The Houndz] (Saxhound&#039;s 7 piece horn band - 60&#039;s &amp;amp; 70&#039;s music)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bob&#039;s unnamed band (4 piece folk, blues, country, rock, and whatever)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peanut Buddha (BigKyle&#039;s funk, blues, jazz, rock band)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Attendance List:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(L1 User + ____&#039;&#039;&#039;?&#039;&#039;&#039; = original interest shown in the main thread) &#039;&#039;&#039;4+&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(&#039;&#039;&#039;T&#039;&#039;&#039; = &amp;quot;I want to come if I can swing it&amp;quot; aka, Tentative) &#039;&#039;&#039;3+&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Lack of notation = &amp;quot;Yes, I will be there&amp;quot;) &#039;&#039;&#039;27+&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
LarryC + ___ &#039;&#039;&#039;?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steve-at-Bose + ___ &#039;&#039;&#039;?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ken-at-Bose + ___ &#039;&#039;&#039;?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cliff-at-Bose + ___ &#039;&#039;&#039;?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;T&#039;&#039;&#039; - Chuck and Brenda Lawhorn&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;T&#039;&#039;&#039; - Mark-at-Bose + ___&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BBE + 4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drumr + 4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
JohnNell + 3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bob in st. louis + 3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Saxhound + 6&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hippie Ken + ___&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Col. Andy + 1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BigKyle-at-Bose + ___&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chris-at-Bose&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EQUIPMENT PROVIDERS ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;L1&#039;s&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BBE - 1 L1/B1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drumr - 3-L1/2-B1 &amp;amp; 2-Packlite/2-B1s.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
JohnNell - 1 L1/B1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bob in STL - 1 L1/B1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Instruments&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BBE - 1 GEM Pro2 piano&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drumr - TrapKAT drumset w/Roland TD-12, Audix D6 &amp;amp; OM5 mics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
JohnNell - (2) AKG C1000S, (4) SM58, (2) SM57 mics &amp;amp; 6 stands, + upright Kay Bass&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Event Ideas ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Possible logo in the main thread - BBE&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://bose.infopop.cc/eve/forums/a/tpc/f/5771031524/m/7541077514/p/2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Promotional items (frisbee w/theme graphics, date of event)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
KDHX (co-hosting event), Pepsi (donations, banner?)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Flyers distributed to GCs in area, other Bose dealers(?)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Make this your signature ==&lt;br /&gt;
Copy / paste this (next line in the grey box - all the way to the right) into the signature line of your personal profile.  (hint: in most Windows browsers, triple click on the text below and it should select what you need. Then ctrl-c to start the copy. Go to your personal profile, View/Edit your profile (right side of screen), click in the signature box, ctrl-v to paste it. Scroll down and click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Submit&#039;&#039;&#039; button to save the changes).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;html&amp;gt;&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[url=http://toonz.ca/bose/wiki/index.php?title=Midwest_L1_Enthusiasts_2007#ACTS.2C_ATTENDEES_.26_GEAR]Midwest L1 Enthusiasts 2007[/url]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and it will look like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;a href=&amp;quot;http://toonz.ca/bose/wiki/index.php?title=Midwest_L1_Enthusiasts_2007#ACTS.2C_ATTENDEES_.26_GEAR&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Midwest L1 Enthusiasts 2007&amp;lt;/a&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/html&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jdnell</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=Midwest_L1_Enthusiasts_2007&amp;diff=3259</id>
		<title>Midwest L1 Enthusiasts 2007</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=Midwest_L1_Enthusiasts_2007&amp;diff=3259"/>
		<updated>2006-12-14T01:58:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jdnell: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==  Venue Ideas ==&lt;br /&gt;
St. Louis, St. Charles, MO&lt;br /&gt;
Collinsville, IL&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Event Ideas ==&lt;br /&gt;
Need graphic artist to develop &amp;quot;theme&amp;quot; and graphics for event (volunteers on forum board?)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Promotional items (frisbee w/theme graphics, date of event)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
KDHX (co-hosting event), Pepsi (donations, banner?)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Flyers distributed to GCs in area, other Bose dealers(?)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jdnell</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=Midwest_L1_Enthusiasts_2007&amp;diff=3258</id>
		<title>Midwest L1 Enthusiasts 2007</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=Midwest_L1_Enthusiasts_2007&amp;diff=3258"/>
		<updated>2006-12-14T01:51:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jdnell: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==  Venue Ideas ==&lt;br /&gt;
St. Louis, St. Charles, MO&lt;br /&gt;
Collinsville, IL&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Event Ideas ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jdnell</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=Midwest_L1_Enthusiasts_2007&amp;diff=3256</id>
		<title>Midwest L1 Enthusiasts 2007</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=Midwest_L1_Enthusiasts_2007&amp;diff=3256"/>
		<updated>2006-12-13T01:47:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jdnell: /* Venue Ideas */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Please use this page to share details on this page. Click the &#039;&#039;&#039;edit tab&#039;&#039;&#039; above.  If you create an acoount - please use the same &amp;quot;Name&amp;quot; as you use on the {{forum}} so we&#039;ll recognize you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Discussion on the Message Boards&lt;br /&gt;
[http://bose.infopop.cc/eve/forums?a=tpc&amp;amp;f=6616049564&amp;amp;m=7541077514&amp;amp;r=7541077514#7541077514 Midwest L1 Enthusiasts 2007]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ideas:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==  Venue Ideas ==&lt;br /&gt;
St. Louis Metro Area &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{New Town Amphitheater} - New Town St. Charles, MO http://www.newtownatstcharles.com/site.html &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{Willoughby Hertiage Farm}- reconstructed old barn} Collinsville, IL http://www.trilliumdell.com/Collinsville_barn/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Dates Possible ==&lt;br /&gt;
Late Spring, Early Summer 2007&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Acts Available ==&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.studio9music.com/cubs/cubs.htm THE CUBS] (Drumr&#039;s 60&#039;s trio)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.studio9music.com/upstandards Nathan Carls &amp;amp; The upStandard Citizens]  (The 30&#039;s &amp;amp; 40&#039;s swing combo lead by BabyBlueEyes - or some derivative thereof)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Lodge Brothers (Old-tyme, Celtic, Acoustic music trio)  - (we don&#039;t have a webpage!)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jdnell</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=Midwest_L1_Enthusiasts_2007&amp;diff=3255</id>
		<title>Midwest L1 Enthusiasts 2007</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://boseperformer.com/index.php?title=Midwest_L1_Enthusiasts_2007&amp;diff=3255"/>
		<updated>2006-12-13T01:38:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jdnell: /* Acts Available */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Please use this page to share details on this page. Click the &#039;&#039;&#039;edit tab&#039;&#039;&#039; above.  If you create an acoount - please use the same &amp;quot;Name&amp;quot; as you use on the {{forum}} so we&#039;ll recognize you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Discussion on the Message Boards&lt;br /&gt;
[http://bose.infopop.cc/eve/forums?a=tpc&amp;amp;f=6616049564&amp;amp;m=7541077514&amp;amp;r=7541077514#7541077514 Midwest L1 Enthusiasts 2007]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ideas:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==  Venue Ideas ==&lt;br /&gt;
St. Louis, St. Charles, MO&lt;br /&gt;
Collinsville, IL&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Dates Possible ==&lt;br /&gt;
Late Spring, Early Summer 2007&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Acts Available ==&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.studio9music.com/cubs/cubs.htm THE CUBS] (Drumr&#039;s 60&#039;s trio)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.studio9music.com/upstandards Nathan Carls &amp;amp; The upStandard Citizens]  (The 30&#039;s &amp;amp; 40&#039;s swing combo lead by BabyBlueEyes - or some derivative thereof)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Lodge Brothers (Old-tyme, Celtic, Acoustic music trio)  - (we don&#039;t have a webpage!)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jdnell</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>